Home

JVC GR-D290 Digital Camera User Manual

Contents

1. titans pam gt Press button or to select the status line to Speed or Outside Temp You will see the status line display when you have called up a different display from the standard display Selecting display speed or outside temperature for standard display gt Press button or EP repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button 4 gt Move the selection marker with button or tothe Instr Cluster submenu gt Press button 4 or 7 repeatedly until the message Basic Display appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe gt Press button or to select the display shown in the standard display The other display now appears in the Standard display menu gt page 112 Lighting submenu Access the Lighting submenu via the Settings menu Use the Lighting submenu to change the lamp and lighting settings on your vehicle The following functions are available e Switching daytime running lamp mode on or off USA only gt page 121 e Switching locator lighting on or off gt page 121 e Setting ambient lighting gt page 122 e Switching night security illumination Headlamps delayed sh
2. 288 Checking condition uureseeern nennen 69 Children in the vehicle Replacing 04 264 Air D amp S E TEET 37 Battery Vehicle 278 Child safety locks rear doors 56 Chaffin E eienen Child seat anchors LATCH type Jump starting ISOF Xen 55 Messages in the multifunction Indicator lamp front passenger display rassu0nseer 245 front air bag off neenneneneenn 41 Bead tire ecciesie rroi 206 Infant and child restraint systems 53 Beverage holders ISOFIX Child seat anchors see Cup holders LAT GHatyp 0er 55 Brake Assist System OCS Occupant Classification see BAS SYStOM unuunsneeenenssenssn 41 Brake fluid Override SWItCH sscscseeesseesssescbesceeee 56 Checking level 182 Safety notes 52 Messages in the multifunction Tether anchorage points 54 ON S EN E E 239 Top tether u 54 Brake lamps Child safety Cleaning lenses cssosseseseooes 219 see Children in the vehicle Brake pads Child seat anchors LATCH type Messages in the multifunction ISOFIX display essen 238 see Children in the vehicle 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Chrome plated exhaust tip Cleaning Cigarette lighter Climate control system 4 zone automatic climate control 143 Air Conditioning secimi 146 Air conditioning refrigerant 298 Air distributi n esscisisssesenseetesse
3. When the wheel positions have been changed the inflation pressure of a tire may be displayed for the wrong position temporarily After driving for a few minutes the inflation pressure will be shown for the correct position Maximum tire inflation pressure A Warning Never exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 193 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Tires and wheels affect handling and fuel economy and are pressures for the original equipment tires more likely to fail from being overheated on your vehicle Do not overinflate tires Overinflatedtirescan 2 The certification label also found on the adversely affect handling and ride comfort driver s door B pillar It tells you about the wear unevenly increase stopping distance gross weight capacity of your vehicle and result in sudden deflation blowout called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating because they are more likely to become GVWR The GVWR includes the weight punctured or damaged by road debris of the vehicle all occupants fuel and potholes etc cargo The certification label also tells you about the front and rear axle weight capacity called the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR The GAWR is the total allowable weight that can be carried by a
4. 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe indicator lamp out the front passenger front air bag is activated When the OCS senses that the front passenger seat occupant is classified as an adult or someone larger than a small individual the assarsncorr amp indicator lamp will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds when the engine is started and then go out indicating that the front passenger front air bag is activated If the Pass air eac oFF 8 indicator lamp is illuminated the front passenger front air bag is deactivated and will not be deployed If the Pass air eac orF 8 indicator lamp is not illuminated the front passenger front air bag is activated and will be deployed e in the event of certain frontal impacts e if impact exceeds a preset deployment threshold e independently of the side impact air bags If the front passenger front air bag is deployed the rate of inflation will be influenced by e the rate of relevant vehicle deceleration as assessed by the air bag control unit e the front passenger s weight category as identified by the OCS For more information on air bag display messages in the multifunction display see gt page 230 Z Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that child
5. 111 Outside temperature 113 120 Symbol messages s es 238 Text messages eeenneeneerenneennn een 229 Trip computer nenn 124 Vehicle status message memory 117 Vehicle system settings 118 Distr nic u eerereee 129 Cleaning system sensor cover 219 Control Syst m seisein icit 117 Distance warning function 137 Distance warning lamp 131 256 Driving with Men ae Messages in the multifunction display ss Resume function Sensor COVER nen siehe Door control panel Door handles 224 44 Doors Child safety lo6KS crises 56 Locking unlocking KEYLESS GO 67 Locking unlocking SmartKey 66 Messages in the multifunction display innere 241 Opening from inside urnen nennen 70 Remote door unlock Tele Aid 168 Unlocking Mechanical key 261 DOT Department of Transportation 206 Drinking and driving 210 Driving Abroad su Hydroplaning Instructions In winter u Problems Safety systems eccnessoonessnnnesnnnnennenn 57 SYSTEMS ass nera senken 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 7 Version 2 11 8 1 Through standing water 213 With DISON sotien nei 135 Driving and parking Safety Notes 96 Driving off ses 98 212 Driving safety systems 57 ABS nennen esse 58 Adaptiv
6. 206 Air pump electric 275 Air recirculation mode 150 Air volume sisirin testorei 149 Alarm system see Anti theft systems Alignment bolt vehicle tool Kitea ENE 224 274 Alternator Messages in the multifunction CISPIAY siiis a ies 245 Alternator Technical data see Vehicle specification AMG menu nennen 113 Anticorrosion antifreeze 301 Antilock Brake System see ABS Anti theft systems eee 62 Anti theft alarm system 62 Immobilizer 62 Aquaplaning see Hydroplaning Armrest front Storage compartment ene 158 Armrest rear Storage compartment ee 159 Ashtrays s nccncaannaiiaennie Aspect ratio tires Audio DVD menu oe Auto dimming rear view mirrors 84 Automatic central locking 71 123 Automatic headlamp mode 87 Automatic interior lighting control 92 Automatic locking when driving 123 Automatic shift program 105 Automatic transmission 101 Automatic shift program 105 Gear range indicator Gear ranges eeeenesneersnnnennnnnnnnnn nen 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 5 Version 2 11 8 1 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Gear selector lever p risssissrisise resis 102 Brakes an anssesstene 210 KICKAOWM sisri 104 High performance bra
7. 224 Where will find 2200222000 0 224 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display 228 What todon eea aR 251 Unlocking locking manually 261 Resetting activated NECK PRO active front head restraints 264 Replacing SmartKey batteries 264 Replacing bulbs 266 Replacing wiper blades 270 Blatitiren o een 271 Battery cacao nee 278 Jump starting e ees eee 280 Towing the vehicle 281 FUSES 2 nennen 284 Practical hints m 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 224 Version 2 11 8 1 Practical hints ey Where will I find Vehicle equipment This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual Where will I find under the front passenger seat closed while the vehicle is in motion Check expiration dates and contents for completeness at least once a year and replace missing expired items The first aid kit is located in the storage compartment at the front edge of the front passenger seat ae a e N a J gt Pull handle D upward gt Fold the lid down gt Remove the first aid kit The vehicle to
8. 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe USA only You can only switch on the high beam headlamps in low ambient lighting conditions The high beam flasher is available at all times gt For nighttime driving turn the exterior lamp switch to position D or auto to permit activation of the high beam headlamps When the engine is running and you turn the exterior lamp switch to position 300 lt or D the manual headlamp mode has priority over the daytime running lamp mode The corresponding exterior lamps come on gt page 87 Fog lamps Fog lamps cannot be switched on with the exterior lamp switch in position auro N Warning In low ambient lighting or foggy conditions only switch from position auto to 2 with the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location Switching from auto to D will briefly switch off the headlamps Doing so while driving in low ambient lighting conditions may result in an accident Fog lamps will operate with the parking lamps and or the low beam headlamps on Fog lamps should only be used in conjunction with low beam headlamps Consult your State or Province Motor Vehicle Regulations regarding permissible lamp operation gt Switch on the ignition gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position soa or gt page 87 gt Switching on front fog lamps Pull out the exterior lam
9. The headlamps will be cleaned with a high pressure water jet automatically when the engine is running and you have e switched on the headlamps and e the windshield wipers have wiped the windshield with washer fluid five times The counter resets when you switch off the ignition For information on filling up the washer reservoir see Washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 181 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 91 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Lighting Corner illuminating front fog lamps will also go out automatically depending on ie the steering angle and vehicle speed Corner illuminating front fog lamps are not ene The corner illuminating front fog lamps available on vehicles with AMG Sport i temporarily come on on both sides of the Package and on CLS 63 AMG er vehicle if you turn the steering wheel in one direction and then again in the other direction shortly thereafter The corner illuminating front fog lamp remains lit for a short time only It then goes out automatically The corner illuminating front fog lamps improve illumination of the area in the direction into which you are turning The corner illuminating front fog lamps will only operate e in low ambient lighting conditions Controls in detail Fl e at vehicle speeds below 25 mph Switching off Kom gt Switch off the left or right turn signal e with the front fog lamps switched of
10. cc008 129 134 SRS Indieator amp sus 28 SRS Supplemental Restraint System Indicator lamp uu nen gt 36 254 Messages in the multifunction display een 240 Standing water driving through 213 Starter switch positions KEYLESSGO nina 76 SmartKey u 76 Starting difficulties engine 98 Starting the engine 97 Steering column see Multifunction steering wheel Adjustment Steering wheel see Multifunction steering wheel Steering wheel gearshift control 106 Stolen Vehicle Recovery Services 169 Storage compartments 158 Storing tires oo eee eeeeeeree eters 199 Sunroof see Power tilt sliding sunroof Sunshade Rear WINDOW visacescossssadstsscnescictasasias 162 Sun VISOMIS eeeeeeneeeennenenennenenenennn 161 162 Suspension tuning see AIRMATIC DC Dual Control Tachometer uenee 28 110 Overspeed ranges isere iias 110 Tail lamps Gle ning lenses 2 2 24405 2 4222 33 219 Messages in the multifunction display onenen erro arosi 249 Tar stains sec err 217 Technical data Air conditioning refrigerant 298 Brake fl ld s tust 298 Capacities fuels coolants JUDTIGANES Etisi sssi 296 Coolant eu 300 Engine oil additives 0 eee 298 Engine amp 0lls 0 sr 298 Fuel requirements c sececesesesoss 299 Gasoline additives 299 Identification labels
11. If the battery was disconnected the days of disconnection will not be included in the count shown by the maintenance service indicator To arrive at the true maintenance service deadline you will need to subtract these days from the days shown in the maintenance service indicator message or maintenance service indicator display 2009 05 1 17 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 215 Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle care Do not confuse the maintenance service indicator with the engine oil level indicator Resetting the maintenance service indicator In the event that the maintenance service on your vehicle is not carried out at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center you can have the maintenance service indicator reset The automotive maintenance facility carrying out the maintenance service will find the information for resetting the maintenance service indicator in the maintenance relevant literature for your vehicle Such literature is available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center or directly from Mercedes Benz H If the maintenance service indicator was reset inadvertently have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center correct it Only reset the maintenance service indicator if the proper maintenance service has been performed Not following the proper maintenance service as described in the Maintenance Booklet will result in engine damage and or other vehicle damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty
12. 41 260 Puen os sre CRASH eee 176 Additives ueseseeesssenessnnennnnnennnnn 299 Capacity fuel tank 297 Drive sensibly safe fuel 210 Fuel consumption statistics 125 Fuel filler flap and cap 177 Fuel tank reserve warning Aperen 29 256 Premium unleaded gasoline 299 Refueling 5 400er 176 Requirement 22 20n nn 299 Fuel filler flap 177 Opening manually 263 Fuels coolants lubricants etc 296 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 9 Version 2 11 8 1 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Fuel tank Headlamps Gapacity u esuesihsieete 297 Active Bi Xenon headlamps 86 Fuel filler flap and Cap 177 Automatic headlamp mode 87 Refueling 2 176 BIEXENON see 86 267 Fusesa 20 the 284 Cleaning lenses 0 00 219 Cleaning system ennanessnserenneenenn 90 E Daytime running lamp mode 88 Del hut Offun un aenne 122 Garage door opener 33 169 Be are 267 en High beam flasher 90 High beam headlamps 90 GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating 206 Bee alsin 2 Gear range EAEE AEE EE 104 Messages in the multifunction IHdieator eeseeissstsaistsiteiasstseieessssieres 104 display v s iine 247 Limiting nannti nee 106 Replacing bulbs ssssssesseeeesssseees 266 Shifting into optimal u
13. Controls in detail i Interior lighting Ambient lighting Front reading lamps Automatic control gt Activating Press switch The interior lighting comes on in darkness when you e unlock the vehicle e remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Interior Lighting Delayed Shut off must be switched on gt page 123 e open a door e open the trunk The interior lighting goes out after a short time if a door remains open the interior lamps go out automatically after approximately 5 minutes gt Deactivating Press switch Manual control H An interior lamp switched on manually pa 8 Er 8 does not go out automatically Leaving an interior lamp switched on for an extended period of time with the engine turned off could result in a discharged battery gt Switching front interior lighting on off Press switch gt Switching rear interior lighting on off Press switch gt Switching front reading lamps on off Press respective switch IE m Ambient lighting The brightness of the ambient lighting 7 is adjusted via the Control system gt page 122 H An interior lamp switched on manually does not go out automatically Leaving an interior lamp switched on for an extended period of time with the engine turned off could result in a discharged battery en Left rea
14. Setting ambient lighting Use this function to adjust the brightness of the ambient lighting gt Press button or EP repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button A 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 122 Version 2 11 8 1 gt Move the selection marker with button or to the Lighting submenu gt Press button amp or repeatedly until the message Ambient Light Level appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting gt Press button or to select the desired brightness of the ambient lighting The setting 1 represents the darkest level and setting 5 the brightest level The ambient light is switched off at setting 0 Switching night security illumination Headlamps delayed shut off feature on or off Use this function to set whether you would like the exterior lamps to remain on for 15 seconds during darkness after exiting the vehicle and closing all doors With the headlamps delayed shut off feature activated and the exterior lamp switch in position auto before the engine is turned off the following lamps will come on when the engine is turned off e Parking lamps e Tail lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps e Front fog lamps If after turning off the engine you do not open
15. gt Lift the trunk floor using the floor handle gt Engage the floor handle on the upper trunk lip H To prevent damage always disengage the floor handle from the upper trunk lip and lower the trunk floor before closing the trunk Vehicles with Minispare wheel gt Remove the luggage box gt page 227 Ton 396 21 gt Remove spare wheel mounting 2 by turning it counterclockwise gt Remove spare wheel 1 For information on mounting the spare wheel see Flat tire gt page 271 15 Vehicles with 19 spare wheel only 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 226 Version 2 11 8 1 Storing the spare wheel after use gt Place spare wheel in the spare wheel well gt page 226 gt Secure spare wheel 1 by turning spare wheel mounting 2 clockwise gt page 226 Vehicles with spare wheel with collapsible tire gt Remove the storage well casing gt page 225 Tensioning strap Retaining screw Storage well casing base gt Remove storage well casing base 4 gt Remove retaining screw by turning it counterclockwise gt Remove spare wheel 1 For information on mounting the spare wheel see Flat tire gt page 271 Storing the spare wheel after use If you wish to store the spare wheel after use carry out the following steps Otherwise the spare wheel may not fit the spare wheel well H Make sure the spare wheel is dry before storing it
16. e Dab off wax with silicone remover e Dab off tar splashes or tar stains with tar remover Engine cleaning Prior to cleaning the engine compartment make sure to protect electrical components and connectors from contact with water and cleaning agents DD Operation u 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Operation Vehicle care Corrosion protection such as MB Anticorrosion Wax should be applied to the engine compartment after every engine cleaning Before applying all control linkage bushings and joints should be lubricated The poly V belt and all pulleys should be protected from any wax Vehicle washing In the winter thoroughly remove all traces of road salt as soon as possible When washing the vehicle underbody do not forget to clean the inner sides of the wheels Vehicles with KEYLESS GO If a door handle is hit by a strong jet of water and a SmartKey is within approximately 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle it could be inadvertently locked or unlocked Hand wash gt Do not use hot water or wash your vehicle in direct sunlight gt Only use a soft wet cloth or sponge to clean the vehicle gt Only use a mild vehicle wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo gt Thoroughly spray the vehicle with a diffused jet of water gt Do not spray directly towards the ventilation intake gt Use plenty of water and rinse the sponge and chamois frequently gt Rinse with c
17. gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever in direction of arrow If no speed is stored the current speed is set and stored gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal The last stored speed is deleted from memory when the engine is turned off Distronic Safety notes When activated the Distronic adaptive cruise control increases the driving convenience afforded by the cruise control while traveling on expressways and other major roadways e If the Distronic distance sensor detects a slower moving vehicle directly ahead your vehicle speed will be reduced so that you follow that vehicle at your preset following distance e If there is no vehicle directly ahead of you the Distronic will function in the same way as standard cruise control gt page 127 A Warning The Distronic requires familiarity with its operational characteristics We strongly recommend that you review the following information carefully before operating the system Controls in detail 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail u Driving systems A Warning The Distronic is a convenience system Its speed adjustment reduction capability is intended to make cruise control more effective and usable when traffic speeds vary It is not however intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care The responsibility for the vehicle s speed distance to the preceding vehicle and most importantly bra
18. 176 At the gas station 176 Engine compartment 178 Tires and wheels 182 Winterdriving ee 208 Driving instructions 210 Maintenance 214 Vehicleicare nern 215 Operatio 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Operatio At the gas station Vehicle equipment This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual The first 1000 miles 1500 km The more cautiously you treat your vehicle during the break in period the more satisfied you will be with its performance later on e Drive your vehicle during the first 1000 miles 1500 km at varying but moderate vehicle and engine speeds e During this period avoid heavy loads full throttle driving and excessive engine speeds no more than 2 3 of maximum rpm in each gear e Select C as the preferred shift program gt page 105 for the first 1000 miles 1500 km e Avoid accelerating by kickdown e Do not attempt to slow the vehicle down by shifting to a lower gear using the gear selector lever e Select gear ranges 3 2 or 1 gt page 104 only when driving at moderate speeds for hill driving After 1000 miles 1500 km you may gradually increase vehicle and en
19. Driving abroad If you plan to drive the vehicle outside the U S or Canada you should request dealer network information for your destination from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Control and operation of radio transmitter Safety notes Z Warning Please do not forget that your primary responsibility is to drive the vehicle A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others we recommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before placing or taking a telephone call If you choose to use the telephone while driving please use the hands free device and 12 Observe all legal requirements 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 213 Version 2 11 8 1 Driving instructions only use the telephone when road weather and traffic conditions permit Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a mobile telephone while driving a vehicle Only operate the COMAND Cockpit Management and Data System if road weather and traffic conditions permit Otherwise you may not be able to observe traffic conditions and could endanger yourself and others Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximately 14 m every second Emission control Certain systems of the engine serve to keep the toxic components of the exhaust gases within permissible limits requ
20. Pressure Check Tires Example illustration Restarting the TPMS Z Warning It is the driver s responsibility to set the tire inflation pressure to the recommended cold tire inflation pressure Underinflated tires affect the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You might lose control over the vehicle When you restart the TPMS the system sets new reference values for each tire The TPMS must be restarted when you have adjusted the tire inflation pressure to a new level e g because of different load or driving conditions The TPMS is then recalibrated to the current tire inflation pressures Restart the TPMS after adjusting the tire inflation pressure to the inflation pressure recommended for the vehicle operating condition Tire inflation pressure should only be adjusted on cold tires Observe the recommended tire inflation pressure on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Some vehicles may have supplemental tire inflation pressure information for driving at high speeds or for vehicle loads less than the maximum loaded vehicle condition If such information is provided it can be found on the inside of the fuel filler flap gt Using the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar gt page 193 or if available the supplemental tire inflation pressure information on the inside of the fuel filler flap make sure the tire inflation pressure of all four ti
21. Wiper blades are components that are subject to wear and tear Replace the wiper blades twice a year preferably in the spring and fall Otherwise the windshield will not be wiped properly As a result you may not be able to observe surrounding traffic conditions and could cause an accident H To avoid damage to the hood the wiper arms should only be folded forward when in the vertical position H Never open the hood when a wiper arm is folded forward Hold on to the wiper when folding a wiper arm back If released the force of the impact from the tensioning spring could crack the windshield Do not allow a wiper arm to contact the windshield glass without a wiper blade inserted Mercedes Benz recommends that you have this work carried out at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 270 Version 2 11 8 1 Wiper arms in vertical position gt Make sure the hood is fully closed Vehicles with SmartKey gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 gt Turn the combination switch to wiper setting gt With wiper arms in vertical position turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Turn off the engine With the driver s door closed the starter switch is now in position 1 gt Turn the combination switch to wiper setting gt With wiper arms
22. e Adjust the seat to a comfortable seating position that still allows you to reach the accelerator brake pedal safely e The seat must be adjusted so that you can correctly fasten and position your seat belt e The seat backrest must be in a position that is as nearly upright as possible e Adjust the seat cushion so that the front edge of the seat cushion lightly supports your legs e Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level e Never place hands under the seat or near any moving parts while the seat is being adjusted Children in the vehicle Safety notes If an infant or child is traveling with you in the vehicle gt Secure the child using an infant or child restraint appropriate to the age and size of the child gt Make sure the infant or child is properly secured at all times while the vehicle is in motion 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 52 Version 2 11 8 1 A Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle even if they are secured in a child restraint system or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury The children could e injure themselves o
23. e Warm up hesitation e Unstable idle e Knocking pinging Misfire e Power loss In areas where carbon deposits may be encountered due to lack of availability of gasoline which contains these additives the use of Mercedes Benz approved additives is recommended Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only for a listing of approved products Follow directions on the product label Do not blend other fuel additives with fuel This only results in unnecessary cost and may be harmful to the engine operation El Damage or malfunction resulting from poor fuel quality or from blending additional fuel additives other than those tested and approved by us for use on Mercedes Benz vehicles are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or by any pre owned or Extended Limited Warranties Coolants The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion antifreeze which provides e Corrosion protection e Freeze protection e Boiling protection by increasing the boiling point The cooling system was filled at the factory with a coolant providing freeze protection to approximately 35 F 37 C and corrosion protection 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 300 Version 2 11 8 1 H Add premixed coolant solution only Adding water and MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze separately from each other could cause engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty If the
24. gt Press ESP switch D until the ESP warning lamp A in the instrument cluster goes out You are now again in normal driving mode with the ESP switched on Anti theft systems Immobilizer The immobilizer prevents unauthorized persons from starting your vehicle When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle The engine can be started by anyone with a valid SmartKey that is left inside the vehicle Activating gt With SmartKey Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch gt With KEYLESS GO Turn off the engine and open the driver s door 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 62 Version 2 11 8 1 Deactivating gt Switch on the ignition Starting the engine will also deactivate the immobilizer In the event that the engine cannot be started yet the vehicle s battery is charged the system is not operational Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA or 1 800 387 0100 in Canada Anti theft alarm system Once the alarm system has been armed a visual and audible alarm is triggered when someone opens e a door e the trunk e the hood The alarm will stay on even if the activating element a door for example is closed immediately The alarm system will also be triggered when e the vehicle is opened with the mechanical key e a door is opened from the inside e the trunk is opened with the
25. gt Report the loss of the SmartKey or the mechanical key to your car insurance company immediately gt Have the mechanical lock replaced if necessary Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to supply you with a replacement For information on replacing the SmartKey see Replacing the SmartKey gt page 70 Only you or someone authorized by you can order a replacement key from any Mercedes Benz Center In order to do so the Mercedes Benz Center will require proof of identity and vehicle ownership with original documents including the following If you are the current owner of the vehicle e the vehicle s current state registration e a current identity card passport or drivers license If you are an authorized person e the vehicle s current state registration e a current identity card passport or drivers license for the authorized individual e signed and dated authorization from the owner of the vehicle for which the key is being requested Duplicated or photocopied documentation will not be accepted 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 70 Version 2 11 8 1 Activating the key Once you or an authorized person has provided the appropriate documents the Mercedes Benz Center will need to synchronize the key to your vehicle before it can be used In order to do so the Mercedes Benz Center need access to your vehicle You can open a door from the inside even when it
26. section and the notes on the jack Example illustration Tool bag and jack Collapsible wheel chock gt Take the jack from the vehicle tool kit gt page 224 Electrical air pump Storage well casing gt To access jack Remove tool bag 1 Practical hints 5 Collapsible wheel chock The collapsible wheel chock serves to secure the vehicle e g while changing a wheel Take the collapsible wheel chock from the vehicle tool kit gt page 224 P40 10 5394 31 Storage position gt Turn the crank handle in the direction of arrow as far as it will go a lt P40 10 5254 31 gt Setting up Tilt both plates upward Q gt Fold the lower plate outward 2 gt Guide the tabs of the lower plate all the way 40 10 5395 31 into the openings of base plate 3 For information on where to place wheel chocks when changing a wheel see Lifting Turn the crank handle clockwise the vehicle gt page 272 Operational position 14 Vehicles with spare wheel with collapsible tire only 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Practical hints Hi Where will I find Before placing the jack back into the vehicle tool kit gt Fully collapse the jack gt Fold in the crank handle storage position Spare wheel N Observe Safety notes see page 271 The spare wheel is located in the space underneath the trunk floor gt Removing Open the trunk gt page 71
27. uueseersnesenerneen 106 HIGGINS sec ascascstscasessbceaznssesnsesecetbasszests 83 Memory function seser 85 OVERVIEW ass 29 C Navigation menu o e 117 Navigation system see Separate operating instructions NECK PRO active front head restraints Resetting Net p rcel nr uu 0e ri Night security illumination Normal occupant weight Number vehicle identification VIN 2 4 382 8A et Occupant Classification System see OCS Occupant Classification System Occupant distribution 207 Occupant safety Air bass eer n E 37 Children and air bags 37 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Children in the vehicle 52 Child seat anchors LATCH type ISOEIX E28 er 55 Fastening the seat belts 47 Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp unneenneeeeenenne gt 41 260 Infant and child restraint systems 53 Introduction aussen 36 ISOFIX Child seat anchors LATCH type wenn 55 OCS Occupant Classification SV SECM nenne 41 PRE SAPE an 49 Seat belts suinn 39 45 OCS Occupant Classification SYSTEM 2 2 5 5 2522202 5505t2404081802uasrlenrei 41 Selftest una 45 Odom ter scenici niee 111 Oil oil level see Engine oil On board computer see Control system One touch gearshifting Operating safety e 21 Ornamental mol
28. 207 Tire and Loading Information placard 2 2 eles 193 Tire and loading terminology 205 Tire Identification Number see TIN Tire inflation pressure Checking sr usressie 185 Important notes on oo eee 184 Label on the inside of fuel filler Map 185 Placard on driver s door B pillar 193 Tire labeling 22 3 32 2 22 2 201 Tire load rating 4 206 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 16 Version 2 11 8 1 Tire ply composition and material USE ee 207 Tire pressure loss warning system 186 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS u 188 Messages in the multifunction display r e r0 236 250 TiresS essen rennt 182 291 Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System Advanced TPMS nassen 190 All PRESSUFE lt er2c500csarssderss slssahsndeseei 183 Care and maintenance s es 198 Cleaning een 199 Direction of rotation spinning 197 Important notes on tire inflation PFESSURE nrcusesccessonacnneceensennsnansenine 184 Inflation pressure uensennneerneenen 185 Information placard 193 Inspection 0 00 198 L belingi 52 22s2000004ee sis 201 Load index 202 206 Load rating a uueeiieeieessen 206 Messages in the multifunction AISPlAy zi 2404424 2805020220542 82204 MOExtended Ply composition and material USCC ame S E 207 Problems under overinflation 185 Reireadse nme rehe 182 Rims and tires
29. 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe gt Unscrew the valve cap from the valve of the collapsible tire gt Unscrew the valve insert from the valve using the valve extractor integrated in the valve cap gt Allow the air to escape It may take a few minutes for the collapsible tire to deflate completely gt Screw the valve insert back into the valve gt Screw the valve cap back onto the valve Vehicles with 19 spare wheel only Before placing the spare wheel in the spare wheel well fasten tensioning straps see Compressing the collapsible tire gt page 227 gt Place spare wheel into the spare wheel well gt page 226 gt Secure spare wheel Q by turning retaining screw clockwise gt page 226 Compressing the collapsible tire This description applies to vehicles with 19 spare wheel only The collapsible tire ona 19 spare wheel must be compressed with two tensioning straps before you can store it in the spare wheel well P58 19 2206 31 gt Extend the tensioning strap by pulling the slider Place tensioning strap around the spare wheel rim and collapsible tire with the buckle facing the inside of the rim 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 227 Version 2 11 8 1 Where will I find gt Close the buckle gt Pull the loose end of the tensioning strap The tensioning strap must be pulled as tight as possible Luggage box Vehicles with spare wheel with collapsi
30. 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 119 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Control system Submenus in the Settings menu e Selecting display speed or outside temperature for status line gt page 120 gt Press button or CP repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the e Selecting display speed or outside multifunction display temperature for standard display gt Press button 5 gt page 120 The collection of the submenus appears in the multifunction display There are more submenus than can be displayed simultaneously Lighting submenu e Switching daytime running lamp mode on or off USA only gt page 121 e Switching locator lighting on or off gt page 121 e Setting ambient lighting gt page 122 e Switching night security illumination Headlamps delayed shut off feature on or off gt page 122 Controls in detail A e Switching interior lighting delayed shut off gt Press button on or off gt page 123 The selection marker moves to the next submenu Vehicle submenu gt Scroll down with button scroll up e Switching automatic central locking on or with button off gt page 123 gt With the selection marker on the desired submenu use button A to access the individual functions within that submenu Once within the submenu use button A to move to the next f
31. Side impact air bags N Observe Safety notes see page 37 Front side impact air bags Q and rear side impact air bags 2 are designed to provide increased protection for the thorax but not the head neck and arms The side impact air bags are deployed e on the impacted side of the vehicle e in instances with a high rate of lateral vehicle deceleration or acceleration e regardless of whether the seat belts on the impacted side of the vehicle are in use e independently of the front air bags e independently of the ETDs The side impact air bags are not deployed in side impacts which do not exceed the system s deployment threshold The side impact air bags will not deploy in the event of a rollover unless the vehicle s rate of lateral deceleration or acceleration exceeds the preset deployment threshold for the side impact air bags N Warning Only use seat covers which have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model Using other seat covers may interfere with or prevent the deployment of the front side impact air bags Contact an 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 41 Version 2 11 8 1 Occupant safety authorized Mercedes Benz Center for availability Window curtain air bags N Observe Safety notes see page 37 Window curtain air bags 1 are designed to provide increased protection for the head but not the chest or arms Window curtain air bags 1 are deployed e on the
32. When you now press the KEYLESS GO Z Warning start stop button Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving once more the ignition position 2 is Adjusting the seat while driving could cause switched on the driver to lose control of the vehicle Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under e twice more the power supply is again switched off Ignition or position 2 0 it the seat belt would apply force at the gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button abdomen or neck That could cause serious twice or fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat This supplies power for all electrical belts provide the best restraint when the consumers wearer is in a position that is as upright as possible and seat belts are properly When you switch on the ignition all lamps y P positioned on the body in the instrument cluster come on The low beam headlamp indicator lamp high beam AN Warning headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps will only come on if activated If a lamp in the instrument cluster fails to come on when the ignition Your seat must be adjusted so that you can correctly fasten your seat belt DD 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail WE Observe the following points e Adjust the seat backrest until your arms are slightly angled when h
33. contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt page 297 If incorrectly sized rims and tires are mounted the wheel brakes or suspension components can be damaged Also the operating clearance of the wheels and the tires may no longer be correct H If you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum N Warning mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks immediately Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately Do not add brake fluid as this will not solve the problem For more information see Practical hints Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire tread is worn to minimum tread depth or if the tires have sustained damage replace them When replacing rims only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts specified for the particular rim type Failure to do so can result When checking the brake fluid level the in the bolts loosening and possibly an vehicle must be parked on level ground accident LS Pra Retreaded tires are not tested or recommended by Mercedes Benz since previous damage cannot always be recognized on retreads The operating safety of the vehicle cannot be assured when such tires are used Z Warning If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride disturbance or you suspect that possible damage to your vehicle has occurred you 219_AKB d2ureepe 4 54 en US should turn on the ha
34. is on e Sport 2 Both indicator lamps are on gt Start the engine gt Press ADS switch Q repeatedly until the desired suspension tuning is reached The setting remains stored when you turn off the engine A Warning If you have selected the Comfort suspension tuning the vehicle lowers slightly when you lock it within approximately 60 seconds after turning off the engine To avoid personal injury make sure nobody is in the vicinity of the wheel housing or under the vehicle when you turn off the engine H When parking make sure there is sufficient clearance under the vehicle for it 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 138 Version 2 11 8 1 to lower without making contact with the road curb for example Otherwise the vehicle could be damaged Vehicle level control A Warning To help avoid personal injury keep hands and feet away from wheel housing area and stay away from under the vehicle when lowering the vehicle chassis Your vehicle automatically adjusts its ride height to increase vehicle safety and to reduce fuel consumption You can choose between normal or raised level The vehicle chassis ride height is raised or lowered according to the selected level setting and to the vehicle speed At a speed exceeding approximately 68 mph 110 km h with normal level set or exceeding 75 mph 120 km h with raised level set the ride height is reduced automatically With decreasing speed the ride
35. pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button inserting the SmartKey into the starter switch when the vehicle is at a standstill and the automatic transmission is in park position P e The vehicle could be inadvertently unlocked if the SmartKey is within 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle and an outside door handle is splashed with water 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 69 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Locking and unlocking or Selective setting you attempt to clean an outside door If you frequently travel alone you may wish handle to reprogram the SmartKey Pulling the driver s outside door handle will then only eR ber that th i be started vu S EN unlock the driver s door and the fuel filler flap by anyone with a SmartKey that is left inside the vehicle gt Switching on off Press and hold buttons Possibility 1 One SmartKey in the vehicle u and 8 simultaneously for one SmartKey outside the vehicle approximately 6 seconds until the battery If you leave the SmartKey behind when check lamp gt page 69 flashes twice exiting and locking the vehicle no message KEYLESS GO will then function as follows appears in the multifunction display gt Unlocking driver s door and fuel filler Possibility 2 One SmartKey in the vehicle flap Pull the driver s outside door handle no SmartKey outside the vehicle gt Global unlocking Pull any outside door When exiting and trying
36. Controls in detail 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Driving and parking gt Give very little gas gt Have the problem checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The coolant temperature is above 248 F 120 C The coolant is too hot and is no longer cooling the engine gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as possible gt Turn off the engine immediately gt Allow the engine and coolant to cool off Check the coolant level and add coolant if necessary gt page 180 In case of accident If the vehicle is leaking fuel gt Do not start the engine under any circumstances gt Exit the vehicle at a safe distance from the roadway gt Notify local fire and or police authorities If the extent of the damage cannot be determined gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance If no damage on major assemblies fuel system and engine mount can be determined gt Start the engine in the usual manner Parking A Warning Do not park this vehicle in areas where combustible materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system These materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 100 Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle movement may result in serious personal injury or damage to the vehicle or vehicle drivetrain Therefore alway
37. Make sure the trunk is closed when the engine is running and while driving Among other dangers deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death H When you open the trunk the trunk lid swings open upwards Always make sure there is sufficient overhead clearance Controls in detail 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Locking and unlocking You can open the trunk when the vehicle is stationary A minimum height clearance of 5 9 ft 1 80 m is required to open the trunk lid Opening the trunk from the outside gt Press and hold button IS gt page 66 on the SmartKey until the trunk unlocks and begins to open or gt Pull on handle In vehicles without KEYLESS GO The vehicle must be unlocked If the trunk does not open it is still locked separately gt page 75 Vehicles with trunk opening closing system gt Stopping the opening procedure Press button 5 on the SmartKey Opening the trunk from the inside Example illustration Vehicles with trunk opening closing system 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 72 Version 2 11 8 1 gt Pull remote trunk opening switch 1 until the trunk begins to open If the trunk does not open it is still locked separately gt page 75 Vehicles with trunk opening closing system gt To interrupt the opening procedure Release remote
38. Multifunction steering wheel Instrument cluster Horn Lever for Voice Control System Front Parktronic warning indicator 1 See separate operating instructions 89 92 90 127 133 105 29 110 28 108 139 0000000 00000 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 27 Version 2 11 8 1 Function Climate control panel Overhead control panel Glove box COMAND system Center console Starter switch Steering wheel adjustment stalk Heated steering wheel Parking brake pedal Parking brake release Exterior lamp switch Door control panel On board diagnostics OBD socket Hood lock release lever Page 143 33 158 31 76 82 83 100 100 87 32 178 At a glance E 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 28 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Ata glance a Function Page Function Page lt Left turn signal Antilock Brake indicator lamp System ABS indicator lamp Zoe ZX ESP warning lamp 255 Seat belt telltale 253 Speedometer ED High beam headlamp i indicator lamp 89 Multifunction display 111 D Low beam headlamp A Distance warning indicator lamp 87 lamp 256 Main odometer with Right turn signal Transmission position indicator lamp indicator 103 Program mode 105 Coolant temperature E indicator 109 Clock with lt Coolant temperature eraxe Brak
39. Multifunction steering wheel At a glance E Function Press button 4 or briefly to move within a menu to select previous or next track scene or stored station within Audio DVD menu to switch to the phone book and select a name or number within Telephone menu Press and hold button Faea to select previous or next track with quick search or to select previous or next station in station list or wave band within Audio DVD menu to start the quick search in the phone book within Telephone menu Page 116 125 116 128 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 30 Version 2 11 8 1 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 31 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Center console Center console At a glance A Function Page Function Page Seat heating driver s side 81 Electronic Stability Rear window sunshade Program ESP control switch 162 suiii W Rear seat head restraints ill 81 switch folding down 80 Bel ee Seat ventilation front passenger side 81 switch 90 E Central locking switch 71 bag off indicator lamp 41 2 Seat ventilation driver s Central unlocking switch 71 sige gil Alarm system indicator lamp 62 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 32 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Door control panel At a glance a Function Page Function Page Ashtray 162 Inside door handle 70 amp KEYL
40. USA only There is insufficient brake fluid in the reservoir Canada only Risk of accident The red brake warning Do not drive any further Stop the vehicle in a safe location as lamp comes on while soon as it is safe to do so the engine is running and an acoustic warning sounds gt Engage the parking brake gt Read and observe messages that may appear in the multifunction display gt page 228 gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not add brake fluid This will not solve the problem N Warning the brake fluid catching fire You can be Driving with the brake warning lamp seriously burned illuminated can result in an accident Have your brake system checked immediately ifthe HH If you find that the brake fluid in the brake Practical hints brake warning lamp stays on Do not add fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum brake fluid before checking the brake system mark or below have the brake system Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result checked for brake pad thickness and leaks in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and Safety systems Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The red seatbelt The seat belt telltale reminds you and your passengers to fasten telltale comes your seat belts before driving off on for a gt Fasten your seat belts a Regardless of whether the seat belts are fastened or not the seat A belt te
41. Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flammable Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze on hot engine parts because it may ignite and burn You could be seriously burned gt Use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate MB SummerFit gt Mix with water for temperatures above freezing point gt Mix with commercially available premixed washer solvent antifreeze for temperatures below freezing point Washer fluid mixing ratio For temperatures above the freezing point 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts water 1 34 fl oz 40 ml MB SummerFit to 1 gal 4 0 I water For temperatures below freezing point 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts solvent 1 34 fl oz 40 ml MB SummerFit to 1 gal 4 0 I solvent Approximate freeze protection 35 F 37 C 49 F 45 C 6 0 US qt 5 65 6 6 US qt 6 21 6 2 US qt 5 9 I 6 9 US qt 6 5 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 303 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 304 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 305 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Service and Literature Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center has trained technicians and Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts to service your vehicle properly For expert advice and quality service contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If you are interested in obtaining service literature for your v
42. When your vehicle is equipped with a wheel chock it is included with the vehicle tool kit gt page 224 For information on setting up the collapsible wheel chock see gt page 225 When changing a wheel on a level surface gt Place a wheel chock or other sizeable object in front of and another wheel chock or other sizeable object behind the wheel that is diagonally opposite to the wheel being changed Always try lifting the vehicle using the jack on a level surface However should circumstances require you to do so ona hill gt Place wheel chocks or other sizeable objects on the downhill side in front of both wheels on the side opposite to the side on which the wheel is to be changed N Warning Only jack up the vehicle on level ground or on slight inclines declines Otherwise the vehicle could fall off the jack and injure you or others 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 273 Version 2 11 8 1 P40 10 5398 31 gt On the wheel to be changed loosen but do not yet remove the wheel bolts approximately one full turn with wheel wrench 1 The jack take up brackets are located directly behind the front wheel housings and in front of the rear wheel housings A Warning The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jack take up brackets Make sure the jack arm is fully seated in the jack take up bracket If you do not position the jack correctly in the jack take up bracket
43. While still holding down the signal transmitter button or cycle your hand held remote control button as follows Press and hold button for 2 seconds then release it for 2 seconds and again press and hold it for 2 seconds 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 171 Version 2 11 8 1 Useful features Repeat this sequence on the hand held remote control until the frequency signal has been learned Upon successful training indicator lamp 1 will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds gt Proceed with programming step 5 and step 6 to complete Upon completion of programming the integrated remote control make sure you retain the hand held remote control that came with the garage door opener gate operator or other device You may need it for use in other vehicles for future programming of an integrated remote control or simply for continued use as a hand held remote control to operate the respective device in other situations Reprogramming a single signal transmitter button To program a device using a signal transmitter button previously trained follow these steps gt Switch on the ignition gt Press and hold the desired signal transmitter button 2 or Do not release the button Indicator lamp will begin to flash after 20 seconds gt Without releasing the signal transmitter button proceed with programming starting with step 3 Operation of integrated
44. continuously Canada only Low tire pressure telltale for the Advanced TPMS illuminates continuously gt page 228 W USA only Combination low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction telltale for the TPMS flashes 60 seconds and then stays illuminated gt page 228 Center of driving N Warning Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked at least once a month when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard or the tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires What to do if Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The TPMS USA only or Advanced TPMS Canada only detects a loss of pressure in at least one tire gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers Observe the traffic situation around you gt Read and observe messages in the multifunction display If the tire inflation pressure in the respective tire s has have been corrected the combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale goes out after a few minutes of drivin
45. en US d2ureepe Operation a Vehicle care An automotive glass cleaner is recommended H Fold the windshield wiper arms back onto the windshield before turning the SmartKey in the starter switch or pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button Hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper arm back If released the force of the impact from the tensioning spring could crack the windshield H To clean the window interior do not use a dry cloth abrasives solvents or cleaners containing solvents Do not touch the inside of the windows with hard objects such as anice scraper or ring Doing so may damage the windows Light alloy wheels If possible clean wheels once a week gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Wheel Care a soft bristle brush and a strong spray of water for cleaning the light alloy wheels H Only use acid free cleaning materials Acid may cause corrosion or damage the clear coat H The vehicle should not be parked for an extended period of time immediately after it has been cleaned This applies especially after the wheel rims have been cleaned with wheel rim cleaner Wheel rim cleaners can lead to increased corrosion of the brake disks and brake pads Non approved wheel cleaners may also damage the wheel paint if the vehicle is not driven after cleaning Therefore the vehicle s brake system should always be warmed up before it is parked after cleaning Drive your vehicle for several minutes to allow the br
46. from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance A Warning If ice has formed on the road tire traction will be substantially reduced Under such weather conditions drive steer and brake with extreme caution The safe speed on a wet snow covered or icy road is always lower than on a dry road You should pay particular attention to the condition of the road whenever the outside temperature is close to the freezing point Mercedes Benz recommends winter tires gt page 208 with a minimum tread depth of approximately in 4 mm on all four wheels for the winter season to ensure normal balanced handling characteristics On packed snow they can reduce your stopping distance compared to summer tires Stopping distance however is still considerably greater than when the road is not covered with snow or ice Exercise appropriate caution H Avoid spinning of a drive wheel This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Temperature A Warning The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can
47. g or GE Air recirculation mode Switch to air recirculation mode to prevent unpleasant odors from entering the vehicle from the outside e g before driving through a tunnel This setting cuts off the intake of outside air and recirculates the air in the passenger compartment A Warning Fogged windows impair visibility endangering you and others If the windows begin to fog on the inside switching off the air recirculation mode immediately should clear interior window fogging If interior window fogging persists make sure the air conditioning is activated or press button we gt Activating Press button 63 The indicator lamp in the button comes on The air recirculation mode is activated automatically at high outside temperatures and if the concentration of carbon monoxide CO and nitrogen oxide in the outside air increases for example in a tunnel 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe The indicator lamp in button 6Soj is not lit when the air recirculation mode is switched on automatically A quantity of outside air is added after approximately 30 minutes gt Deactivating Press button 6aj again The indicator lamp in the button goes out The manually selected air recirculation mode is deactivated automatically e after 5 minutes if the outside temperature is below approximately 41 F 5 C e after 5 minutes i
48. gt page 205 Besides tire name sales designation and Tire size designation load and speed manufacturer name a number of markings rating gt page 202 can be found on a tire Load identification gt page 204 Following are some explanations for the Tire name markings on your vehicle s tires f For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration For more information see Rims and tires gt page 291 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Operation E Tires and wheels Tire size designation load and speed rating Tire width Aspect ratio in Radial tire code Rim diameter Load index Speed symbol For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration General Depending on the design standards used the tire size molded into the sidewall may have no letter or a letter preceding the tire size designation No letter preceding the size designation as illustrated above Passenger car tire based on European design standards Letter P preceding the size designation Passenger car tire based on U S design standards Letter LT preceding the size designation Light Truck tire based on U S design standards Letter T preceding the size designation Temporary spare tires which are high pressure com
49. large 12 V storage battery contains lead Recycling of the battery is the preferred method of disposal Many states USA only or provinces Canada only require sellers of batteries to accept the old battery for recycling A Warning Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injury or death Never lean over batteries while connecting You might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc N Warning Do not place metal objects on the battery as this could result in a short circuit Use leak proof batteries only to avoid the risk of acid burns in the event of an accident Take care that you do not become statically charged e g by wearing synthetic clothing or rubbing against textiles For this reason you also should not pull or push the battery over carpets or other synthetic materials Never touch the battery first First touch the outside body of the vehicle in order to release any possible electrostatic charges 219_AKB d2ureepe 4 54 en US Do not rub the battery with rags or cloths The battery could explode if touched due to electrostatic charg
50. operated if the driver is fully aware of the DD Controls in detail A 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail i Driving systems previously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed A Warning The cruise control brakes automatically so that the set speed is not exceeded Setting current or higher speed Setting current or lower speed Canceling the cruise control Activating the cruise control or resuming to last set speed Activating cruise control You can activate the cruise control at a vehicle speed above 20 mph 30 km h You cannot activate the cruise control e when you brake e when you have engaged the parking brake e when the automatic transmission is in park position P reverse gear R or neutral position N e the ESP is switched off or has switched off due to a malfunction The vehicle speed displayed in the speedometer can briefly vary from the speed setting for the cruise control system 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 128 Version 2 11 8 1 Setting current speed gt Accelerate or decelerate to the desired speed gt Briefly lift the cruise control lever in direction of arrow or press in direction of arrow 2 gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal On uphill grades the cruise control may not be able to maintain the set speed Once the grade eases the set speed will be resumed On downhill grades the cruise
51. or you are programming Attempt varying angles at the distance of 2 to 12 inches 5 to 30 cm away or the same angle at varying distances If another hand held remote control is available for the same device try the programming steps again using that other hand held remote control Make sure new batteries are in the hand held remote control before beginning the procedure Straighten the antenna wire from the garage door opener assembly This may help improve transmitting and or receiving signals 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 172 Version 2 11 8 1 Certain types of garage door openers are incompatible with the integrated remote control If you should experience further difficulties with programming the integrated remote control contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center USA only at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or the HomeLink Hotline USA only at 1 800 355 3515 or the Customer Service Canada only at 1 800 387 0100 USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 2
52. page 137 ahead is established again gt Press button or EP repeatedly until one of the following two displays appears AA eniin in the multifunction display An intermittent warning sounds and the distance warning lamp inthe instrument cluster is illuminated if the Distronic system calculates that the distance to the vehicle When the Distronic is deactivated you will ahead and your vehicle s current speed see the standard Distronic display in the indicate that the Distronic will not be capable multifunction display of slowing the vehicle sufficiently to maintain the preset following distance which creates a danger of a collision Immediately brake the vehicle to increase your distance to the preceding vehicle The warning sound is intended as a final caution in which you should intercede with your own braking inputs to avoid a potentially Preceding vehicle if detected dangerous situation Do not wait for the Actual distance to the preceding vehicle operation of the warning signal to intercede Preset distance threshold to the with your own braking This will result in preceding vehicle potentially dangerous emergency braking Your vehicle which will not always result in an impact being i avoided Symbol for activated distance warning function gt page 137 Distronic deactivated Controls in detail i Tailgating increases the risk of an accident
53. power steering power brakes power windows power seats DD 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Operation Tires and wheels radio and heater to the extent that these items are available as factory installed equipment whether installed or not Air pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi kilopascal kPa or bar Aspect ratio Dimensional relationship between tire section height and section width expressed in percentage Bar Metric unit for air pressure There are 14 5038 pounds per square inch psi to 1 bar there are 100 kilopascals kPa to 1 bar Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Cold tire inflation pressure Tire inflation pressure when your vehicle has been sitting for at least 3 hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Curb weight The weight of a motor vehicle with standard equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant and if so equipped air conditioning and additional optional equipment but without passengers and cargo DOT Department of Transportation A tire branding symbol which denotes the tire meets requirements of the U S Department of Transportation 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 206 Version 2 11 8 1 GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating The GAWR is the maximum permis
54. still function with full brake boost However the rear wheels could lock up during emergency braking situations for example You could lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident Adapt your driving style to the changed driving characteristics ESP N Observe Safety notes see page 58 The Electronic Stability Program ESP is operational as soon as the engine is running It monitors the vehicle s traction force of adhesive friction between the tires and the road surface and handling The ESP recognizes that the vehicle deviates from the direction of travel as intended by the driver By applying brakes to individual wheels and by limiting the engine output the ESP works to stabilize the vehicle The ESP is especially useful while driving off and on wet or slippery road surfaces The ESP also stabilizes the vehicle during braking and steering maneuvers The ESP warning lamp A in the instrument cluster comes on when you switch on the ignition It goes out when the engine is running The ESP warning lamp A in the instrument cluster flashes when the ESP is engaged DD Safety and security u 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Safety and security 5 Driving safety systems A Warning Never switch off the ESP when you see the ESP warning lamp A flashing in the instrument cluster In this case proceed as follows e When driving off
55. submenu gt Press button A or 7 repeatedly until the message Easy entry Function appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Fao 20 ae 2 EO 140 32 5955 31 gt Press button or to activate On or deactivate Off the easy entry exit feature Use the Trip computer menu to call up statistical data on your vehicle The following information is available e Fuel consumption statistics since start gt page 125 e Fuel consumption statistics since last reset gt page 125 e Resetting fuel consumption statistics gt page 125 e Distance to empty gt page 125 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Fuel consumption statistics since start gt Press button CP or repeatedly until the first function of the Trip computer menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button Z or repeatedly until the message From Start appears in the multifunction display Fao From Start 120 1SOM GOMPH 2 30H 20 140 eare P5432 4739 34 Distance driven since start Time elapsed since start Average speed since start Average fuel consumption since start All statistics stored since the last engine start will be reset approximately 4 hours after the SmartKey in the starter switch is turned to position O or removed from the starter switch Res
56. the SmartKey an acoustic signal sounds The acoustic signal is activated at the factory If you wish to deactivate the feature or adjust its signal volume contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center When unlocking the vehicle all turn signal lamps flash once An acoustic signal sounds once and the locking knobs in the doors move up The anti theft alarm system is disarmed When locking the vehicle all turn signal lamps flash three times An acoustic signal sounds three times and the locking knobs in the doors move down The anti theft alarm system is armed All doors and the trunk must be closed If you cannot lock or unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey the batteries in the SmartKey are discharged the SmartKey is malfunctioning or the vehicle battery is drained Check the batteries in the SmartKey gt page 69 and replace them if necessary gt Use the mechanical key to unlock the driver s door and the trunk gt page 261 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 66 Version 2 11 8 1 gt Use the mechanical key to lock the vehicle gt page 262 gt Have the vehicle battery and the vehicle battery connections checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the SmartKey is malfunctioning contact Roadside Assistance or an authorized Mercedes Benz Center SmartKey Your vehicle comes supplied with two SmartKeys each with remote control and a removable mechanical key The SmartKey centrally
57. the vehicle can fall off the jack and seriously or fatally injure you or others H Do not position the jack on the body of the vehicle as this may cause damage to the vehicle Practical hints 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 274 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 gt Place jack 8 on firm ground Attaching the spare wheel gt Position jack 3 under take up bracket 2 so that it is always vertical as seen from the side even if the vehicle is parked on an incline N Warning Vehicles with spare wheel with collapsible tire only Inflate collapsible tire only after the wheel is properly attached Inflate the collapsible tire using the electric air pump before lowering the vehicle A Warning Always replace wheel bolts that are damaged or rusted Never apply oil or grease to wheel bolts Damaged wheel hub threads should be repaired immediately Do not continue to PAOD 2147 21 drive under these circumstances Contact an u authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call gt Turn crank 4 clockwise until jack is Roadside Assistance fully seated in take up bracket andthe incorrect wheel bolts or improperly tightened jack base evenly meets the ground wheel bolts can cause the wheel to come off gt Jack up the vehicle until the wheel is a This could cause an accident Make sure to maximum of 1 2 in 3 cm from the ground use the correct wheel bolts Practical hints Removing the
58. vehicles with KEYLESS GO on an outside door handle the automatic reversal function will not operate Activate the override switch when children are riding in the back seats of the vehicle The children may otherwise injure themselves e g by becoming trapped in the door window opening You can also open or close the door windows using the SmartKey see Summer opening feature gt page 96 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 95 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Power windows and Convenience closing feature If the upward movement of a door window is gt page 96 blocked during the closing procedure the door window will stop and open slightly After switching off the ignition or removing the SmartKey from the starter switch you can operate the door windows until you open the driver s or front passenger door If no door was opened you can operate the door windows for up to 5 minutes If the door window is blocked again and opens slightly gt Immediately after the door window has stopped because it was blocked pull and hold the respective switch upward until the door window is fully closed The door window closes with greater force gt Immediately after the door window was blocked pull and hold the respective switch upward until the door window is fully closed The door window closes without automatic reversal function A Warning Pulling and holding the switch
59. 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 280 Version 2 11 8 1 If the engine does not run after several unsuccessful starting attempts have it checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Excessive unburned fuel generated by repeated failed starting attempts may damage the catalytic converter and may present a fire risk Make sure the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation Make sure the cable clamps do not touch any other metal part while the other end is still attached to a battery If the battery is discharged the engine can be started with jumper cables and the fully charged battery of another vehicle or an equivalent starter pack Observe the following e Access to the battery is not possible on all vehicles If you cannot access the battery of the other vehicle provide jump start power by an external battery or starter pack e Jump starting should only be performed when the engine and catalytic converter are cold e Do not jump start the engine or charge the battery if the battery is frozen Let the battery thaw out first e Only jump start from batteries with the same voltage rating 12 V Jump starting with a more powerful battery could damage the vehicle s electrical system Such damage will not be covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty e Only use jumper cables with sufficient cross section and insulated terminal clamps e Always make sure the jumper cables are not on or
60. 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 98 Version 2 11 8 1 switch to position 0 and repeat the starting procedure gt f you are starting the engine with KEYLESS GO Close any doors that may be open to allow for better detection of the SmartKey or gt Start the engine with the SmartKey as radio signals from another source may be interfering with the KEYLESS GO function gt Repeat the starting procedure If the engine does not start after several starting attempts gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance The engine does not start You cannot hear the starter The battery may not be charged sufficiently gt Get a jump start gt page 280 If the engine will not start despite a jump start gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance The starter has been exposed to excessive temperatures gt Let the starter cool for about 2 minutes gt Repeat the starting procedure If the engine does not start after several starting attempts gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance N Warning On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 99 Version 2 11 8 1 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe H Do not ru
61. 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 173 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Useful features N Warning Whenever you are using floormats make sure there is enough clearance and that the floormats are securely fastened Floormats should always be securely fastened using the fastening equipment Before driving off check that the floormats are securely in place and adjust them if necessary A loose floormat could slip and hinder proper functioning of the pedals Do not place several floormats on top of each other as this may impair pedal movement Controls in detail u Move the driver s seat or front passenger seat as far to the rear as possible gt Removing Pull floormat off of retainer pins gt Installing Press floormat eyelets 2 onto retainer pins 4 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 174 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 175 Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle equipment 176 The first 1000 miles 1500 km
62. 133 The new speed is set and the vehicle will decelerate Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has reached the set speed 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 134 Version 2 11 8 1 Setting stored speed Resume function A Warning The set speed stored in memory should only be set again if prevailing road conditions and legal speed limits permit Possible acceleration or deceleration differences arising from returning to the preset speed could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever in direction of arrow gt page 133 If no speed is stored the current speed is set and stored gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Deactivating Distronic gt Depress the brake pedal or gt Briefly push the cruise control lever in direction of arrow 8 gt page 133 The cruise control speed segments in the multifunction display will go out and the following message appears briefly in the multifunction display DISTRONIC Off The last set speed is stored for later use The last stored speed is deleted from memory when the engine is turned off The Distronic switches off automatically when you depress the brake pedal or you engage the parking brake In this case the cruise control speed segments in the multifunction display will go out The Distronic also switches off automatically when e the vehicle speed falls
63. 279 Version 2 11 8 1 Battery H Never loosen or detach battery terminal clamps while the engine is running or the SmartKey is in the starter switch or KEYLESS GO button is in position 1 Otherwise the alternator and other electronic components could be severely damaged Have the battery checked regularly at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Refer to Maintenance Booklet for maintenance intervals or contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further information After battery power was interrupted do the following e Synchronize the power windows gt page 95 e Synchronize the tilt sliding sunroof gt page 154 Charging the battery A Warning Never charge a battery while still installed in the vehicle unless the accessory battery charge unit approved by Mercedes Benz is being used Gases may escape during charging and could cause an explosion that may result in personal injury paint damage or corrosion An accessory battery charge unit specially adapted for Mercedes Benz vehicles and tested and approved by Mercedes Benz is available It permits the charging of the battery in its installed position Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for information and availability Charge battery in accordance with the separate instructions for the accessory battery charger Have the battery charged at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If you charge the DD Practical hints 219_AKB 4 54 e
64. 288 Premium unleaded gasoline 299 RIMS and tires ceeeeseeeesteeeeeeees 291 Spare Wheel sisirin 296 Vehicle specification CLS 550 290 Vehicle specification CLS 63 AMG 290 Washer and headlamp cleaning SyStE Meene sen rn na Technical data dimensions see Vehicle specification Technical data electrical system see Vehicle specification 297 302 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Technical data engine see Vehicle specification Technical data weights see Vehicle specification Tele Aid u s ua0snsessuhes 164 Emergency GAlls a s 2 352 0423 2 165 Information button e 167 Initiating an emergency call manually sssrinin 166 Messages in the multifunction display een 240 Remote door unlock uerenneeeennne 168 Roadside Assistance button 166 Search amp Send 168 SOS button Stolen Vehicle Recovery Services 169 System self test 5 0 s24 420200 Telephone ursers ernennen Answering ending a call Hands free microphone Meilen Operation enannesee PHONEBOOK a sscecissccsssessvsesceteticcesctss Redialing 00 00 Temperature Goolant nunesnennnsnn 109 Interior temperature en 147 Outside ia ssunistesenisen 113 120 Tether anchorage points see Children in the vehicle Tie down hooks nee 157 Tightening torque Wheels essersi 277 TIN Tire Identification Number
65. 378 8 cu in 7 Me placement 6208 cm Track front 63 0 in 1599 mm Track 2a imi ConA 113 1 rack rear 62 3 in 1583 mm E ratio Turning circle 37 7 ft 11 5 m pa Output acc to 507 hp 6 800 rpm T SAE J 1349 8 378 kW 6 800 rpm Weights CLS 63 AMG Maximum torque 465 Ib ft 5 200 rpm Roof load max 220 Ib 100 kg AEJ 1 N 2 BE EEE 630 Nm 5200 rpm u max 220 Ib 100kg S Maximum engine 7 200 rpm speed u Firing order 1 5 4 2 6 3 7 8 Poly V belt 2360 mm Notes H Only use tires which have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz Tires approved by Mercedes Benz are developed Alternator 14 V 180 A to provide best possible performance in conjunction with the driving safety systems Electrical system CLS 63 AMG Starter motor TENTS on your vehicle such as the ABS or the Battery 12 V 95 Ah ESP Tires specially developed for your vehicle and tested and approved by Spark plugs type NGK ILZKAR 7A10 Mercedes Benz can be identified by finding Spark plugs 0 039 in 1 0 mm the following on the tire s sidewall electrode gap e MO Mercedes Benz Original equipment tires Spark plugs 15 18 lb ft u tightening torque 20 25 Nm e MOE Mercedes Benz Original Extended tires with limited run flat characteristics original equipment tires Using tires other than those approved by Mercedes Benz may result in damage that 18 Premium fuel required Performance may vary with fuel octane rating 19 Exterior rear view mirr
66. 40 R18 97V XL Extra Load M S A MOExtended CLS 550 AMG Sport Package CLS 550 Grand Edition Technical data u CLS 63 AMG 18 wheels AMG rims light alloy 8 5 x 18 H2 Wheel offset 0 98 in 25 mm Winter tires 245 40 R18 97V XL Extra Load M S 4 CLS 63 AMG Performance Package 19 wheels AMG rims light alloy 8 5Jx 19 H2 Wheel offset 0 98 in 25 mm Winter tires2 21 23 245 35 R19 93V XL Extra Load M S A 20 Radial ply tires 21 Not available as factory equipment 22 Must be used in conjunction with Tire Pressure Monitoring System U S vehicles tire pressure loss warning system Canada vehicles or Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System Canada vehicles only 23 Maximum permissible vehicle speed of 137 mph 220 km h 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Rims and tires Mixed size tires Wheel offset Summer tires2 26 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 294 Version 2 11 8 1 CLS 550 18 wheels Front axle Rims light alloy 8 5 x 18H2 Wheel offset 1 10 in 28 mm Summer tires2 25 245 40 R18 93Y MOExtended Rear axle Rims light alloy 9 5Jx 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 30 in 33 mm Summer tires2 25 26 275 35 R18 95Y MOExtended s 18 wheels Front axle Rims light alloy 8 5Jx 18 H2 3 Wheel offset 1 10 in 28 mm All season tires 245 40 R18 93V M S 8 Rear axle Rims light alloy 9 5J x 18H2 9 Wheel offset 1 30 in 33 mm All season tires 426 275 35 R18 95V M S CLS 550 AMG Sport Package
67. 94 CIC AMINE cade ccasscsdossesascceseeatteesusdaeses 219 Operation uansnunsiennesnsenen 94 Rear door window override SWIIch uses 56 Synchronizing 95 Practical hints u 224 PRE SAFE nennen 49 Messages in the multifunction display ee 229 Problems WING AH IVING eves ete sescetestesetendsesteites 99 With vehicle With wipers Product information 19 Production options weight 207 Program mode selector switch Automatic shift program 105 Manual shift program 107 Proximity key see Key SmartKey PSI air pressure unit 207 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe RAGETIMER 2 42222 23445 2422 43222 114 Radio Selecting stations n eeeeneeeen 116 Radio transmitters Rain sensor see Intermittent wiping Rear axle oil 22222222seseeeeneneneennn Rear door ashtray see Ashtrays Rear doors Child safety locks sisisi 56 Rear door window Override switch eeeeeeenesseeeeeeeeneennnn 56 Rear fog lamp see Fog lamps Rear lamps see Tail lamps Rear seat head restraints see Head restraints Rear window defroster Recommended tire inflation pressure s is eerren Refrigerant air conditioning Refueling Regular checks Reminder Seat belt see Seat belts Telltale Remote control see Key SmartKey Remote door unlock
68. A loss of pressure has been detected in the fuel system The Is Open fuel cap may not be closed properly or the fuel system may be leaking Check the fuel cap gt page 177 gt If it is not closed properly Close the fuel cap gt If it is closed properly Have the fuel system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Replace The air filter is clogged Air Filter Have the air filter checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 247 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Lamps Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions amp Active The active Bi Xenon headlamp system is malfunctioning Headlamps Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as Inoperativ possible e D Active The active Bi Xenon headlamps are malfunctioning Another Headlamps light is being used Auxiliary Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as Bulb On possible Toe Reverse The left or right backup lamp is malfunctioning 2 Lamp Left Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soonas E or possible Reverse S Lamp Right D p nig TOF Brake The left or right brake tail lamp is malfunctioning This Tail Lamp message will only appear if all LEDs have stopped working a LE ft gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as Auxiliary possible Bulb On or Bra
69. BAS the EBP the ESP and the USA only Inoperativ PRE SAFE system are unavailable e See gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock Canada ee during hard braking reducing steering capability only i gt Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible pan Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident Ka Release You are driving with the parking brake engaged In addition Parking an acoustic warning sounds T ee Brake gt Release the parking brake 3 Canada only a Check There is insufficient brake fluid in the reservoir USA only Brake Risk of accident en gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location or as soon as it is safe to do so aa Engage the parking brake y Do not drive any further gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance Do not add brake fluid This will not solve the problem N Warning Driving with the message Check Brake Fluid Level displayed can result in an accident Have your brake system checked immediately Do not add brake fluid before checking the brake system Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and the brake fluid catching fire You can be seriously burned H If you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the min
70. Benz Center Vehicles equipped with active Bi Xenon headlamps The active Bi Xenon headlamps increase usable illumination over conventional headlamps because they follow the curvature of the road ahead The beams of the active Bi Xenon headlamps shift to either side according to the vehicle s steering angle and speed gt Adjust the seats gt On the driver s side also adjust the steering wheel and exterior rear view mirrors to the desired positions gt Press memory button M once and within 3 seconds press memory position button 1 2o0r3 When the settings are stored to the selected position an acknowledgement signal sounds 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 87 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Lighting Exterior lamp switch H Failure to switch off the parking lamps when leaving the vehicle may result in a discharged battery Low beam headlamps 2 The low beam headlamps can be switched on and off with the exterior lamp switch gt Switch on the ignition gt Switching on Turn the exterior lamp switch to position a The following lamps come on 1 Pz Standing lamps left e Low beam headlamps 2 P Standing lamps right e Tail lamps 3 o Off e Parking lamps Controls in detail Daytime running lamp mode 4 avro Automatic headlamp mode Daytime running lamp mode e Side marker lamps 5 2008 Parking lamps also tail lamps e Inst
71. CLS 550 approx 2 4 US gal 9 0 Paid Ocene ol CLS 63 AMG approx 3 7 US gal 14 01 Avg of 96 RON 86 MON Air All models R134a refrigerant conditioning and special system PAG lubricant oil never R 12 Washer system All models 4 8 US qt 4 5 MB Windshield Washer Washer system All models 6 9 US qt 6 5 Concentrate and headlamp gt page 302 cleaning ori nen system Washer fluid mixing ratio gt page 302 33 Engine with oil cooler 34 With Performance Package 35 Mixed with water or commercially available premixed washer solvent antifreeze 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Technical data u Fuels coolants lubricants etc Approved engine oils Engine oils are specifically tested for their suitability in our engines and durability for our service intervals Therefore only use approved engine oils and oil filters required for vehicles with the Maintenance System For a listing of approved engine oils and oil filters contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only H Using engine oils and oil filters of a specification other than those expressly required for the Maintenance System or changing of oil and oil filter at change intervals longer than those called for by the Maintenance System will result in engine or emission control system damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Please follow Maintenance System recommendations for scheduled oil changes Failure
72. California residents see www dtsc ca gov HazardousWaste Perchlorate index cfm Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal Many states USA only or provinces Canada only require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries for recycling When inserting the batteries make sure they are clean and free of lint When replacing batteries always replace both batteries The required replacement batteries are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Replacement batteries Lithium type CR 2025 or equivalent gt Remove the mechanical key from the SmartKey gt page 261 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 265 Version 2 11 8 1 Replacing SmartKey batteries SmartKey P80 35 2421 31 Press mechanical key 2 into the SmartKey opening until battery compartment cover 1 opens Do not keep the cover shut P90 35 238231 gt Remove the battery compartment cover gt Pat the SmartKey against the palm of your hand until battery 3 falls out gt Insert the new battery with the positive terminal facing up Use a lint free cloth gt Insert the tabs of the battery compartment cover into the housing and press the cover closed gt Slide mechanical key Q back into the SmartKey gt Check the operation of the SmartKey Practical hints 5 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe 20
73. Driving off Warm up the engine smoothly Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached H When driving off on a slippery surface do not allow a drive wheel to spin for an extended period with the ESP switched off Doing so may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H Simultaneously depressing the accelerator pedal and applying the brakes reduces engine performance and causes premature brake and drivetrain wear which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Hydroplaning Depending on the depth of the water layer on the road hydroplaning may occur even at low speeds and with new tires In heavy rain or when conditions indicate possible hydroplaning 219_AKB d2ureepe 4 54 en US Reduce vehicle speed Avoid track grooves in the road gt Apply brakes cautiously Standing water H Do not drive through flooded areas Before driving through water determine its depth If you must drive through standing water drive slowly to prevent water from entering the passenger compartment or the engine compartment Water in these areas could cause damage to electrical components or wiring of the engine or transmission or could result in water being ingested by the engine through the air intake causing severe internal engine damage Any such damage is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty
74. Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Operator s Manual should not appear in the multifunction display at any time the seat is unoccupied Wait at least 60 seconds for the system to complete the necessary check cycles and to make sure neither message appears in the multifunction display If above conditions are met you can occupy the front passenger seat again Depending on the front passenger classification sensed by the OCS the passairsacorr By indicator lamp will remain illuminated or go out If above conditions are not met the system is not working properly Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 233 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display N Warning If the Passarsacorr 8 indicator lamp remains illuminated with an adult occupant on the front passenger seat even after performing the above corrective steps do not have any passenger use the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired Driving systems Display messages Possible causes consequences and P Solutions Cruise Inoperativ The cruise control is malfunctioning un 2 gt Have the cruise control checked at an authorized o SPEEDTRONI Mercedes Benz Center C Ww Cruise MPH One of the activation conditions for cruise control has not L Control been fulfille
75. Maintain sight of the area around the rear of the vehicle while operating the trunk lid with the door mounted switch Monitor the closing procedure carefully to make sure no one is in danger of being injured Closing the trunk from the outside automatically N Warning Monitor the closing procedure carefully to make sure no one is in danger of being To interrupt the closing procedure press or pull the door mounted remote trunk opening closing switch Even with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the vehicle the remote trunk opening closing switch can be operated Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury In vehicles with trunk opening closing system you can close the trunk from the inside using the remote trunk opening closing switch If the trunk lid comes into contact with an object while closing the closing procedure is injured To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the trunk opening when closing the trunk lid Be especially careful when small children are around To stop the closing procedure do one of the following e Press button I on the SmartKey e Press or pull the remote trunk opening closing switch on the driver s door e Press
76. Messages in the multifunction GISPIAY ZPRPFERPPFSEPHIEPPEFFRREFEIEISERGFLEFEIEOR Oil dipstick Recommended engine oils and oil filter ae nassen ESP Electronic Stability Program ETS irion EEEE Messages in the multifunction display 229 239 W rning lamp sss 6 0 04 255 ETD Emergency Tensioning Device 3 3 24224 0404002020080 000rea 49 Safety guidelines lt 39 ETS Electronic Traction System 60 Express operation Power WINdOWS nsss Tilt sliding sunroof Exterior lamp switch Exterior rear view mirrors 84 Parking position Exterior view of vehicle 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 8 Version 2 11 8 1 Fastening the seat belts 47 First aid Kit Flat treseta Lowering the vehicle Mounting the spare wheel 272 Preparing the vehicle 271 Spare wheel sses 271 296 Floormats un 173 Fluids Automatic transmission fluid 297 Brake Tid u Capa Gilles cesescccccsecestetseseezversesbeverte Engine coolant u Engine oil Power steering fluid Washer and headlamp cleaning SYSIEN ana 297 Fog lamp nicsen 89 Messages in the multifunction display 247 249 Front air bags see Air bags Front lamps see Headlamps Front passenger front air bag 40 Messages in the multifunction display une 230 Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp
77. Occupant Classification System OCS gt page 41 The lighter the front passenger side occupant the higher the vehicle deceleration rate required for second stage inflation of the front passenger front air bag The air bags will not deploy in impacts which do not exceed the system s preset deployment thresholds You will then be protected by the fastened seat belts The front air bags will not deploy in the event of a rollover unless the vehicle s rate of longitudinal deceleration or acceleration exceeds the preset deployment threshold for the front air bags The front passenger front air bag will only be deployed if e the system based on OCS weight sensor readings detects that the front passenger seat is occupied indicator lamp in the center console is not lit gt page 41 e the pass air Bac orrl Xh e the impact exceeds a preset deployment threshold Knee bag Knee bag 3 is designed to provide increased protection for the driver against the risk of injuries to the knees thighs and lower legs Knee bag 9 is located on the driver side lower instrument panel It is designed to operate together with the driver front air bag in certain frontal impacts if the system determines that air bag deployment can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt Knee bag 3 operates best in 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe conjunction with a properly positioned and fastened seat belt
78. Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA Headquarters 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE West Building Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from www safercar gov Vehicle data recording Information regarding electronic recording devices Including notice pursuant to California Code 9951 Please note that your vehicle is equipped with devices that can record vehicle systems data and if equipped with the Tele Aid system may transmit some data in certain accidents 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 23 219_AKB 4 54 en US Version 2 11 8 1 d2ureepe Introduction This information helps for example to diagnose vehicle systems after a collision and to continuously improve vehicle safety Daimler may access the information and share it with others e for safety research or vehicle diagnosis purposes e with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee e in response to an official request by law enforcement or other government agency e for use in dispute resolution involving Daimler its affiliates or sales service organization and or e as otherwise required or permitted by law Please check the Tele Aid subscription service agreement for details regarding the information that may be recorded or transmitted via that system 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 24
79. Vehicle care Cleaning and care of the vehicle Notes Regular and proper care will help to maintain the value of your vehicle A Warning Many cleaning products can be hazardous Some are poisonous others are flammable Always follow the instructions on the particular container Always open your DD Operation E 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Operation Vehicle care vehicle s doors or windows when cleaning the inside Never use fluids or solvents that are not designed for cleaning your vehicle Always lock away cleaning products and keep them out of reach of children H When cleaning the vehicle do not use scouring agents Never apply strong force and only use a soft wet cloth or sponge Otherwise you may scratch or damage the surface to be cleaned While in operation even while parked your vehicle is subjected to varying external influences which if gone unchecked can attack the paintwork as well as the vehicle underbody and cause lasting damage Such damage is caused not only by extreme and varying climatic conditions but also by e Air pollution e Road salt e Tar e Gravel and stone chipping To avoid paint damage you should immediately remove e Grease and oil e Fuel e Coolant e Brake fluid e Bird droppings e Insects e Tree resins etc Frequent washing reduces and or eliminates the aggressiveness and potency of the above adverse influences 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 0
80. Vehicle maximum load on the tire Vehicle specification CLS 590 ELS6SAMGE nee 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 18 Version 2 11 8 1 117 224 Vehicle status message memory Vehicle tool kit une Vehicle washing see Vehicle care Vehicle weights see Vehicle specification Warning lamps see Lamps Indicator and warning Warning sounds Distance warning function 137 DDISthOMIC en asreertelrenn 131 Driver s or passenger s seat belt 48 Parking br ke unneeesecacnsecseecaensennnse Parktronic system Seat belt telltale ee Warranty coverage ne Washer and headlamp cleaning SY SUSI 25 65 65 22s 5505 os cacs cacedsesdadessnes ceencadees 302 Washer fluid Messages in the multifunction GISPIAY esirin pa 242 Mixing ratio wx 302 Refilling 422 05 2233202 2020 60er 181 Washing the vehicle 215 Wear pattern tires 200 Weights vehicle see Vehicle specification Wheel CHAN SINE ccveceetse ieee obcorsavete 271 REMOVING nnene vw 274 Sparen ae we 221 Tightening torque 277 Wheels sizes 000000nne nennen 291 Wheels Tires and 0 182 Window curtain air bags 41 Windows see Power windows Windows cleaning 219 Windshield Cleaning wiper blades Defo BIN
81. Warning Steering wheel In order to avoid possible loss of vehicle A Observe Safety notes see page 82 control the following must be done before the Position steering wheel Q properly vehicle is put into motion gt page 82 e seat adjustment Make sure e head restraint adjustment e You can reach the steering wheel with your steering wheel adjustment arms slightly bent at the elbows e rear view mirror adjustment You can move your legs freely e fastening of seat belts e All displays including malfunction and indicator lamps on the instrument cluster are clearly visible Seat belt Z Observe Safety notes see page 45 gt Fasten and position your seat belt correctly gt page 47 Make sure e The seat belt is always fitted snugly e Adjust the seat belt so that the shoulder section is located as close as possible to the middle of the shoulder e Place the lap portion of the seat belt as low as possible on your hips 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Safety and security A Occupant safety Seat and head restraint N Observe Safety notes see page 77 Position seat 8 and head restraint properly See gt page 78 for seat and head restraint adjustment Observe the following points e Always be in a properly seated position e The position should be as far rearward from the front air bag in the steering wheel as possible while still permitting proper operation of vehicle controls
82. Warranty Program mode selector switch on CLS 63 AMG gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the C Comfort For standard driving right in the D direction S Sport For sporty driving or gt Bri gt M Manual For manual gearshifting Briefly pull right gearshift control 2 gt page 106 The automatic transmission shifts into the The current program mode appears in the next higher gear multifunction display gt page 105 For information on automatic program mode Upshift indicator C or S see Automatic shift program gt page 105 and One touch gearshifting gt page 105 Activating manual shift program Press the program mode selector switch repeatedly until M appears in the multifunction display In manual program mode M upshift The automatic transmission switches to indicator in the multifunction display manual program mode M Automatic advises you to upshift before the engine reaches the overspeed range In addition symbol may appear instead of manual DD 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail program mode symbol M in the multifunction display Thus you can drive at the maximum engine speed for each gear without overrevving the engine Shift the automatic transmission from current gear 1 into the next higher gear The fuel supply will otherwise be interrupted to prevent the engine from overrevving Downshifting A Warning On slippery road
83. XL Extra Load 275 30 R19 96V XL Extra Load M S A Technical data 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Technical data u Fuels coolants lubricants etc Spare wheel 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 296 Version 2 11 8 1 El Compare the recommended tire inflation pressure for your vehicle with the tire inflation pressure on the yellow label located on the spare wheel rim If the tire inflation pressure on the yellow label on the spare wheel rim differs from the values given in this Operator s Manual inflate the tire to the recommended tire inflation pressure given on the yellow label on the spare wheel rim Please note that the tire inflation pressure of the spare wheel differs from the tire inflation pressure of the road tires CLS 550 all models Rim steel 4 0Bx 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 34 in 34 mm Rim light alloy Wheel offset Minispare tire T 155 70 R17 110M Collapsible tire Recommended 61 psi 4 2 bar tire inflation pressure Fuels coolants lubricants etc Capacities Vehicle components and their respective lubricants must match Therefore only use products tested and approved by Mercedes Benz For information on tested and approved products contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only A Warning Comply with all valid regulations with respect to handling storing and disposing of service 32 Must not be used with snow chains CLS
84. You can combine KEYLESS GO functions with normal SmartKey functions e g unlocking with KEYLESS GO and locking with button e Always carry the SmartKey with you e Never store the SmartKey together with electronic items such as a mobile phone or another SmartKey metallic objects such as coins or metal foil 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 68 Version 2 11 8 1 Doing so could impair the function of the KEYLESS GO system e To lock or unlock the vehicle the SmartKey must be located outside the vehicle within approximately 3 ft 1 m of a door or the trunk e If the SmartKey is positioned farther away from the vehicle the system may no longer recognize the SmartKey The vehicle cannot be locked or the engine started via the KEYLESS GO system e If the SmartKey is removed from the vehicle e g if a passenger exits the vehicle with the SmartKey when pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button or trying to lock the vehicle with the lock button on an outside door handle the message Key Not Detected appears in the multifunction display with the engine running the red message Key Not Detected appears in the multifunction display while driving off Find the SmartKey or change its present location immediately e g place it on the front passenger seat or insert it in shirt pocket e If you have started the engine with the KEYLESS GO start stop button you can turn it off again by
85. a collision which could occur under some circumstances even with the air bag technology installed in your vehicle The only means to completely eliminate this risk is to never place a child in a rear facing child restraint in the front seat We therefore strongly recommend that you always place a child in arear facing child restraint in a backseat If you must install a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat because circumstances require you to do so make sure the pass air Bac oFF EA indicator lamp is illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated Should the passar sac orr By indicator lamp not illuminate or go out while the restraint is installed please check installation Periodically check the DD Safety and security iz 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Safety and security A Occupant safety PASS AIR BAG OFF EA indicator lamp while driving to make sure the Pass ar eac orr Xi indicator lamp is illuminated If the indicator lamp goes out or remains out do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired PASS AIR BAG OFF EA A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates If you have to place a child in a forward facing child restra
86. air distribution and interior air temperature when the front defroster is switched on gt Deactivating Press button q again The indicator lamp in the button goes out The previous settings are once again in effect The cooling remains switched on The air recirculation remains switched off or Press button The indicator lamp in button goes out Air volume and air distribution are adjusted automatically AUTO Windshield fogged on the outside gt Switch the windshield wipers on gt page 92 gt Turn air distribution control to or r Maximum cooling MAX COOL MAX COOL is only available in U S vehicles MAX COOL is only operational when the engine is running This provides the fastest possible cooling of the vehicle interior when windows and tilt sliding sunroof are closed 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 150 Version 2 11 8 1 gt Activating Press button wax MAX COOL appears in display gt page 143 The air conditioning switches automatically to the following functions e maximum cooling e maximum blowing power e the air recirculation mode is switched on gt Deactivating Press button a amp again MAX COOL disappears in display The previous settings are once again in effect To switch the maximum cooling function off you can also press button OFF auto
87. air pump required for vehicles with spare wheel with collapsible tire only For information on where to find the respective items see Where will find gt page 224 and gt page 226 Vehicles without spare wheel are not factory equipped with the tools required for a wheel change such as a jack or a wheel wrench Some tools required for a wheel change are specific to your vehicle Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to obtain the tools approved for your vehicle This section describes the wheel change using the tools approved and recommended for your vehicle Removing tensioning straps from spare wheel This description applies to vehicles with 19 spare wheel with collapsible tire only A 19 spare wheel with collapsible tire has two tensioning straps on it that must be removed before mounting the spare wheel 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 272 Version 2 11 8 1 P58 10 2207 31 gt Press on both clips simultaneously to release buckle Q gt Store the tensioning straps in a safe place You will need them to store the spare wheel in the trunk after use gt page 226 Lifting the vehicle N Warning When jacking up the vehicle only use the jack which has been specifically approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jack take up brackets built into both sides of the vehicle Make sure the jack arm is fully sea
88. and release them when indicator lamp 1 begins to flash after approximately 20 seconds Do not hold the buttons for longer than 30 seconds This procedure erases any previous settings for all three channels and initializes the memory If you later wish to program a second and or third hand held transmitter to the remaining two signal transmitter buttons do not repeat this step and begin directly with step 3 gt Step 3 Hold the end of hand held remote control 5 of the device you wish to train approximately 2 to 12 in 5 to 30 cm away from the signal transmitter button or 4 to be programmed while keeping indicator lamp Q in view gt Step 4 Using both hands simultaneously press hand held remote control button 6 and the desired signal transmitter button or Do not release the buttons until step 5 is completed Indicator lamp will flash first slowly and then rapidly Indicator lamp flashes immediately the first time the signal transmitter button is programmed If this button has already been programmed the indicator lamp will start flashing after 20 seconds 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 170 Version 2 11 8 1 gt Step 5 After indicator lamp D changes from a slow to a rapidly flashing light release the hand held remote control button and the signal transmitter button gt Step 6 Press and hold the just trained signal transmitter button or and observe ind
89. and temperature resistance 3 Although not a Government of Canada requirement all tires made for sale in North America have these grades branded on the sidewall For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear Traction Temperature 200 AA A All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified U S Government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction N Warning The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration DD Operation a 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Operation iA Tires and wheels cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics The traction grades
90. apply as little throttle as possible e While driving ease up on the accelerator pedal e Adapt your speed and driving style to the prevailing road conditions Failure to observe these guidelines could cause the vehicle to skid The ESP cannot prevent accidents resulting from excessive speed H Because the ESP operates automatically the engine and ignition must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position 0 or 1 or KEYLESS GO start stop button in position O or 1 when the parking brake is being tested on a brake test dynamometer or when the vehicle is being towed with the front axle raised Active braking action through the ESP may otherwise seriously damage the brake system which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H The ESP will only function properly if you use wheels of the recommended tire size as specified in the Technical data section of this Operator s Manual The Distronic system and cruise control switch off automatically when the ESP engages Electronic Traction System ETS N Observe Safety notes see page 58 The ETS Electronic Traction System is a component of the ESP The ETS improves the vehicle s ability to utilize available traction especially under slippery road 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 60 Version 2 11 8 1 conditions by applying the brakes to a spinning wheel Except CLS 63 AMG When you switch off the ESP the ETS is still
91. approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model Using other seat or head restraint covers may interfere with or prevent the activation of the NECK PRO active front head restraints and or the deployment of the front side impact air bags Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for availability When the NECK PRO active front head restraints have been triggered in an accident the NECK PRO active front head restraints must be reset Otherwise the NECK PRO active front head restraints cannot offer any additional protection in the event of another rear end collision For information on resetting the activated NECK PRO active front head restraints see Resetting activated head restraints gt page 264 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 51 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Occupant safety You cannot remove the NECK PRO active front head restraints N Warning For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation For information on head restraint adjustment see Head restraint height gt page 79 or see Head restraint fore and aft adjustment gt page 79 Safety and security E N
92. are covered with upholstery blends gt Securely fasten hook 9 which is part of top tether strap to anchorage ring 2 gt For safety make sure hook is attached to anchorage ring 2 beyond the safety catch as illustrated DD 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Safety and security Occupant safety Information sign Q indicates the position of anchor 2 gt Fold the upholstery blend upward to access anchors 2 gt Install a LATCH type ISOFIX child seat according to the manufacturer s instructions A rigid connection between the child seat and the body of the vehicle is established Child safety Child safety locks N Observe Safety notes see page 52 A Warning Children could open a rear door from the inside This may cause serious personal injury or an accident Therefore secure the rear doors with the child safety locks whenever children are riding in the back seats of the vehicle The child safety locks on the rear doors enable you to secure each rear door individually You cannot open a secured rear door from the inside You can open the rear door from the outside when the vehicle is unlocked 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 56 Version 2 11 8 1 gt Securing Press the lever up in direction of arrow N gt Check to make sure the child safety locks are working properly gt Releasing Press the lever down in direction of arrow 2 Override switch N
93. are approved by Mercedes Benz Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to advise you on this subject e Use of snow chains may be prohibited depending on location Always check local and state laws before installing snow chains e Do not use snow chains on the spare wheel When driving with snow chains you may wish to switch off the ESP gt page 59 before setting the vehicle in motion This will improve the vehicle s traction Winter driving instructions Z Warning If the vehicle becomes stuck in snow make sure snow is kept clear of the exhaust pipe and from around the vehicle with the engine running Otherwise deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death To assure sufficient fresh air ventilation open a window slightly on the side of the vehicle not facing the wind N Warning The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 209 Version 2 11 8 1 Winter driving Indicated temperatures just above the freezing point do not guarantee that the road surface is free of ice The road may still be icy especially in wooded areas or on bridges A Warning On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not
94. authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to assist you 11 or M S 4 for winter tires 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 204 Version 2 11 8 1 m EU For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration In addition to the load index special load identification may be molded into the tire sidewall following the letter designating the speed symbol gt page 202 e No specification given absence of any text like in above example indicates a standard load SL tire e XL or Extra Load designates an extra load or reinforced tire e Light Load designates a light load tire e C D E designates load range associated with the maximum load a tire can carry at a specified pressure U S tire regulations require each new tire manufacturer or tire retreader to mold a TIN into or onto a sidewall of each tire produced 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 205 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Tires and wheels Tire type code Tire type code may at the option of the manufacturer be used as a descriptive code for identifying significant characteristics of the tire Date of manufacture The date of manufacture 6 identifies the week and year of manufacture The first two figures identify the week starting with 01 to represent the first full week of the calendar year The second t
95. by the speed symbol in the service description Example 245 40 ZR18 97Y In this example 97Y is the service description The letter Y designates the speed rating and the speed capability of the tire is limited to 186 mph Speed symbol N Warning Even when permitted by law never operate a vehicle at speeds greater than the maximum speed rating of the tires Exceeding the maximum speed for which tires are rated can lead to sudden tire failure causing loss of vehicle control and possibly resulting in an accident and or serious personal injury and possible death for you and for others Operation a Regardless of the tire speed rating local speed limits should be obeyed Use prudent driving speeds appropriate to prevailing conditions Speed symbol 6 indicates the approved maximum speed tire speed rating for the t ire Summer tires 1 Index Speed rating Q up to 100 mph 160 km h R up to 106 mph 170 km h S up to 112 mph 180 km h T up to 118 mph 190 km h H up to 130 mph 210 km h V up to 149 mph 240 km h Ww up to 168 mph 270 km h Y up to 186 mph 300 km h ZREN up to 186 mph 300 km h tor M S a for winter tires 300 km h Any tire with aspeed capability above 186 mph 300 km h must include a ZR in the size designation AND the service description must be placed in parenthesis Example 275 40 ZR 18 99Y The Y speed symbol in parenthesis designates
96. checked gt f the coolant temperature is below 248 F 120 C you can continue driving to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Avoid high engine loads e g driving uphill and stop and go driving DD Practical hints 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Practical hints What to do if Problem F The red coolant temperature warning lamp comes on when the engine is running and an acoustic warning sounds A Warning Driving when your engine is overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns which can occur just by opening 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 258 Version 2 11 8 1 Possible causes consequences and P Solutions The coolant temperature has exceeded 248 F 120 C gt Stop in a safe location as soon as possible and allow the engine and coolant to cool down the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Stop the vehicle in a safe location away from other traffic Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 259 Version 2 11 8 1 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Tires Problem USA only Combination low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction telltale for the TPMS illuminates
97. d2ureepe 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 35 Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle equipment 36 Occupant safety zenen 36 Panicalanrm e ree 57 Driving safety systems 57 Anti theft systems 0 62 Safety and security E 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Safety and security E Occupant safety Vehicle equipment This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual Occupant safety Introduction In this section you will learn the most important facts about the restraint system components of the vehicle The restraint systems are e Seat belts e Child restraints e Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren LATCH also known as ISOFIX Additional protection potential is provided by e Supplemental Restraint System SRS with Air bags Air bag control unit with crash sensors Emergency Tensioning Device ETD for seat belts Seat belt force limiter e NECK PRO active front head restraints e Preventive occupant safety PRE SAFE e Air bag system components with Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp Front passenger seat with Occupant Classification System OCS Although the systems are independent their protect
98. driving TI situations where special precaution is You can set the specified following distance required on the part of the driver Be prepared for Distronic by varying the time setting to brake in such situations Braking will between 1 0 and 2 0 seconds Using this time deactivate the Distronic system setting and the current speed of your vehicle Distronic calculates and sets the required A Warning following distance to the preceding vehicle The Distronic works to maintain the speed The set distance will be shown in the selected by the driver unless a moving multifunction display obstacle proceeding directly ahead of it in the same travel direction is detected e g N Warning following another vehicle ahead of you at your It is up to the driver to exercise discretion to set distance select the appropriate setting given road This means that conditions traffic driver s preferred driving style and applicable laws and driving recommendations for safe following distance e Your vehicle can pass another vehicle after you have changed lanes e While in a sharp turn or if the preceding vehicle is in a sharp turn the Distronic could lose sight of the preceding vehicle Your vehicle could then accelerate to the previously selected speed DD 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 136 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Controls in detail u Driving systems The Distronic regulates only the distance detect on
99. e immediately when you press button 8 to select the driver s side exterior rear view mirror Memory function Notes With the memory function you can store up to three different configurations per front seat DD Controls in detail A 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 86 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Controls in detail E Lighting Each memory position button on the driver s side can store all of the following settings Press and hold desired memory position button 1 2 or 3 until the seat has moved e Multicontour seat previously saved to the stored position completely On the settings driver s side also wait for the steering wheel and exterior rear view mirrors to move to the stored position e Seat position e Steering wheel position e Exterior rear view mirrors position Releasing the memory position button A Warning stops movement to the stored positions Do not activate the memory function while immediately driving Activating the memory function while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Lighting J Each memory position button on the front Notes passenger side can store all of the following you drive in cowitries with leithand E driving you must have the headlamps e Seat position modified for symmetrical low beams e Multicontour seat previously saved Relevant information can be obtained at settings any authorized Mercedes
100. emergency release button To cancel the alarm after it has been triggered see Canceling the alarm gt page 63 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 63 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Anti theft systems If the alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds the Tele Aid system initiates a call to the Customer Assistance Center To cancel the alarm do one of the following automatically The Tele Aid system will gt Insert the SmartKey into the starter switch Ee initiate the call provided that gt Press button g or onthe e you have subscribed to the Tele Aid SmartKey gt service In vehicles with KEYLESS GO 5 e the Tele Aid service has been activated Grasp an outside door handle D properly The SmartKey must be within 3 ft 1 m of ha e the necessary mobile phone power the vehicle supply and GPS coverage are available Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button The SmartKey must be inside the vehicle 2 gt Arming Lock the vehicle with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO The turn signal lamps flash three times to indicate that the vehicle is locked Indicator lamp Q flashes to indicate that the alarm system is armed if the turn signal lamps do not flash three times a door or the trunk may not be properly closed Close the respective element gt Disarming Unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO The turn signal lamps fla
101. factors increase the risk of accidents e Excessive speed especially in turns e Wet and slippery road surfaces e Following another vehicle too closely The driving safety systems described in this section cannot reduce these risks or prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle They cannot increase braking or steering efficiency beyond that afforded by the condition of the vehicle brakes and tires or the traction afforded Only a safe attentive and skillful driver can prevent accidents The capabilities of a vehicle equipped with the driving safety systems described in this section must never be exploited in a reckless or dangerous manner which could jeopardize the user s safety or the safety of others Always adjust your driving style to the prevailing road and weather conditions and keep a safe distance to other road users and objects on the street If a driving system malfunctions other driving safety systems may also switch off Observe indicator and warning lamps that may come on as well as messages in the multifunction display that may appear ABS A Observe Safety notes see page 58 A Warning Do not pump the brake pedal Use firm steady brake pedal pressure instead Pumping the brake pedal defeats the purpose of the ABS 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 58 Version 2 11 8 1 and significantly reduces braking effectiveness The Antilock Brake System ABS regulates the brake press
102. fail from being overheated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Check the tire inflation pressure at least once a month Check and adjust the tire inflation pressure when the tires are cold gt page 183 Checking tire inflation pressure manually Follow the steps below to achieve correct tire inflation pressure gt Remove the cap from the valve on one tire gt Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve gt Read the tire inflation pressure on the tire gauge and check against the recommended tire inflation pressure on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar gt page 193 If necessary add air to achieve the recommended tire inflation pressure gt If you have overfilled the tire release tire inflation pressure by pushing the metal stem of the valve with e g a tip of a pen Then recheck the tire inflation pressure with the tire gauge gt Insta
103. for a maximum of 60 seconds or until the driver s and front passenger s seat belt are fastened 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 49 Version 2 11 8 1 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe If you and or your passenger release the seat belt during driving the seat belt telltale amp starts flashing and the warning chime sounds as described before If the driver s or the front passenger s seat belt remains unfastened after 60 seconds the warning chime stops sounding the seat belt telltale stops flashing but continues to be illuminated After a vehicle standstill the warning chime is reactivated and the seat belt telltale is flashing again if the vehicle speed once exceeds 15 mph 25 km h The seat belt telltale amp will only go out if both the driver s and the front passenger s seat belt with the front passenger seat occupied are fastened or the vehicle is standing still and a front door is opened For more information see Practical hints gt page 253 Emergency Tensioning Device ETD seat belt force limiter The seat belts for the front seats and rear outer seats are equipped with ETDs and seat belt force limiters The ETDs are designed to activate in the following cases e in frontal or rear end impacts exceeding the system s preset deployment threshold e in side impacts exceeding the system s preset depl
104. functions The function To reset press reset button for 3 seconds with which you can reset all the settings to the original factory settings and a collection of submenus with which you can make individual settings for your vehicle 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 118 Version 2 11 8 1 The following settings and submenus are available in the Settings menu e Resetting to factory settings gt page 118 e Submenus in the Settings menu gt page 119 e Instrument cluster submenu gt page 119 e Lighting submenu gt page 121 e Vehicle submenu gt page 123 e Convenience submenu gt page 124 Resetting to factory settings You can reset the settings of all submenus to the factory settings For safety reasons the function Headlamp Mode in the Lighting submenu cannot be reset while driving gt Press button or EP repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display Fao Sattings To reset press reset button gt Press the reset button in the instrument cluster gt page 108 for approximately 3 seconds The request to press the reset button once more to confirm appears in the multifunction display gt Press the reset button once more The settings you have changed will not be reset unless you confirm the action by pressing the reset button a second time After approximately 5 seconds the Settings menu reappears in the multifunction display
105. in vertical position open the driver s door The starter switch is set to position 0 same as the SmartKey removed from the starter switch gt Turn the combination switch to wiper setting 0 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe H Do not pull on the wiper blade inserts They could tear gt Fold the wiper arm forward until it snaps into place gt Turn the wiper blade at a right angle to wiper arm gt Slide the wiper blade sideways out of the retainer gt Slide the wiper blade onto the wiper arm until it locks in place gt Rotate the wiper blade into a position parallel to the wiper arm gt Fold the wiper arm backward to rest on the windshield Make sure you hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper arm back H Make sure the wiper blades are installed properly Improperly installed wiper blades may cause windshield damage Your vehicle may be equipped with a Minispare wheel or a spare wheel with collapsible tire 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 271 Version 2 11 8 1 For information on your vehicle s equipment see Rims and tires gt page 291 A Warning The dimensions of the spare wheel are different from those of the road wheels As a result the vehicle handling characteristics change when driving with a spare wheel mounted Adapt your driving style accordingly The spare wheel is for temporary use only When driving with a spare wheel mounted ensure
106. knob moves Unlocking the trunk A minimum height clearance of 5 9 ft 1 8 m is required to open the trunk lid 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 262 Version 2 11 8 1 gt Insert mechanical key 1 into the trunk lid lock gt Turn mechanical key Q counterclockwise to position 3 and hold it in this position gt Pull handle 2 and lift the trunk lid H When you open the trunk the trunk lid swings open upwards Always make sure there is sufficient overhead clearance gt Turn mechanical key Q back and remove it from the trunk lid lock If you cannot lock the vehicle with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO lock it as follows gt Open the driver s door Close the passenger door the rear doors and the trunk Press the central locking switch gt page 71 Check to see whether the locking knobs on the doors have moved down gt If necessary push them down manually gt Remove the mechanical key from the SmartKey gt page 261 Check whether the trunk is locked gt If it is not locked lock it with the mechanical key gt page 75 Except for the driver s door the vehicle should now be locked 1 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 263 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Unlocking locking manually gt Insert mechanical key 2 into the drivers Pull gear selector lever cover Q out and door lock remove gt Turn me
107. locks and unlocks e the doors e the trunk lid e the fuel filler flap P80 35 2422 21 Example illustration SmartKey with KEYLESS GO L Lock button 33 Unlock button for trunk lid ew Unlock button When you open a door the door window on that side lowers slightly Once you close the door the door window moves up again H A door window will not work if it is blocked with ice or if the vehicle battery is discharged If you cannot shut a door do not force it or you could damage the door or the door window Fix whatever is affecting the window before trying to shut the door 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operat
108. mm 333 2 cu in 5461 cm 10 7 1 382 hp 6 000 rpm 285 kW 6 000 rpm 391 Ib ft 2800 4800 rpm 530 Nm 2800 4800 rpm 6500 rpm 1 5 4 2 6 3 7 8 2398 mm Electrical system CLS 550 Alternator Starter motor Battery 14 V 180A 12 V 1 7 kW 12 V 100 Ah Main dimensions CLS 550 Overall vehicle 193 7 in 4920 mm length Overall vehicle 83 0 in 2 107 mm width Overall vehicle 55 7 in 1414 mm height Wheelbase 112 4 in 2854 mm Track front 62 5 in 1587 mm Track rear 61 8 in 1570 mm Turning circle 36 8 ft 11 2 m Weights CLS 550 Roof load max 220 Ib 100 kg Trunk load max 220 Ib 100 kg Vehicle specification CLS 63 AMG 219 377 The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the corresponding data of all special bodies and special equipment 16 Premium fuel required Performance may vary with fuel octane rating 17 Exterior rear view mirrors folded out 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 291 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Rims and tires Engine CLS 63 AMG Main dimensions CLS 63 AMG Engine type 156 Overall vehicle 193 5 in 4915 mm length Mode of operation 4 stroke engine BE gasoline injection Overall vehicle 83 0 in 2 107 mm dtn 19 No of cylinders 8 wigth Bas 4 02 in 102 20 mm Overall vehicle 54 7 in 1389 mm height Stroke 9 72 in 94 60 mm Te 112 4 in 2854 mm Total piston
109. necessary adjust the tilt of the passenger seat backrest An incorrectly mounted child seat could cause injuries to the child in case of an accident instead of increasing protection for the child Follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation of child seats Seat belts Safety notes The use of seat belts and infant and child restraint systems is required by law in all 50 states the District of Columbia the U S territories and all Canadian provinces Even where this is not the case all vehicle occupants should have their seat belts fastened whenever the vehicle is in motion See Children in the vehicle gt page 52 for information on e infants and children traveling with you in the vehicle e restraint systems for infants and children A Warning Always fasten your seat belt before driving off Always make sure all of your passengers are properly restrained You and your passengers should always wear seat belts Failure to wear and properly fasten and position your seat belt greatly increases your risk of injuries and their likely severity in an accident If you are ever in an accident your injuries can be considerably more severe without your seat belt properly buckled Without your seat belt buckled you are much more likely to hit the interior of the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you
110. of the vehicle and cause an accident as a result Do not turn off the engine while the vehicle is in motion Brakes Downhill grades H When driving down long and steep grades relieve the load on the brakes by shifting into a lower gear to use the engine s braking power This helps prevent overheating of the brakes and reduces wear When using the engine s braking power a drive wheel may not spin for an extended period of time e g on slippery road surfaces This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Continuous or hard braking A Warning Resting your foot on the brake pedal will cause excessive and premature wear of the brake pads 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe It can also result in the brakes overheating thereby significantly reducing their effectiveness It may not be possible to stop the vehicle in sufficient time to avoid an accident After hard braking it is advisable to drive on for some time rather than immediately park so that the air stream will cool down the brakes faster Wet roads N Warning After driving in heavy rain for some time without applying the brakes or through water deep enough to wet brake components the first braking action may be somewhat reduced and increased pedal pressure may be necessary to obtain expected brake effect Maintain a safe distance from vehicles in front To help prevent brake disk corrosio
111. on warm tires and adjust the tire pressure only if the tire inflation pressure is too low for the current operating conditions If you check the tire inflation pressure when the tires are warm the reading will be higher than the cold reading This is normal Do not let air out to match the specified cold tire inflation DD Operation qj 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Operation u Tires and wheels pressure Otherwise the tire will be underinflated Follow recommended cold tire inflation pressures listed on Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Keeping the tires properly inflated provides the best handling tread life and riding comfort In addition to the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar also consult the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the filler flap for any additional information pertaining to special driving situations For more information see Important notes on tire inflation pressure gt page 184 Data shown on Tire and Loading Information placard example are for illustration purposes only Tire data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the following illustration Refer to Tire and Loading Information placard on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle P40 00 2133 31 The Tire and Loading Information placard lists the recommended cold tire inflation pressures 1 for maximum
112. on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period when driving off on slippery road surfaces This may cause serious damage to the engine and the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty During the brief warm up transmission upshifting is delayed This allows the catalytic converter to heat up more quickly to operating temperature Gearshift pattern for automatic transmission P Park position with gear selector lever lock R Reverse gear N Neutral position D Drive position 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 102 Version 2 11 8 1 A Warning It is dangerous to shift the automatic transmission out of park position P or neutral position N if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could accelerate quickly forward or in reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal E Only shift the automatic transmission into reverse gear R or park position P when the vehicle is stopped Otherwise the automatic transmission could be damaged Shiftingthe automatic transmission out of park position P is only possible with the brake pedal depressed Only depressing the brake pedal releases the gear se
113. prevent this type of loss of control The most important rule for slippery or icy roads is to drive sensibly and to avoid abrupt acceleration braking and steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control system under such conditions When the vehicle is in danger of skidding shift the automatic transmission to neutral position N Try to keep the vehicle under control by corrective steering action For information on driving with snow chains see Snow chains gt page 208 Road salts and chemicals can adversely affect braking efficiency Increased pedal force may become necessary to produce the normal brake effect Depressing the brake pedal periodically when traveling at length on salt strewn roads can bring road salt impaired braking efficiency back to normal If the vehicle is parked after being driven on salt treated roads the braking efficiency should be tested as soon as possible after driving is resumed Z Warning Make sure not to endanger any other road users when carrying out these braking maneuvers Operation E 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Operation Driving instructions Driving instructions Drive sensibly save fuel To save fuel you should e Keep tires at the recommended inflation pressures e Remove unnecessary loads e Remove roof rack when not in use e Allow engine to warm up under low load use e Avoid frequent acceleration and deceleration e Have al
114. remote control gt Switch on the ignition Select and press the appropriate integrated signal transmitter button or to activate the remote controlled device The integrated remote control transmitter continues to send the signal as long as the button is pressed up to 20 seconds Controls in detail Fl 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail u Useful features Erasing the integrated remote control memory if you sell your vehicle erase the codes of all three channels gt Switch on the ignition gt Simultaneously press and hold outer signal transmitter buttons 2 and 9 for approximately 20 seconds until indicator lamp 1 flashes rapidly Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds The codes of all three channels are erased Programming tips If you are having difficulty programming the integrated remote control here are some helpful tips e Check the frequency of hand held remote control typically located on the reverse side of the remote The integrated remote control is compatible with radio frequency devices operating between 280 390 MHz Put a new battery in hand held remote control This will increase the likelihood of the hand held remote control sending a stronger and more accurate signal to the integrated remote control While performing step 3 hold hand held remote control at different lengths and angles from the signal transmitter button
115. safety matters concerning tires and gives purchasers the means to easily identify such tires The TIN is comprised of Manufacturer s identification mark Tire size Tire type code and Date of manufacture Tire ply composition and material used This indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and sidewall which include steel nylon polyester and others Tire speed rating Part of tire designation speed symbol indicates the speed range for which a tire is approved Total load limit Rated cargo and luggage load plus 68 kilograms 150 Ib times the vehicle s designated seating capacity Traction The adhesive friction of a tire on a surface on which it moves The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Operation E 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Operation a Winter driving Treadwear indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 17 in 1 6 mm of tread remains Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using U S government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the
116. surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control Briefly press the gear selector lever to the left in the D direction or gt Briefly pull left gearshift control gt page 106 The automatic transmission shifts into the next lower gear For maximum acceleration press and hold the gear selector lever to the left in the D direction or pull and hold the left gearshift control Depending on the engine speed the automatic transmission selects the optimal gear for maximum acceleration When you brake or stop the automatic transmission shifts down into a gear from which you can easily accelerate or take off Kickdown Using the kickdown while driving in manual program mode M is not possible 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 108 Version 2 11 8 1 Deactivating manual shift program Press the program mode selector switch repeatedly until C or S appears in the multifunction display or gt Restart the engine The automatic transmission will go to automatic program mode C Manual program mode M is not stored Emergency operation limp home mode If vehicle acceleration becomes less responsive or sluggish or the automatic transmission no longer shifts the automatic transmission is most likely operating in limp home emergency operation mode In
117. suspended temporarily However indicator lamp 8 remains on The steering wheel heating is suspended when the temperature of the vehicle interior is above 86 F 30 C It is also suspended when the temperature of the steering wheel is above 95 F 35 C When these conditions do not apply anymore steering wheel heating continues gt Switching off Turn switch at the tip of stalk in direction of arrow 2 Indicator lamp 8 goes out Indicator lamp flashes or goes out in case of power surge or undervoltage or if the steering wheel heating malfunctions The steering wheel heating switches off automatically when you remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or on vehicles with KEYLESS GO when you switch off the ignition and open the driver s door For more information on the steering wheel see Multifunction steering wheel gt page 110 Adjust the interior and exterior rear view mirrors before driving so that you have a good view of the road and traffic conditions gt Adjust the interior rear view mirror manually 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 84 Version 2 11 8 1 A Warning Exercise care when using the passenger side exterior rear view mirror The mirror surface is convex outwardly curved surface for a wider field of view Objects in mirror are closer than they appear Check your interior rear view mirror and glance over your shoulder before changing lanes
118. than approved fuses or using repaired or bridged fuses may cause an overload leading to a fire and or cause damage to electrical components and or systems Have the cause determined and remedied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A blown fuse must be replaced by an appropriate spare fuse recognizable by its color or the fuse rating given on the fuse of the amperage recommended in the fuse chart Any Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to advise you on this subject In case of a blown fuse contact Roadside Assistance or an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If a newly inserted fuse blows again have the cause determined and rectified by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The fuse chart is located in the fuse box in the passenger compartment The fuse chart 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe explains the fuse allocation and fuse amperages Engage the parking brake gt Make sure the automatic transmission is in park position P Switch off all electrical consumers gt Turn off the engine gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Open the driver s door this puts the starter switch in position 0 same as with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch The driver s door then can be closed again H Do not use sharp objects such as a screwdriver to open the fuse box cover in the dashboard You could damage the fuse box cover or the dashboard gt Open th
119. that is not S activated could not initiate an emergency call e g the Emergency calls DD 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail WE Useful features relevant cellular phone network is not available The message Call Failed appears in the multifunction display for approximately 10 seconds Should this occur assistance must be summoned by other means The 911 emergency call system is a public service Using it without due cause is a criminal offense Initiating an emergency call manually X gt Briefly press on cover 1 to open gt Press SOS button 2 briefly The indicator lamp in SOS button 2 will flash until the emergency call is concluded gt Wait for a voice connection to the Customer Assistance Center gt Close cover Q after the emergency call is concluded A Warning If you feel at any way in jeopardy when in the vehicle e g smoke or fire in the vehicle vehicle in a dangerous road location please do not wait for voice contact after you have pressed the emergency button Carefully leave the vehicle and move to a safe location The Customer Assistance Center will automatically contact local emergency officials with the vehicle s approximate location if they receive an automatic SOS 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 166 Version 2 11 8 1 signal and cannot make voice contact with the vehicle occupants gt Terminating calls Press
120. tire inflation pressure label is located on the inside of the fuel filler flap For the tire inflation pressure for spare wheels such as Minispare wheels or spare wheels with collapsible tire refer to e the yellow label on the spare wheel rim e the Technical data section of this Operator s Manual gt page 296 e the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 185 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Tires and wheels Unless specified otherwise the tire inflation Potential problems associated with pressures on the tire inflation pressure label underinflated and overinflated tires are valid for all approved factory equipped tires When a tire size is specified the tire Underinflated tires inflation pressure that follows applies to that N Warning particular tire size only Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Data shown on tire inflation pressure Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires label examples are for illustration purposes wear excessively and or unevenly adversely only Tire inflation pressure data are affect handling and fuel economy and are specific to each vehicle and may vary from more likely to fail from being overheated data shown in the following illustrations Refer to the tire inflation pressure label on vehicle for actual data specific to your cause excessive and uneven tire wear vehicle Underinflat
121. tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately 1 minute and then remain continuously illuminated This Lamp in center console Problem PASS AIR BAG orr l A The front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp illuminates and remains illuminated with the weight of a typical adult or someone larger than a small individual on the front passenger seat N Warning If the Passarsacorr amp indicator lamp illuminates and remains illuminated with the weight of a typical adult or someone larger 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 260 Version 2 11 8 1 sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of incompatible replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Possible causes consequences and Solutions The system is malfunctioning gt Have the system checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz
122. to close the door window immediately after it had been blocked two times will cause the door window to close without any reversal function for as Controls in detail N gt Switch on the ignition gt Opening closing Press or pull and hold long as you hold the switch switch C to to the resistance point The corresponding door window moves downward or upward until you release the Synchronizing door windows switch 3 The door windows must be synchronized after gt Express operation Press or pull the battery has been disconnected or if the switch Q to past the resistance point door windows cannot be fully closed express and release operation The corresponding door window opens or closes completely gt Stopping during express operation Press or pull the respective switch again Each door window must be synchronized separately gt Close all doors gt Switch on the ignition Re Closing when a door window is blocked NE w Auch 0 oria L page 95 until the respective door N Warning window is closed Make sure that nobody can become trapped The door window opens again slightly and be seriously or even fatally injured when Pull and hold the respective switch once closing a door window with greater force or more immediately until the door window is without automatic reversal function closed completely gt Hold the respective switch for approximately 1 second The door window is s
123. to do so will result in engine or emission control system damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Mercedes Benz recommends MOBIL OIL Use the table below to determine the MB sheet number Model Engine MB sheet type number CLS 550 273 22985 CLS 63 AMG 156 229 536 MB sheet numbers are printed on the outside of oil containers 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 298 Version 2 11 8 1 Viscosity grades for engine oils Using the chart below select oil viscosity according to the lowest air temperature expected before the next oil change Pia 00 2251 31 Engine oil additives H Do not blend oil additives with engine oil They may damage the engine Damage or malfunctions resulting from blending oil additives are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Air conditioning refrigerant R134a HFC refrigerant and special PAG lubricating oil are used in the air conditioning system H Never use R 12 CFC or mineral based lubricating oil Otherwise damage to the system will occur Brake fluid A Warning During vehicle operation the boiling point of the brake fluid is continuously reduced through the absorption of moisture from the atmosphere 36 Restriction Only SAE OW 40 SAE 5W 40 engine oils may be used 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 299 Version 2 11 8 1 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Under extremely strenuous operating conditions this moisture content can lea
124. to lock the vehicle handle other than the driver s outside door Controls in detail the message Key Detected In Vehicle handle appears in the multifunction display The gt Global locking Press lock button Q on an vehicle will not be locked outside door handle Factory setting gt Global unlocking Pull an outside door handle Unless you open a door or the trunk within approximately 40 seconds after unlocking the vehicle e The vehicle will be locked again e The anti theft alarm system will be rearmed P 80 35 2423 31 Example illustration SmartKey with KEYLESS GO gt Press button or g onthe SmartKey Battery check lamp 1 comes on briefly to indicate that the SmartKey batteries are in order If the battery check lamp does not come on briefly during check the SmartKey batteries gt Global locking Press lock button onan are discharged outside door handle gt Replace the batteries gt page 264 You can obtain the required batteries at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Locking and unlocking If the batteries are checked within signal range of the vehicle pressing button jor a will lock or unlock the vehicle accordingly If you lose your SmartKey or mechanical key you should do the following gt Have the SmartKey deactivated by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center
125. trunk opening switch a A Warning Make sure the trunk is closed when the engine is running and while driving Among other dangers deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death N Warning To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the trunk opening when closing the trunk lid Be especially careful when small children are around N Observe Safety notes see page 52 Do not leave the SmartKey in the open trunk You may lock yourself out If the vehicle was previously locked centrally with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO the trunk lid will lock automatically when closed All turn signal lamps flash three times to confirm locking 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 73 Version 2 11 8 1 Locking and unlocking Closing the trunk from the outside manually stopped and the trunk lid reopens slightly This will happen only while the trunk is in its upper motion sequence Check ifluggage has been piled too high for example E gt Lower trunk lid by pulling firmly on Controls in detail u handle gt Close trunk with hands placed flat on trunk a and hold remote trunk opening lid closing switch Q until the trunk is closed gt To interrupt the closing procedure Release remote trunk opening closing Closing the trunk from the inside switch Q automatically N Warning
126. vehicle with this message displayed Doing so could result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty gt Observe the coolant temperature indicator in the instrument cluster gt Drive to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately Practical hints ake The radiator cooling fan is malfunctioning gt Observe the coolant temperature indicator in the instrument cluster If the coolant temperature is below 248 F 120 C you may continue driving to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Avoid placing heavy loads on the engine e g by driving uphill as well as stop and go traffic gt Have the fan replaced as soon as possible The battery is no longer charging Possible causes e alternator malfunctioning e broken poly V belt e a malfunction in the electronic system gt Stop immediately in a safe location or as soon as it is safe to do so and check the poly V belt gt If it is broken Do not continue to drive Otherwise the engine will overheat due to an inoperative water pump which may result in damage to the engine Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt If it is intact Drive to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness DD 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 246 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction disp
127. when the closing the trunk vehicle is centrally unlocked You can then only open the trunk with the The emergency release button does not open mechanical key the trunk if the vehicle battery is discharged or disconnected gt Canceling Insert the mechanical key in If the vehicle has previously been locked eng a lock centrally with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO Turn the mechanical key counterclockwise opening the trunk from the inside using the to neutral position 1 and remove the emergency release button will trigger the mechanical key in that position to unlock anti theft alarm system the trunk To cancel the alarm see gt page 63 You can now open the trunk You can lock the trunk separately with the mechanical key This denies unauthorized access to the trunk e g when you valet park the vehicle gt Leave only the SmartKey less its mechanical key with the vehicle 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail E Starter switch positions Starter switch positions N Observe Safety notes see page 52 Starter switch 0 For removing SmartKey gear selector lever must be in park position P 1 Power supply for some electrical consumers e g wipers 2 Ignition power supply for all electrical consumers and driving position 3 Starting position When you switch on the ignition all lamps in the instrument cluster come on The low beam he
128. 009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 219 Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle care H If you use a power washer to clean the sensor covers observe the following e Follow the instructions provided by the power washer manufacturer e Maintain a distance between the sensor covers and the nozzle of the power washer Cleaning the windows and the wiper blades H The windshield wipers must be in a vertical position before folding them away from the windshield They could otherwise damage the hood Never open the hood when the wiper arms are folded forward gt Make sure the hood is fully closed gt Switch on the ignition gt Turn combination switch to wiper setting gt page 92 gt With wiper arms in vertical position switch off the ignition N Warning For safety reasons switch off wipers and remove SmartKey from starter switch before cleaning the windshield and or the wiper blades Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Make sure the vehicle s on board electronics have status 0 Otherwise the wiper motor could suddenly turn on and cause injury H Do not pull on the wiper blade inserts They could tear gt Fold the wiper arms forward until they snap into place Clean the windshield and the wiper blade inserts with a clean cloth and mild detergent solution gt Use a soft clean cloth and a mild window cleaning solution on all outside and inside glass surfaces DD Operation u 219_AKB 4 54
129. 09 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 266 Version 2 11 8 1 Replacing bulbs SmartKey with KEYLESS GO gt Lo PO0 35 2319 31 amp Insert mechanical key 1 into opening gt Press mechanical key 1 in direction of arrow Battery compartment 2 is unlatched gt Pull battery compartment 2 out of the SmartKey housing Practical hin gt Pull out batteries gt Insert new batteries 8 under contact springs with the positive terminal side facing up gt Return battery compartment 2 into SmartKey housing until it locks into place gt Slide mechanical key Q back into the SmartKey gt Check the operation of the SmartKey as well as the KEYLESS GO function Replacing bulbs Safety notes Safe vehicle operation depends on proper exterior lighting and signaling to a large degree Correct headlamp adjustment is extremely important Have headlamps checked and readjusted at regular intervals and when a bulb has been replaced Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for headlamp adjustment Z Warning Bulbs and bulb sockets can be very hot Allow the lamp to cool down before changing a bulb Keep bulbs out of reach of children Halogen lamps contain pressurized gas A bulb can explode if you e touch or move it when hot e drop the bulb e scratch the bulb Wear eye and hand protection Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps it is dangerous to replace the b
130. 09 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 283 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Towing the vehicle Removing cover in rear bumper Insert wheel wrench into towing eye and z tighten towing eye bolt 2 by turning it A Warning clockwise In order to avoid possible serious burns or injury use extreme caution when removing the rear cover because the rear exhaust pipe is extremely hot or gt If your vehicle is not equipped with a wheel wrench use a suitable object to turn the towing eye bolt Removing towing eye bolt gt Loosen towing eye bolt 2 by turning it counterclockwise gt Unscrew towing eye bolt gt Reinstalling cover Fit cover gt page 282 and snap it into place gt Store the towing eye bolt 2 and wheel PRE 20 3256 31 wrench back into the vehicle tool kit Practical hints gt Press on cover Q as indicated by the arrow gt Fold cover I down to reveal the threaded 2 ma hole for the towing eye bolt Hi The vehicle may be towed only for distances up to 30 miles 50 km and at a speed not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h Fixing towing eye bolt gt Make sure the ignition is switched on gt With the vehicle at a standstill depress the brake pedal and keep it pressed gt Shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N gt Release the brake pedal gt If engaged release the parking brake gt Switch off the automatic central locking gt page 123 po0 60295
131. 106 SWIC I 222 aan 87 Gear selector lever neeee 102 Headliner and shelf below rear Cleaning EERE EEE 220 window cleaning and care of 221 Gearshift pattern nenn 102 Head restraints scscsssssssesseseeeeeeeee 77 Lock een een 97 102 Adjustment ea 77 79 Messages in the multifunction Comfort head restraint 79 display EE E T 235 Folding back s s 80 Shifting procedure essen 102 NECK PRO active front head Transmission position indicator 103 PESAS saccvscscstescdsseeisdssestaesicdeate 50 Transmission positions 103 R ar s at head seinen 80 generator Heated steering wheel 83 aie Alternator p Height adjustment Global locking unlocking Seat belt outlet 48 see Key SmartKey sr a ier NDE Rt Glove box em Ketten 158 Ve icle level controlin 138 Gross Axle Weight Rating High beam flasher 90 SEE GAWR R High beam headlamps 90 267 Gross Vehicle Weight Indicator lamp a 2 niies 28 S GVW a Replacing bulbs 267 Gross Vehicle Weight Rating High performance brake system 212 SEI Hood ienei ee RI 178 GVW Gross Vehicle Weight EEE 206 Messages in the multifunction GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight display 241 Rating un 206 Horn ny HVAC HO see Climate control system Halogen headlamps Hydroplaning eee 212 see Headlamps Hard plastic trim items cleanin
132. 180 Version 2 11 8 1 Nr en CLS 63 AMG gt Unscrew filler cap Q from filler neck gt Add engine oil as required Be careful not to overfill with oil Be careful not to spill any oil when adding Avoid environmental damage caused by oil entering the ground or water H Excess oil must be siphoned or drained off It could cause damage to the engine and emission control system not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty gt Screw filler cap 1 back on filler neck For more information on engine oil see the Technical data section gt page 296 and gt page 298 The transmission fluid level does not need to be checked If you notice transmission fluid loss or gearshifting malfunctions have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center check the transmission The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion antifreeze When checking the coolant level the vehicle must be parked on level ground and the coolant temperature must be below 158 F 70 C 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe N Warning In order to avoid any potentially serious burns e Use extreme caution when opening the hood if there are any signs of steam or coolant leaking from the cooling system or if the coolant temperature indicator indicates that the coolant is overheated e Do not remove the cap on the coolant expansion tank if the coolant temperature is above 158 F 70 C Allow the engine to cool down befor
133. 2 gt Switch off the ignition and leave the Example illustration front bumper SmartKey in the starter switch gt Take the towing eye bolt and if so gt eae azard warning flasher equipped the wheel wrench from the i vehicle tool kit gt page 224 H Because the ESP operates gt Screw towing eye bolt 2 clockwise into automatically the engine and ignition must threaded hole to its stop be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position O or 1 or KEYLESS GO start stop button in position O or 1 when the vehicle is being towed with the front axle raised DD 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Practical hints Active braking action through the ESP may otherwise seriously damage the brake system which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Towing with all wheels on the ground A Warning If circumstances require towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground always tow with a tow bar if e the engine will not run e there is a malfunction in the brake system e there is a malfunction in the power supply or in the vehicle s electrical system This is necessary to adequately control the towed vehicle Prior to towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground make sure the SmartKey is in starter switch position 2 If the SmartKey is left in the starter switch position O for an extended period of time it can no longer be turned in the switch In this case the steering is locked To unlo
134. 2 00 Seite 216 Version 2 11 8 1 More frequent washings are necessary to deal with unfavorable conditions e near the ocean e in industrial areas smoke exhaust emissions during winter operation You should check your vehicle from time to time for stone chipping or other damage Any damage should be repaired as soon as possible to prevent corrosion In doing so do not neglect the underbody of the vehicle A prerequisite for a thorough check is a washing of the underbody followed by a thorough inspection Damaged areas need to be re undercoated Your vehicle has been treated at the factory with a wax base rustproofing in the body cavities which will last for the lifetime of the vehicle Post production treatment is neither necessary nor recommended by Mercedes Benz because of the possibility of incompatibility between materials used in the production process and others applied later We have selected vehicle care products and compiled recommendations which are specially matched to our vehicles and which always reflect the latest technology You can obtain Mercedes Benz approved vehicle care products at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Scratches corrosive deposits corrosion or damage due to negligent or incorrect care cannot always be removed or repaired with the vehicle care products recommended here In such cases it is best to seek aid at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The following topics deal with t
135. 2 00 Seite 276 Version 2 11 8 1 Practical hints gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once Do not depress the brake pedal gt Press I on electric air pump switch The electric air pump switches on and inflates the collapsible tire gt Inflate the collapsible tire to the recommended tire inflation pressure as specified for your vehicle gt page 296 This should take approximately 5 minutes A Warning The air hose and the union nut can become hot during inflation Exercise proper caution to avoid burning yourself when using the equipment H Do not operate the electric air pump longer than 8 minutes without interruption Otherwise it may overheat You may operate the air pump again after it has cooled off El Compare the recommended tire inflation pressure for your vehicle with the tire inflation pressure on the yellow label located on the spare wheel rim If the tire inflation pressure on the yellow label on the spare wheel rim differs from the values given in this Operator s Manual inflate the tire to the recommended tire inflation pressure given on the yellow label on the spare wheel rim gt Press 0 on electric air pump switch 2 gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 or gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button twice Do not depress the brak
136. 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 288 Version 2 11 8 1 e New Vehicle Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Connecticut Maine Massachusetts New York Pennsylvania Rhode Island and Vermont Emission Control Systems Warranty e State Warranty Enforcement Laws Lemon Laws Replacement parts and accessories are covered by the Mercedes Benz Parts and Accessories warranties copies of which are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Should you lose your Service and Warranty Information booklet have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center arrange for a replacement It will be mailed to you Identification labels 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 289 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Identification labels The Vehicle Identification Number VIN can specific to each vehicle and may vary from be found data shown in the illustration Refer to e on certification label on the driver s door certification label on vehicle for actual data B pillar specific to your vehicle e embossed underneath a cover in the front er passenger footwell gt page 289 e on the lower edge of the windshield D page 289 gt Move the front passenger seat backward as far as possible gt page 78 gt Fold cover backward PO0 01 3875 31 VIN is now visible Example certification label U S vehicles VIN Paintwork code Technical data u
137. 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Vehicle 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 235 Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages p P N Tires Gear Selector Lever In P Position Please sairt TO N or P Display messages Check tires Run Flat Indicator then restart Run Flat Indicator Inoperativ e Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions You have opened the driver s door while the engine was not running and the automatic transmission was not in park position P gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P You have attempted to turn off the engine with the KEYLESS GO start stop button while the automatic transmission was not in park position P gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P You have attempted to start the engine with the KEYLESS GO start stop button while the automatic transmission was in reverse gear R or drive position D gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P or neutral position N Make sure the brake pedal is depressed Possible causes consequences and Solutions There has been a warning message about a loss in the tire inflation pressure and the tire pressure loss warning system was not restarted yet gt Make sure the correct tire inflation pressure is set for each tire gt Then restart the tire pressure loss warning system gt page 186 The tire pressure lo
138. 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe gt Step 10 Return to the vehicle and firmly press hold for 2 seconds and release the programmed signal transmitter button or gt Step 11 Press hold for 2 seconds and release same signal transmitter button a second time to complete the training process Some garage door openers or other rolling code equipped devices may require you to press hold for 2 seconds and release the same signal transmitter button a third time to complete the training process gt Step 12 Confirm the garage door operation by pressing the programmed signal transmitter button or gt Step 13 To program the remaining two signal transmitter buttons repeat the steps above starting with step 3 Gate operator Canadian programming Canadian radio frequency laws require transmitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for the integrated signal transmitter to pick up the signal during programming Similar to this Canadian law some U S gate operators are designed to time out in the same manner If you live in Canada or if you are having difficulties programming a gate operator regardless of where you live by using the programming procedures replace step 4 with the following gt Step 4 Press and hold the signal transmitter button or Do not release this button until it has been successfully trained gt
139. 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 1 d2ureepe Versionen 2 CLS Operator s Manual 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 2 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Symbols Trademarks Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc e ESP and PRE SAFE are registered trademarks of Daimler HomeLink is a registered trademark of Prince a Johnson Controls Company e SIRIUS and related marks are trademarks of SIRIUS XM Radio Inc The following symbols are found in this Operator s Manual A Warning Warning notices draw your attention to hazards that may endanger your health or life or the health or life of others H Highlights hazards that may result in damage to your vehicle Helpful hints or further information you may find useful gt This symbol points to instructions for you to follow gt A number of these symbols appearing in succession indicates a multiple step procedure gt page This symbol tells you where to look for further information on a topic DD This continuation symbol marks a warning or procedure which is continued on the next page Display Textin displays such as the control system are printed in the type shown here 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 1 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Our company and staff congratulate you on the purchase of your new Mercedes Benz Your selection of our product is a demonst
140. 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail WE Lighting D when driving or when traffic and or ambient lighting conditions require you to do so In low ambient lighting conditions only switch from position auto to D with the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location Switching from avto to D will briefly switch off the headlamps Doing so while driving in low ambient lighting conditions may result in an accident The automatic headlamp feature is only an aid to the driver The driver is responsible for the operation of the vehicle s lights at all times gt Switching on Turn the exterior lamp switch to position auto The following lamps come on and go out depending on the brightness of the ambient light with the SmartKey in starter switch position 1 or the KEYLESS GO start stop button pressed once e Tail lamps e Parking lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps When the engine is running the low beam headlamps will also come on and turn off automatically Canada only High beam headlamps are only available with the exterior lamp switch in position D Daytime running lamp mode In Canada the daytime running lamp mode is mandatory and therefore in a constant mode In the USA the daytime running lamp mode is deactivated by default gt Activate the daytime running lamp mode using the control system see Switchin
141. 63 AMG CLS 63 AMG Performance Package 6 0Bx18H2 6 5Bx19H2 0 98 in 25 mm 0 55 in 14 mm 175 55 18 95P 175 50 19 97P 51 psi 3 5bar 51 psi 3 5 bar fluids Otherwise you could endanger persons or the environment Keep service fluids out of the reach of children For health reasons you should prevent service fluids from coming into direct contact with your skin or clothing If a service fluid is swallowed contact a physician immediately 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 297 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Fuels coolants lubricants etc Model Capacity Fuels coolants lubricants etc Engine with oil CLS 550 9 0 US qt 8 5 Approved engine filter oils CLS 63 AMG 9 3 US qt 8 8 Automatic CLS 550 9 7 US qt 9 2 MB Automatic t issi T ission Fluid ransmission CLS 63 AMG 9 3 US at 8 8 ransmission Flui Rear axle CLS 550 13 US qt 1 2 MB Hypoid Gear Oil SAE 85W 90 CLS 63 AMG 1 3 US qt 1 2 1 Fuchs Titan EG 5010 D m CLS 63 AMG 4 1 3 US qt 1 2 1 Castrol SAF XJ SAE 75W 140 5 Power steering CLS 550 approx 1 0 US qt 0 91 MB Power Steering Y Fluid Chevron CLS 63 AMG approx 1 3 US qt 1 21 Texaco PSF 9109 2 Brake system All models 0 63 US qt 0 6 MB Brake Fluid DOT 4 Cooling system CLS 550 approx 11 9 USqt 11 31 MB 325 0 Anticorrosion CLS 63 AMG approx 12 5 US qt 11 8 nes Fuel tank All models 21 1 US gal 80 0 Premium unleaded gasoline Minimum a
142. 77 Version 2 11 8 1 distance in emergency mode begins is when the warning message appears in the multifunction display indicating that there is a loss of tire inflation pressure gt Do not exceed the maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h A Warning In emergency mode your vehicle s driving characteristics are diminished in such situations as e driving around curves e while braking e while accelerating rapidly Therefore your driving style must be adapted accordingly Avoid abrupt steering and driving maneuvers as well as driving over obstacles road curbs potholes or off road areas This is especially important if the vehicle is heavily loaded The emergency driving distance that can be achieved greatly depends on the demands placed on the vehicle Depending on speed load driving maneuvers road conditions outside temperature etc the distance canbe significantly shorter or if the vehicle is driven cautiously somewhat longer Do not continue driving in emergency mode if e you notice knocking sounds e the vehicle starts to shake e smoke develops and you smell rubber e ESP is intervening continuously e you notice tears on the tire sidewalls After driving in emergency mode you must have the rims inspected by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to check if they are suitable for further use The failed tire must be replaced in any case When replacing individual or all tires on the vehicle make sure onl
143. 9_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail u Version 2 11 8 1 Climate control system Function Recommendation Notes Air distribution and Switch on the automatic mode The air volume indicator lamp in button auro comes on passenger side automatic mode AC cooling on off Switch on off the air conditioning Temperature Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C control passenger side lowering REAR Rear air conditioning remote control USA only Rear air conditioning remote control Canada only Increasing air volume Climate control on Switch on off the climate control off system Decreasing air volume vax on off USA only rest Residual heat With the engine turned off it is possible ventilation Canada to continue to heat or ventilate the only interior Temperature Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C control driver s side lowering Air recirculation Only use this function for a short time e g in a tunnel Otherwise the windows can fog up due to lack of fresh air Air distribution and Switch on the automatic mode The air volume driver s indicator lamp in button auro comes on side automatic mode Rear climate control panel 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 144 gt page 146 gt page 146 gt page 147 gt page 147 gt page 149 gt page 145 gt pa
144. A Warning Distronic activated The Distronic brakes your vehicle with a When the Distronic is activated you will maximum deceleration of 6 5 ft s 2 m s see the set speed in the multifunction display This corresponds to approximately 20 of the for approximately 5 seconds The following maximum deceleration of your vehicle display appears in the multifunction display The Distronic brakes the vehicle in an effort to restore the preset distance or to maintain the set speed Distronic menu in the control system The information shown in the multifunction display depends on whether the Distronic 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 133 Version 2 11 8 1 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Cruise control lever The Distronic system is operated by means of the cruise control lever Setting current or higher speed Setting current or lower speed Deactivating the Distronic Activating the Distronic resuming to the last set speed or increasing speed in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments Activating Distronic You can activate the Distronic when the vehicle speed is between 20 mph 30 km h and 110 mph 180 km h When the Distronic is activated one or two cruise control speed segments around the set speed in the multifunction display are illuminated The multifunction display will briefly show a message such as DISTRONIC 55 MPH Canada DISTRONIC 90 km h If the Distronic is not activated after the cruise con
145. CLS 550 Grand Edition 18 wheels Front axle AMG rims light alloy 8 5 jx 18H2 Wheel offset 0 98 in 25 mm Summer tires 255 40 ZR18 99Y XL Extra Load Rear axle AMG rims light alloy 9 5Jx 18 H2 1 10 in 28 mm 285 35 ZR18 101Y XL Extra Load 24 Radial ply tires 25 Must be used in conjunction with Tire Pressure Monitoring System U S vehicles tire pressure loss warning system Canada vehicles or Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System Canada vehicles only 26 Must not be used with snow chains 27 USA only 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe 19 wheels 19 wheels 28 Canada only Front axle Rear axle Front axle Rear axle 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 295 Version 2 11 8 1 AMG rims light alloy Wheel offset Summer tires AMG rims light alloy Wheel offset Summer tires2 30 AMG rims light alloy Wheel offset Summer tires2 Winter tires2 2 AMG rims light alloy Wheel offset Summer tires2 30 Winter tires2 2 3 29 Radial ply tires 30 Must not be used with snow chains 31 Not available as factory equipment Rims and tires CLS 55078 CLS 63 AMG 8 51 DS 19 lal2 0 98 in 25 mm 255 35 ZR19 96Y XL Extra Load 9 5 Jx 19 H2 1 10 in 28 mm 285 30 ZR19 98Y XL Extra Load CLS 63 AMG Performance Package 85 Jx 19H2 0 98 in 25 mm 255 35 ZR19 96Y XL Extra Load 245 35 R19 93V XL Extra Load M S A 9 5Jx 19 H2 1 10 in 28 mm 285 30 ZR19 98Y
146. Center gt Read and observe messages in the multifunction display and follow corrective steps gt page 228 than a small individual on the front passenger seat do not have any passenger use the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 261 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Unlocking locking manually Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions pass air Bac orr X The system is malfunctioning The front passenger gt Make sure there is nothing between seat cushion and child seat front air bag off and check installation of the child seat indicator lamp doesnot Make sure no objects applying supplemental weight onto the illuminate and or does seat are present not remain illuminated with the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint or less on the front passenger seat gt Make sure no objects which apply forces to the seat are present e g objects such as books briefcases etc lodged behind or around the seat head restraints pushing against roof etc The system may recognize such forces as supplemental weight gt f the front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp remains out have the system checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired gt Read and observe messages in the mu
147. DAIMLER AG KG cen GVWR PNBV 230 2 448 AY 1200 GAW cain AG R AR 1230 Emission control information label includes both federal and California 700 01 3683 31 certification exhaust emission standards VIN on lower edge of windshield VIN Engine number engraved on engine Paintwork code TM am fi Example certification label Canada vehicles When ordering parts please specify 0 vehicle identification and engine number Data shown on certification label are for illustration purposes only These data are 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 290 Version 2 11 8 1 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Vehicle specification CLS 63 AMG 219 377 Vehicle specification CLS 550 219 372 Electrical system CLS 550 Spark plugs type Bosch F8 DPP 332U The quoted data apply only to the standard NGK PER 5R 11 vehicle Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the corresponding data of all Spark plugs 0 039 in 1 0 mm special bodies and special equipment electrode gap Engine CLS 550 18 22 lb ft 25 30 Nm Spark plugs tightening torque Technical data u Engine type Mode of operation No of cylinders Bore Stroke Total piston displacement Compression ratio Output acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum torque acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum engine speed Firing order Poly V belt 273 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 8 3 86 in 98 00 mm 3 56 in 90 50
148. ESS GO start stop Seat adjustment 78 button 76 Memory function for Gear selector lever 102 storing seat exterior mirror and steering wheel Parktronic system 8 ne z settings 85 deactivation switch 139 Exterior rear view mirror Adaptive Damping System na 84 ADS switch 137 5 Switches for opening Vehicle level control switch 138 closing front and rear side Thumbwheel for setting windows 94 distance for Distronic 135 Trunk opening switch trunk Distance warning function opening closing system 71 on off switch 135 Program mode selector switch 105 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 33 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Overhead control panel Overhead control panel Function Page Interior lighting 91 o Left front reading lamp on off gE 2 oo Ambient lighting 122 p lt P82 00 2659 31 Function Page Rear interior lighting on off 91 Automatic interior lighting 91 Front interior lighting on off 91 Power tilt sliding sunroof switch 152 SOS button Tele Aid system 166 Right front reading lamp on off 91 Interior rear view mirror 84 Front reading lamps 91 Garage door opener 169 Hands free microphone for Tele Aid emergency call system telephone and Voice Control System see separate operating instructions 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 34 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 219_AKB 4 54 en US
149. IRMATIC DC is malfunctioning Vehicle gt Avoid excessive steering maneuvers The fenders or tires could otherwise be damaged Listen for scraping noises gt Do not drive faster than 50 mph 80 km h gt Drive to the side of the road and select a higher vehicle level gt page 138 Depending on the type of malfunction this may raise the vehicle s level gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible There is otherwise danger of an accident Too Low 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 241 Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Vehicle Malfunctio n Display messages HQ i e La Key Detected In Vehicle Please don t forget your key Remove Key Please get a new key Change Key Batteries Possible causes consequences and P Solutions The system is functional only to a limited extent The system display or the system is malfunctioning gt Do not drive faster than 50 mph 80 km h gt Have the vehicle checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Possible causes consequences and Solutions The trunk is open Close the trunk gt page 72 You are driving with the hood open gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as it is safe to do so Close the hood gt page 179 There is otherwise danger of an accident You are driving with at least one do
150. Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty E Controls in detail u 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail u Control system gt Make sure you are viewing the standard display gt page 112 in the multifunction display Press and hold the reset button in the instrument cluster gt page 108 until the trip odometer is reset The red marking on the tachometer D page 28 denotes excessive engine speed H Avoid driving at excessive engine speeds as it may result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty To help protect the engine the fuel supply is interrupted if the engine is operated within the red marking Control system The control system is activated as soon as the starter switch is in position 1 The control system enables you to call up information about your vehicle and to change vehicle settings For example you can use the control system to find out when your vehicle is next due for maintenance service to set the language for messages in the instrument cluster display and much more A Warning A driver s attention to the road and traffic conditions must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others selecting features through the multifunction steering wheel should only be done by the 7 AMG vehicles only 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 110 Version 2 11 8 1 driver whe
151. OMAND system operating instructions When your telephone is ready to receive calls gt Switch on the COMAND system you may select and dial a number from the i phone book at any time Controls in detail i Dialing a number from the phone book Refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions gt dies button a or a until gt Press button EP or repeatedly until tne message appears ine Itif i isplay the message TEL appears in the multitingtion display multifunction display gt Press button A or 7 repeatedly until One of the following messages will appear the desired name appears in the in the multifunction display multifunction display e No Service No network is available If you press and hold button lt or X for longer than 1 second the system scrolls rapidly through the list of names until you release the button again The stored names are displayed in e Bluetooth Ready The telephone has not been connected to the COMAND system via Bluetooth yet gt Connect the telephone to the alphabetical order COMAND system via Bluetooth e Ready or name of the network provider f A if available The telephone has founda _ 40 TEL 120 A network and is ready for use You can i operate it using the control system p 20 140 32 5929 31 Answering a call gt Press button The control system dials the selected phone num
152. OS AMP Siner 89 Front passenger front air bag 0 a E NENNE AS 31 41 260 Fuel tank reserve nnenn 29 256 High beam headlamps 28 90 Instrument cluster ssec 251 Low beam headlamps 28 87 Low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale 259 Seat belt telltale 28 48 253 SRS Henne 36 254 T ri Siena S amp ccc ccevenees ives devexeseeedacees 28 Language selecting 120 LATCH type child seat anchors ISOFIX see Children in the vehicle License plate lamps Messages in the multifunction display Replacing bulbs Light alloy wheels cleaning 220 Lighter see Cigarette lighter Lighting rieg sesetir isst 86 Daytime running lamp mode 88 EXEM ORo 87 Interior see 91 Limp home mode gt 108 Load index tires 202 206 Loading see Vehicle loading Locator lighting 121 Lock button Outside door handle KEYLESS GO een 69 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 11 Version 2 11 8 1 Locking the vehicle KEYLESS GO Manually SMAHKey zes dehiscence Loss of KEY cceceeetieeyi hes seees eA aitas 70 Service and Warranty Information DOOKIEt 23 ichisceeii nee ales 288 Low beam headlamps 87 Exterior lamp switch sssini 87 Indicator lamp 28 Replacing bulbs n se 267 Switching on Lubricants
153. Observe Safety notes see page 52 You can disable the rear door window operation and the 12V power outlet in the rear center console for added safety This can be useful for instance when you have children riding in the rear passenger compartment N Warning Activate the override switch when children are riding in the back seats of the vehicle The children may otherwise injure themselves e g by becoming trapped in the rear door window opening 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 57 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Driving safety systems gt Activating Press override switch A USA only Indicator lamp 2 comes on This device complies with Part 15 of the The functions in the rear are disabled FCC Rules Operation is subject to the You can still operate the rear door windows following two conditions En using the switches located on the door 1 This device may not cause harmful control panel of the driver s door interference and gt 2 gt Deactivating Press override switch 2 this device must accept any 2 again interference received including Indicator lamp 2 goes out interference that may cause undesired The functions in the rear are enabled again operation G For more information on power windows see Any unauthorized modification to this S the Controls in detail section device could void the user s authority to gt page 94 operate the equipment 5 Cana
154. S rrena Washer fluid RE WIPE Seisis Windshield wipers Replacing wiper blades Winter driving Instructions Snow chains 221 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Product Information Please observe the following in your own best interest We recommend using Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts as well as conversion parts and accessories explicitly approved by us for your vehicle model We have tested these parts to determine their reliability safety and special suitability for Mercedes Benz vehicles We are unable to make an assessment for other products and therefore cannot be held responsible for them even if in individual cases an official approval or authorization by governmental or other agencies should exist Use of such parts and accessories could adversely affect the safety performance or reliability of your vehicle Please do not use them Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts and pre approved conversion parts and accessories are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center In addition you will receive comprehensive information on permissible technical modifications and expert installations Operator s Manual Notes This Operator s Manual contains a great deal of useful information We urge you to read it carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehicle before driving For your own safety and longer service life of the vehicle we urge you to follow the instructions and warnings
155. Securing cargo Cargo tie down hooks Selective setting see Key SmartKey Selector lever see Gear selector lever Self test OCS Occupant Classification SYSTEM E E E T 45 Tele Aid u Rt Service see Maintenance Service parts 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 15 Version 2 11 8 1 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Service and warranty information 19 Service intervals see Maintenance System Service indicator message Service life tires 198 Settings Factory setting KEYLESS GO 69 Factory setting SmartKey 67 Memory function seeen 85 MENU ee 118 Selective setting KEYLESS GO 69 Selective setting SmartKey 67 Shelf below rear window cleaning 221 Side impact air bags 41 Side marker lamps Cleaning lenses 2nuu ee 219 Messages in the multifunction CIS DAY tees s cecesaecesesssuscesnsetveavessstuets 248 Sidewall tires 207 SKU DAS 2 4 ne 155 SmartKey see Key SmartKey SmartKey with KEYLESS GO see Key SmartKey SNOW CHAINS 0 5 5 4404005 4440 05448000 208 Snow tires see Winter tires Spare wheel uumseernneensnennnen 291 MOUNEINg nee 272 Storage location sssri 226 Speedometer 28 131 Speed settings Cruise control uceeessesseesenssnnenennnn 128 Distro nie uessensiieeigens 133 Resume function
156. Tele Aid Replacing KEY ieren ere E E Replacing bulbs Reporting safety defects Research Octane Number see RON Reserve fuel Messages in the multifunction display Reset button Reset tool NECK PRO active front head restraints eters 264 Restraint systems see Occupant safety Retaining hook ee 157 Rims oo c cece cee eeeeceeaeeaeeeaeeeaee 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 14 Version 2 11 8 1 Roadside Assistance 20 166 RON Research Octane Number 299 Roof rack u rennen 155 Rubber parts cleaning 220 Run flat tires see MOExtended tires Safety Driving safety systems eeeee 57 Occupant Ssafelyii nussesedsae 36 Reporting defects 22 Safety belts see Seat belts Seat belt force limiter 49 seat bells un 45 Automatic comfort fit feature 49 Children in the vehicle 52 Cleaning Fastening sirisser 47 Height adjustment n en 48 Proper use Of eseeeeeeeesees Safety guidelines Safety notes cccsesessesesseeseneeeeees TOMAS secede T AT Seat heating 5 s24 52s520s50s 2000 20000 Seating capacity Seats nannten Adjustment sairst Easy entry exit feature eee 83 Heating stiican Memory function Multicontour seat Ventilation usssseniengeneu
157. US d2ureepe Carpets gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Carpet and Fabric Care for cleaning the carpets Headliner and shelf below rear window gt Use a soft bristle brush or a dry shampoo cleaner in case of excessive dirt Seat belts gt Only use clear lukewarm water and soap H The seat belts must not be treated with chemical cleaning agents Do not dry the seat belts at temperatures above 176 F 80 C or in direct sunlight N Warning Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Upholstery Using aftermarket seat covers or wearing clothing that have the tendency to give off coloring e g when wet etc may cause the upholstery to become permanently discolored By lining the seats with a proper intermediate cover contact discoloration will be prevented Z Warning Only use seat or head restraint covers which have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model Using other seat or head restraint covers may interfere with or prevent the activation of the NECK PRO active front head restraints and or the deployment of the front side impact air bags Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for availability Leather upholstery Please note that leather upholstery is a natural product and is therefore subject to a 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 221 Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle care natura
158. You can store the settings for the exterior rear view mirror position with the memory function gt page 85 gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button for the driver s side exterior rear view mirror or button 1 for the passenger side exterior rear view mirror gt Press adjustment button 2 up down left or right according to the desired setting H If an exterior rear view mirror was forcibly hit from the front manually snap it back into place At low ambient temperatures the exterior rear view mirrors will be heated automatically The exterior rear view mirror on the driver s side and the interior rear view mirror will respond automatically to glare when the 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe ignition is switched on and incoming light from headlamps falls on the sensor in the interior rear view mirror The rear view mirrors will not react ifthe automatic transmission is set to reverse gear R or the interior lighting is switched on A Warning The auto dimming function does not react if incoming light is not aimed directly at sensors in the interior rear view mirror The interior rear view mirror and the exterior rear view mirror on the driver s side do not react for example if the rear window sunshade is in raised position Light hitting the mirror s at certain angles incident light could blind you As a result you may not be able to observe traffic conditions and could cause an accide
159. a door or do not close an opened door the lamps will automatically go out after 60 seconds 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe gt Press button EH or LP repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button A Move the selection marker with button or to the Lighting submenu gt Press button Z or 7 repeatedly until the message Headlamps Delayed Shut off appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current Headlamps setting Fo ier DE 120 D 20 m 740 32 5952 31 Press button or to switch the headlamps delayed shut off feature On or off gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position auto before turning off the engine The headlamps delayed shut off feature is activated You can temporarily deactivate the headlamps delayed shut off feature gt Before exiting the vehicle turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 gt Then turn it to position 2 and back to position 0 The headlamps delayed shut off feature is deactivated It will reactivate as soon as you start the engine Switching interior lighting delayed shut off on or off Use this function to set whether you would like the interior lighting to remain on for 10 seconds during darkness after you have removed the SmartKey from the sta
160. accident Glove box Depending on vehicle equipment an AUX socket or a media interface is located in the glove box For information on Audio AUX mode or on media interface see separate COMAND system operating instructions 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 158 Version 2 11 8 1 gt Opening Press glove box lid release 1 gt Closing Push glove box lid upwards until it engages You can lock the glove box e g when the vehicle is in the shop for service The glove box can only be locked or unlocked with the mechanical key Glove box unlocked Glove box locked N Front armrest storage compartment 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 159 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Loading and storing The Roadside Assistance button gt t Keep compartment lids closed This will help gt page 164 and the Information button to prevent stored objects from being thrown gt page 167 are located in the about and injuring vehicle occupants during storage compartment braking The front armrest storage compartment can o vehicle maneuvers be ventilated gt page 148 e an accident gt Opening storage compartment Press button Q right or left and fold cover sideward Rear center console storage compartment a Seat storage compartment A storage compartment is located in the seat base of the driver s seat Controls in
161. ack to the anchorage front or rear seat backrests and fasten points under trim covers A them as securely as possible gt Observe manufacturer s instructions for e The heaviest portion of the cargo should installation always be kept as low as possible against front or rear seat backrests Ski bag Canada only i 1 Rocfrack A Warning The ski bag is designed for up to four pairs of skis Do not load the ski bag with other objects For information about further roof rack equipment contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Genter Always fasten the ski bag securely In an N Warning accident an unfastened ski bag can cause Only use roof racks approved by Mercedes injury to vehicle occupants Benz for your vehicle model to avoid damage to the vehicle Unfolding and loading Follow the manufacturer s installation gt Fold rear armrest down instructions Otherwise an improperly attached roof rack system or its load could become detached from the vehicle Do not exceed the maximum roof load of 220 Ib 100 kg Take into consideration that when the roof rack is loaded the handling characteristics 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 156 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Loading and storing gt Pull catches 2 in direction of arrows gt From trunk slide skis into ski bag gt Open ski bag compartment cover 1 downwards in direction of the arrow Controls in detail E g
162. ad maps mail etc Heavy objects objects with sharp edges or fragile objects may not be transported in the parcel nets In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers they could be thrown around inside the vehicle and cause injury to vehicle occupants Parcel nets cannot protect transported goods in the event of an accident A parcel net is located in the front passenger footwell A retaining hook can be used to attach cargo items such as bags H Do not use the retaining hook to tie down cargo gt Pull strap 1 of retaining hook down Cargo tie down hooks Four cargo tie down hooks are located in the trunk Always follow loading instructions gt page 154 DD Controls in detail Controls in detail 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Loading and storing Carefully secure cargo by applying even load on all cargo tie down hooks with rope of sufficient strength to hold down the cargo Front storage compartments N Warning To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver exercise care when storing objects in the vehicle Put luggage or cargo in the trunk if possible Do not pile luggage or cargo higher than the seat backrests Do not place anything on shelf below the rear window Keep compartment lids closed This will help to prevent stored objects from being thrown about and injuring vehicle occupants during e braking e vehicle maneuvers e an
163. additives or resulting from mixing gasoline with diesel fuel is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H If you have accidentally filled the tank with incorrect or non approved fuel do not switch on the ignition Otherwise the incorrect or non approved fuel will get into the fuel lines The fuel system must be drained completely Contact an authorized 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 177 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 At the gas station Mercedes Benz Center to have the fuel Leaving the engine running and the fuel system drained completely filler cap open can cause the yellow fuel tank reserve warning lamp to flash and the H To prevent damage to the catalytic malfunction indicator lamp sg USA converters only use premium unleaded only or EM Canada only to illuminate gasoline in this vehicle f nn For more information see also Practical Any noticeable irregularities in engine hints gt page 257 operation should be repaired promptly Otherwise excessive unburned fuel may Remove the SmartKey from the starter FI reach the catalytic converter causing it to switch overheat and potentially start a fire KEYLESS GO Open the driver s door This puts the starter switch in position 0 same 5 Only use premium unleaded gasoline with as with the SmartKey removed from the a minimum Posted Octane Rating of 91 starter switch The driver s door th
164. adlamp indicator lamp high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps will only come on if activated If a lamp in the instrument cluster fails to come on when the ignition is switched on have it checked and replaced if necessary If a lamp in the instrument cluster remains on after starting the engine or comes on while driving refer to Lamps in instrument cluster gt page 251 If the SmartKey is left in starter switch position O for an extended period of time it can no longer be turned in the starter switch In this case the steering is locked To unlock remove SmartKey from the starter switch and reinsert The steering is locked when the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 76 Version 2 11 8 1 gt Always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch when the engine is not in operation This will help to prevent accelerated vehicle battery discharge or a completely discharged vehicle battery If the SmartKey cannot be turned in the starter switch the vehicle battery may not be sufficiently charged Check the vehicle battery and charge it if necessary gt page 279 or gt Get a jump start gt page 280 A Observe Safety notes see page 52 Vehicles equipped with the KEYLESS GO feature are supplied with a SmartKey with integrated KEYLESS GO function The SmartKey must be present in the vehicle Pressing the KEYLESS GO start sto
165. ages in the multifunction CIS DIAY seen 241 OPENIN reine 72 Opening closing system 73 Tie down hooks nosse 157 Trunk lid emergency release 74 Unlocking manually sss 262 Valet lOCKiNg zes425 2226402044025220000042ee 75 Turning off the engine 101 Turn signals Cleaning lenses Indicator lamps Messages in the multifunction CISPIAY u Replacing bulbs 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 17 Version 2 11 8 1 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards 224 Units Selecting speedometer display Modes een Unleaded gasoline premium Unlocking the vehicle KEYLESS GO Manually SmartKey isses Upholstery cleaning Useful features u200 Valet locking 442444 4 75 Vehicle Batte Venea 278 CONS ornes E cvedevemncesy 215 Control systemers 110 Identification Number VIN 288 Locking unlocking Lowering wheel change Modifications and alterations Operating safety TOWING a nenne Unlocking locking manually Vehicle dimensions see Vehicle specification Vehicle Identification Number VIN E ee Vehicle jack see Jack Vehicle level control see AIRMATIC DC Dual Control Vehicle lighting 86 Vehicle loading Instructions load Mit essien ROOT Taek enian E SKI BAR sus Terminology
166. akes to dry When applying Mercedes Benz approved Tire Care and Mercedes Benz approved Wheel Care products take care not to spray them on the brake disks 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 220 Version 2 11 8 1 Plastic and rubber parts gt Use a gentle dishwashing detergent or mild detergent for delicate fabrics as a washing solution gt Wipe with a cloth moistened in a lukewarm solution The surface may temporarily change color If this is the case wait for it to dry A Warning Do not use cleaners or cockpit care sprays containing solvents to clean the cockpit or the steering wheel Cleaners containing solvents will make the surface porous and vehicle occupants could suffer serious injuries from plastic parts coming loose in the event of air bag deployment H Do not use oil wax or scouring agents Otherwise you may scratch or damage the surface Hard plastic trim items gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Interior Care on a soft lint free cloth and apply with light pressure COMAND display H You must switch off the COMAND display and allow it to cool prior to cleaning H Do not use any liquids or cleaning agents These can damage or even destroy the COMAND display screen gt Use a standard microfiber cloth and apply with light pressure Steering wheel and gear selector lever gt Wipe with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care 219_AKB 4 54 en
167. al wax on the windshield Ornamental moldings gt For regular cleaning and care of ornamental moldings use a damp cloth H Do not use chrome cleaner on ornamental moldings Although ornamental moldings may have chrome appearance they could be made of anodized aluminum that will be damaged when cleaned with chrome cleaner Instead use a damp cloth to clean those ornamental moldings For very dirty ornamental moldings of which you are sure are chrome plated use a chrome cleaner If in doubt whether an ornamental molding is chrome plated contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Headlamps brake lamps tail lamps side markers turn signal lenses Use a mild vehicle wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water H Only use window cleaning solutions that are suitable for plastic lamp lenses Window cleaning solutions which are not suitable may damage the plastic lamp lenses of the headlamps Therefore do not use abrasives solvents or cleaners that contain solvents Cleaning the driving systems sensors gt Switch off the ignition gt Clean Distronic system sensor cover 1 by hand To clean Distronic system sensor cover 1 and the bumper area near sensors 2 observe the following e Use a mild vehicle wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water e Use a soft non scratching cloth 2
168. all additional trim material seat covers badges etc over the steering wheel hub front passenger front air bag cover outboard sides of the seat backrests door trim panels or door frame trims Do not install additional electrical electronic equipment on or near SRS components and wiring Keep area between air bags and occupants free of objects e g packages purses umbrellas etc Do not hang items such as coat hangers from the coat hooks or handles over the door These items may be thrown around in the vehicle and cause head and other injuries when the window curtain air bag is deployed Air bag system components will be hot after an air bag has inflated Do not touch them Never place your feet on the instrument panel dashboard or on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat Improper repair work on the SRS creates a risk of rendering the SRS inoperative or causing unintended air bag deployment Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e For your protection and the protection of others when scrapping the air bag unit or ETD our safety instructions must be DD Safety and security u 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Safety and security el Occupant safety followed These instructions are available from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Given the considerable deployment speed req
169. amps o clockwise until it engages Front turn signal lamp bulb gt Turn bulb socket with the bulb counterclockwise and remove it gt Gently press onto the bulb and turn it counterclockwise out of bulb socket G gt Gently press the new bulb into bulb socket and turn it clockwise until it engages gt Place bulb socket 3 back into the housing and turn it clockwise until it engages gt Switch off the ignition gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position Parking and standing lamp bulb 0 gt Open the trunk gt Loosen screws 1 of lamp cover to be removed gt Remove lamp cover gt Replace the bulb gt Reinstall lamp cover gt Retighten screws Q Halogen headlamps gt Turn housing cover 2 counterclockwise and remove it gt Pull out bulb socket with the bulb gt Pull the bulb out of bulb socket gt Gently press the new bulb into bulb socket gt Press bulb socket 5 back into the lamp gt Align housing cover 2 and turn it clockwise Practical hints El 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Replacing wiper blades Replacing wiper blades N Warning For safety reasons switch off the wipers and remove the SmartKey from the starter switch vehicles with KEYLESS GO Make sure the vehicle s on board electronics have status 0 before replacing a wiper blade Otherwise the wiper motor could suddenly turn on and cause injury A Warning
170. and fatalities Deployment of the air bags temporarily releases a small amount of dust from the air bags This dust however is neither harmful to your health nor does it indicate a fire in the vehicle The dust might cause some temporary breathing difficulty for people with asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this you may wish to get out of the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so If you have any breathing difficulty but cannot get out of the vehicle after the air bag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or door A Warning To reduce the risk of injury when the front air bags inflate it is very important for the driver and front passenger to always be in a properly seated position and to wear their respective seat belt For maximum protection in the event of a collision always be in normal seated position with your back against the seat backrest Fasten your seat belt and make sure it is properly positioned on your body Since the air bag inflates with considerable speed and force a proper seating position and correct positioning of the hands on the steering wheel will help to keep you at a safe distance from the air bag Occupants who are not wearing their seat belt are not seated properly or are too close to the air bag can be seriously injured or killed by an air bag as it inflates with great force instantaneously e Sit with the seat belt properly fastened in a position that is as upright as possible
171. antifreeze mixture is effective to 35 F 37 C the boiling point of the coolant in the pressurized cooling system is reached at approximately 266 F 130 C The coolant solution must be used year round to provide the necessary corrosion protection and increase boil over protection Refer to the Maintenance Booklet for replacement interval Coolant system design and coolant used determine the replacement interval The replacement interval published in the Maintenance Booklet is only applicable if MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze solution or other Mercedes Benz approved products of equal specification are used to renew the coolant concentration or bring it back up to the proper level For information on other Mercedes Benz approved products of equal specification contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only To provide important corrosion protection the solution must be at least 50 anticorrosion antifreeze equivalent to freeze protection to approximately 35 F 37 C If you use a solution that is more than 55 anticorrosion antifreeze freeze protection to approximately 49 F 45 C the engine temperature will increase due to the lower heat transfer capability of the solution Therefore do not use more than this amount of anticorrosion antifreeze If the coolant level is low water and MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze should be used to bring it up to the proper level have coolin
172. approx 24 in 60 cm 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Rear sensors Center approx 48 in 120 cm Corners approx 32 in 80 cm Minimum distance Center approx 8 in 20 cm Corners approx 6 in 15 cm If the Parktronic system detects an obstacle in this range all the distance warning segments illuminate and you hear a warning signal If the obstacle is closer than the minimum distance the actual distance may no longer be indicated by the Parktronic system Warning indicators Visual signals indicate the relative distance between the sensors and an obstacle Front area warning indicators ee t Rear area warning indicators 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 141 Version 2 11 8 1 Driving systems Each warning indicator is divided into five yellow and two red distance segments for left side and right side 2 of the vehicle The Parktronic system is ready to measure when the yellow readiness indicators 3 are illuminated The current transmission position determines which warning indicator will be activated Current Warning indicator transmission position D Front area activated RorN Front and rear area activated As your vehicle approaches an object one or more distance segments will illuminate depending on the distance When the seventh distance segment illuminates you have reached the minimum distance e Front area An intermittent acoustic warning will sound as the f
173. are properly wearing DD Safety and security ie 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Safety and security 5 Occupant safety your seat belt The air bags can only protect as intended if the occupants are properly wearing their seat belts A Warning Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the seat belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or even fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belt provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a position that is as upright as possible and the seat belt is properly positioned on the body A Warning Never let more people ride in the vehicle than there are seat belts available Make sure everyone riding in the vehicle is correctly restrained with a separate seat belt Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time A Warning Damaged seat belts or seat belts that have been subjected to stress in an accident must be replaced Also the seat belt anchoring points must be checked Only use seat belts which have been approved by Mercedes Benz Do not make any modifications to the seat belts This can lead to unintended activation of the ETDs or to their failure to activate when necessary Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not
174. arrow to unlock cup holder 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail E Useful features Vanity mirror lamp Mounting Sun visor Holder e g for gas cards Vanity mirror Vanity mirror cover Glare through the windshield gt Flip sun visor down when you experience glare Glare through a door window gt Close vanity mirror cover if opened gt Disengage sun visor 3 from mounting gt Pivot sun visor 3 to the side Vanity mirror The vanity mirror lamp only functions when the sun visor is engaged in mounting gt Flip sun visor down gt Lift up vanity mirror cover Vanity mirror lamp D comes on A Warning When operating the rear window sunshade make sure there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the extending or retracting procedure 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 162 Version 2 11 8 1 The extending or retracting procedure can be immediately halted by briefly pressing rear window sunshade switch To reverse direction of movement press rear window sunshade switch again Observe Safety notes see page 52 gt Switch on the ignition gt Extending Retracting Press rear window sunshade switch 1 briefly Center console ashtray gt Opening Briefly press the marking on the bottom of cover Q gt Removing ashtray insert Secure vehicle from movement by engaging the parking brake gt Shift the auto
175. ase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc What to do if When you switch on the ignition all lamps in the instrument cluster come on The low beam headlamp indicator lamp high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps will only come on if activated If any of the following lamps in the instrument If a lamp in the instrument cluster fails to cluster fails to come on during the bulb self come on when the ignition is switched on check when switching on the ignition have have it checked and replaced if necessary the respective bulb checked and replaced if necessary Notes Practical hints 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Practical hints What to do if Brake Problem The yellow ABS indicator lamp comes on while the engine is running The yellow ABS indicator lamp comes on while the engine is running erake USA only O Canada only The red brake warning lamp comes on while driving and an acoustic warning sounds 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 252 Version 2 11 8 1 Possible causes consequences and Solutions The ABS has detected a malfunction and switched off The BAS the ESP the EBP and the PRE SAFE system are also switched off The brake system is still functioning normally but without the systems specified above ava
176. assenger front air bag is deactivated while driving Airbag even though an adult or someone larger than a small Disabled individual is occupying the front passenger seat Forces See acting on the seat may make the system sense a decrease in Operator s weight Manua gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as possible Engage the parking brake gt Switch off the ignition gt Have the front passenger vacate the seat and exit the vehicle gt Adjust the seat height to a higher position gt page 78 gt Make sure no objects which apply forces to the seat are present e g objects such as books briefcases etc lodged underneath behind or around the seat Such forces may cause the system to sense that an occupant of a lesser weight than actually present is on the front passenger seat gt Keep the seat unoccupied close the front passenger door and switch on the ignition Monitor the passairsacorr 8 indicator lamp in the center console gt page 44 and the multifunction display in the instrument cluster gt page 28 for the following With the seat unoccupied and the ignition switched on Practical hints e the passairsacorr 8 indicator lamp in the center console should illuminate and remain illuminated indicating that the OCS gt page 41 has deactivated the front passenger front air bag e the message Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual or the message
177. at belt retractor gt Pull the shoulder belt out completely and let it retract During seat belt retraction a ratcheting sound can be heard to indicate that the special seat belt retractor is activated The seat belt is now locked gt Push down on child restraint to take up any slack To deactivate the special seat belt retractor Release the seat belt buckle and let the seat belt retract completely The seat belt can then again be used in the usual manner N Warning Never release the seat belt buckle while the vehicle is in motion since the special seat belt retractor will be deactivated Information on child seats with mounting fittings for tether anchorages gt page 54 For information on LATCH type ISOFIX child seat anchors gt page 55 The use of infant or child restraints is required by law in all 50 states the District of Columbia the U S territories and all Canadian provinces Infants and small children should be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system They must be properly secured in accordance with the manufacturer s 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 53 Version 2 11 8 1 Occupant safety instructions for the child restraint All infant or child restraint systems must comply with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 225 and Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 210 2 A statement by the child restraint manufacturer of compliance wi
178. atedly until the message Automatic Door Locking appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Kao 120 140 32 5954 31 20 Automatic Locking en oz gt Press button or to switch the automatic central locking On or Off Convenience submenu Access the Convenience submenu via the Settings menu Use the Convenience submenu to activate the easy entry exit feature Activating easy entry exit feature Use this function to activate and deactivate the easy entry exit feature gt page 83 A Warning You must make sure no one can become trapped or injured by the moving steering wheel when the easy entry exit feature is activated To stop steering wheel movement move steering wheel adjustment stalk or press one of the memory position buttons Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could open the driver s door and unintentionally activate the easy entry exit feature which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 124 Version 2 11 8 1 gt Press button or EP repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button A Move the selection marker with button or to the Convenience
179. ation pressures for the Operator s Manual each tire The recommended tire inflation pressures for your vehicle can be found on Operation E A Warning If an incorrect tire inflation pressure was set the system will monitor the pressure The tire pressure loss warning system does 5 according to the incorrect value not provide a warning for wrongly selected tire inflation pressures Always adjust tire 2 gt Switch he ignition inflation pressure according to the Tire and SWite onthe ignitio Loading Information placard on the driver s gt Make sure the standard display appears in door B pillar or on the tire inflation pressure the multifunction display gt page 112 label located on the inside of the fuel filler flap Press button lt 7 or lt on the The tire pressure loss warning system does multifunction steering wheel repeatedly not replace regular checks of the tire inflation until the following message appears in the pressures since a gradual pressure loss in multifunction display more than one tire cannot be detected by the Run Flat Indicator tire pressure loss warning system Active The tire pressure loss warning system is not Menu R Button able to issue a warning due to a sudden gt Press the reset button gt page 109 dramatic loss of tire inflation pressure e g The following message will appear in the tire blowout caused by a foreign object In multifunction display t
180. ay make the system sense supplemental weight gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as possible Engage the parking brake gt Switch off the ignition Open the front passenger door Remove child and child restraint from front passenger seat and properly secure the child in rear seat employing the child restraint if necessary gt Remove any other items from on and around the front passenger seat and make sure the storage bag on the back of the front passenger seat is empty gt Make sure no objects which apply forces to the seat are present e g objects such as books briefcases etc lodged behind or around the seat head restraints pushing against roof etc The system may recognize such forces as supplemental weight and sense that an occupant on the front passenger seat is of a greater weight than actually present gt Keep the seat unoccupied close the front passenger door and switch on the ignition Monitor the fass air sac orr X indicator lamp in the center console gt page 44 and the multifunction display in the instrument cluster gt page 28 for the following With the seat unoccupied and the ignition switched on e the passairsacorr 8 indicator lamp in the center console should illuminate and remain illuminated indicating that the OCS gt page 41 has deactivated the front passenger front air bag e the message Front Passenger Airbag Enabled Se
181. be able to provide adequate protection Have all work carried out only by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 46 Version 2 11 8 1 Proper use of seat belts A Warning USE SEAT BELTS PROPERLY e Seat belts can only protect when used properly Never wear seat belts in any other way than as described in this section as that could result in serious injuries in case of an accident Each occupant should wear their seat belt at all times because seat belts help reduce the likelihood of and potential severity of injuries in accidents including rollovers The integrated restraint system includes SRS driver front air bag driver side knee bag front passenger front air bag side impact air bags window curtain air bags for door windows Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs seat belt force limiters and front seat knee bolsters The system is designed to enhance the protection offered to properly belted occupants in certain frontal front air bags driver s side knee bag and ETDs and side side impact air bags window curtain air bags and ETDs impacts which exceed preset deployment thresholds and in certain rollovers window curtain air bags and ETDs Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm against your neck or off your shoulder In a frontal crash your body would move too far forward That would increase the chance of head and neck injuries The
182. below 20 mph 30 km h e the ESP is in operation e the ESP is switched off with the ESP switch 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 135 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Driving systems e the ESP has switched off due to a malfunction e you shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N while driving The cruise control speed segments in the multifunction display goes out and an acoustic warning will sound Observe additional messages in the multifunction display that may appear Controls in detail m N Warning Distronic switches offandreleasesthebrakes Increasing distance Turn when the vehicle decelerates below the thumbwheel towards I minimum speed of 20 mph 30 km h by Increasing the distance setting tells operation of the system At that time the Distronic to maintain a greater following driver must apply the brakes in order to distance to the preceding vehicle reduce vehicle speed further or bring it to a gt Decreasing distance Turn sop thumbwheel 4 towards SZ Depressing the accelerator pedal does not Decreasing the distance setting tells deactivate the Distronic After a brief Distronic to maintain a shorter following acceleration e g for passing the Distronic distance to the preceding vehicle will resume the last set speed Driving with Distronic Setting the following distance in Distronic This section describes a number of
183. ber If the connection is successful and this feature is supported by your network provider the name of the party if stored in When your telephone is ready to receive calls you can answer a call at any time In the multifunction display you will then see the following message or if available the caller ID number or name 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 127 Version 2 11 8 1 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe your phone book you are calling will appear in the multifunction display The control system stores the dialed number in the redial memory or gt Press button ga if you do not want to make the call 4 40 120 5 TEL 20 Connected To 140 i NELUMAN MN Redialing The control system stores the most recently dialed phone numbers This eliminates the need to search through your entire phone book gt Press button EP or repeatedly until the message TEL appears in the multifunction display gt Press button g The first number in the redial memory appears in the multifunction display gt Press button A or 7 repeatedly until the desired number or name appears in the multifunction display gt Press button The control system dials the selected phone number Introduction This section describes the following driving systems of your vehicle e Cruise control e Distronic e Distance warning funct
184. ble tire are not equipped with a luggage box gt Removing Open the trunk gt page 71 gt Lift the trunk floor using the floor handle Engage the floor handle on the upper trunk lip H To prevent damage always disengage the floor handle from the upper trunk lip and lower the trunk floor before closing the trunk gt Turn fastening clips C to the left upwards from the fastening bolts gt Lift luggage box 2 in the area of the fastening bolts and remove it from the trunk gt Installing Insert the luggage box into the trunk so that the fastening clips are in line with the fastening bolts Practical hints 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 228 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display the reset button or button 4 cA or on the multifunction steering wheel They are then stored in the Vehicle status message memory menu gt page 117 Remember that clearing a message will only make the message disappear Clearing a message will not correct the condition that caused the message to appear A Warning All categories of messages contain important information which should be taken note of and where a malfunction is indicated addressed as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Push the front edge of the luggage box in direction of arrows under the cover of the
185. bs 750 Ibs 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 196 Version 2 11 8 1 Example 2 1500 Ibs Example 2 front 1 rear 2 Occupant 1 200 Ibs Occupant 2 190 Ibs Occupant 3 150 Ibs 540 Ibs Example 2 1500 Ibs 540 Ibs 960 Ibs Certification label Example 3 1500 Ibs Example 3 front 1 Occupant 1 150 Ibs 150 Ibs Example 3 1500 Ibs 150 Ibs 1350 Ibs Even after careful determination of the combined weight of all occupants cargo and the trailer tongue load if applicable gt page 197 as to not exceed the permissible load limit you must make sure your vehicle never exceeds the Gross Vehicle 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 197 Version 2 11 8 1 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for either the front or rear axle You can obtain the GVWR and GAWR from the certification label The certification label can be found on the driver s door B pillar see the Technical data section gt page 288 Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The total weight of the vehicle all occupants all cargo and the trailer tongue load if applicable must never exceed the GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR The total allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear To assure that your vehicle does not exceed the maximum permissible weight limits GVWR and GAWR for front and rear axle ha
186. button the multifunction steering wheel or gt Press the respective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND system eA on Roadside Assistance button gt Press and hold Roadside Assistance button Q for longer than 2 seconds A call to a Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance dispatcher will be initiated The indicator lamp in Roadside Assistance button Q will flash while the call is in progress The message Connecting Cal will appear in the multifunction display and the COMAND system is muted When the connection is established the message Call Connected appears in the multifunction display The Tele Aid system will transmit data generating the vehicle identification number model color and location subject to availability of cellular and GPS signals The COMAND system display indicates that a Tele Aid call is in progress While the call is connected you can change to the navigation menu by pressing the NAVI button on the COMAND system Spoken commands are not available 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 167 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Useful features A voice connection between the Roadside Information button Assistance dispatcher and the occupants of the vehicle will be established Describe the nature of the need for assistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance dispatcher will either dispatch a qualified Mercedes Benz technician or arrange to tow your ve
187. cause 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 200 Version 2 11 8 1 excessive heat build up and possible tire failure The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Rotating tires N Warning Rotate front and rear wheels only if the tires are of the same dimension If your vehicle is equipped with mixed size tires different tire dimensions front vs rear tire rotation is not possible N Warning Have the tightening torque checked after changing a wheel Wheels could become loose if not tightened with a torque of 96 Ib ft 130 Nm Only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts specified for your vehicle s rims Tire rotation can be performed on vehicles with tires of the same dimension all around If your vehicle is equipped with tires of the same dimension all around tires can be rotated observing a front to rear r
188. ccupant s weight category Furthermore the occupant weight may appear to increase or decrease due to the following e objects hanging on the seat e objects lodged underneath the seat e objects stuffed between the seat and middle console e objects stuffed between the seat and door e other passengers pushing on the seat e objects applying pressure to the back of the seat Always make sure the seat has clearance in all directions at all times If your seat including the trim cover and cushion needs to be serviced in any way take the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Only seat accessories approved by Mercedes Benz may be used Both the driver and the front passenger should always use the Pass aireac orF Sy indicator lamp as an indication of whether or not the front passenger is properly positioned 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 42 Version 2 11 8 1 N Warning If the pass air Bac orr By indicator lamp illuminates when an adult or someone larger than a small individual is in the front passenger seat have the front passenger reposition himself or herself in the seat until the pass air sasorr 8 indicator lamp goes out or check whether objects are caught under or around the seat In the event of a collision the air bag control unit will not allow front passenger front air bag deployment when the OCS has classified the front pas
189. ch Q briefly With all doors closed e The locking knobs in the doors move down e The trunk lid starts to close automatically All turn signal lamps flash three times to confirm locking once the trunk has closed completely e An acoustic signal sounds three times e The anti theft alarm system is armed If the trunk lid comes into contact with an object while closing the closing procedure is stopped and the trunk lid reopens slightly This will happen only while the trunk is in its upper motion sequence Check ifluggage has been piled too high for example The trunk lid can be opened from inside the trunk with the emergency release button 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 75 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Locking and unlocking P29 20 3377 31 Controls in detail gt Briefly press emergency release gt Valet locking Close the trunk button 4 gt Remove the mechanical key from the The emergency release button unlocks and SmartKey gt page 261 opens the trunk while the vehicle is standing Insert the mechanical key in the trunk lid still or in motion lock Illumination of the emergency release button Turn the mechanical key clockwise to e The button flashes for 30 minutes after position 2 and remove the mechanical opening the trunk key in that position to lock the trunk e The button flashes for 60 minutes after The trunk remains locked even
190. changing vehicle Narrow vehicles eee ir PSA 70 2424 31 In turns or bends the Distronic may not P54 70 2427 31 detect a moving vehicle in front or it may 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 137 Version 2 11 8 1 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Because of their narrow profile the vehicles traveling near the outer edges of the lane have not yet been detected by the Distronic There will be insufficient distance to the preceding vehicles Distance warning function When the Distronic is deactivated this function will continue to warn you when recognizing a stationary obstacle or a slower vehicle moving in your vehicle s path and the danger of a collision exists e The distance warning lamp A in the instrument cluster comes on e An intermittent warning will sound if necessary If these warnings are issued you must apply the brakes to maintain a safe distance and avoid a collision with the preceding vehicle When depressing the brake pedal the warning sound ceases The warning sound will also cease when the distance to the preceding vehicle is sufficient again without applying the brakes In this case the distance warning lamp will also go out A Warning If the distance warning lamp A in the instrument cluster comes on while driving and or an intermittent warning sounds immediate attention on the part of the driver is required As required by the traffic situation ap
191. chanical key 2 clockwise to gt Simultaneously push down release 2 and position 1 move the gear selector lever out of park The driver s door is locked position P gt Turn mechanical key 2 back and remove The gear selector lever is unlocked introns ere rver door IGEK The gear selector lever is locked again as soon as you move it back to park position This procedure does not arm the anti theft alarm system nor does it lock the fuel filler flap N Warning Avoid contact with the vehicle walls as they If the vehicle s electrical system is may contain sharp edges Otherwise you malfunctioning the gear selector lever could could injure yourself while releasing the fuel remain locked in park position P In this case filler flap the gear selector lever can be unlocked f manually e g to tow the vehicle In case the central locking system does not release the fuel filler flap you can open it manually The fuel filler flap release is located on the passenger side in the trunk behind the side trim panel Practical hints F gt Engage the parking brake gt Open the trunk gt page 71 gt Remove side trim panel Removing the side trim panel is a demanding process We recommend that you contact Roadside Assistance page 166 if you do not feel to have the ability to perform this process H Do not use sharp objects to loosen the gear selector lever cover in the center console as thi
192. ck remove SmartKey from starter switch and reinsert A Warning With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the vehicle Adapt your driving accordingly gt Make sure the ignition is switched on gt With the vehicle at a standstill depress the brake pedal and keep it pressed gt Shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N gt Release the brake pedal gt If engaged release the parking brake gt Switch on the hazard warning flasher gt page 90 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 284 Version 2 11 8 1 H The vehicle may be towed only for distances up to 30 miles 50 km and at a speed not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h While being towed with the hazard warning flasher in use use the combination switch in the usual manner to signal turns Only the selected turn signal will operate Upon canceling the turn signal the hazard warning flasher will operate again Introduction The electrical fuses in your vehicle serve to switch off malfunctioning power circuits If a fuse is blown the components and systems secured by that fuse will stop operating N Warning Only use fuses approved by Mercedes Benz with the specified amperage for the system in question and do not attempt to repair or bridge a blown fuse Using other
193. ck during hard braking reducing steering capability and extending the braking distance BAS N Observe Safety notes see page 58 The Brake Assist System BAS operates in emergency situations If you apply the brakes very quickly the BAS provides full brake boost automatically thereby potentially reducing the braking distance gt Apply continuous full braking pressure until the emergency braking situation is over The ABS will prevent the wheels from locking When you release the brake pedal the brakes function again as normal The BAS is then deactivated N Warning If the BAS malfunctions the brake system still functions but without the additional brake boost available that the BAS would normally provide in an emergency braking maneuver Therefore the braking distance may increase Adaptive Brake Adaptive Brake provides a high level of braking safety as well as increased braking comfort Adaptive Brake takes driver and vehicle characteristics into consideration thus achieving an optimal braking effect For more information on the brake system see gt page 210 EBP Z Observe Safety notes see page 58 The Electronic Brake Proportioning EBP enhances braking effectiveness by allowing the rear brakes to supply a greater proportion Driving safety systems of the braking effort in straight line braking without a loss of vehicle stability IN Warning If the EBP malfunctions the brake system will
194. cntcr Luggage box Lumbar support Maintenance een 20 Maintenance System Service indicator display 215 Service indicator message wee 214 Service term exceeded 215 Manual headlamp mode Low beam headlamps 87 Manual shift program 107 Maximum engine speed see Vehicle specification Maximum loaded vehicle weight 206 Maximum load rating tires 206 Maximum permissible tire inflation pressure u 207 Mechanical key see Key Mechanical Media interface 158 Memory function cee 4444 85 Menus see Control system menus Minispare wheel see Spare wheel Mirrors 84 Auto dimming rear view mirrors 84 Exterior rear view mirror parking POSILIOM as sans 85 Exterior rear view Mirrors 84 Interior rear view Mirror een 84 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Memory function eenerseeeseerseeerneenn 85 Vanity Mirror sauer 162 MOExtended system 277 MOExtended tires 277 292 MON Motor Octane Number 299 Motor Octane Number see MON Multicontour seat ee 80 Multifunction display 111 Symbol messages sses 238 Text messages Vehicle status messages 228 Multifunction display messages ABS
195. contained in this Operator s Manual Ignoring them could result in damage to the vehicle or personal injury to you or others Vehicle damage caused by failure to follow instructions is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 19 Version 2 11 8 1 Introduction We continuously strive to improve our product and ask for your understanding that we reserve the right to make changes in design and equipment Therefore information illustrations and descriptions in this Operator s Manual might differ from your vehicle Vehicle equipment Your vehicle may have some or all of the equipment described in this manual Therefore you may find explanations for optional equipment not installed in your vehicle If you have any questions about operating particular equipment any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to demonstrate the proper procedures Optional equipment is also described in this manual including operating instructions wherever necessary Since they are special order items the descriptions and illustrations herein may vary slightly from the actual equipment of your vehicle If there are any equipment details that are not shown or described in this Operator s Manual any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to inform you of correct care and operating procedures The Operator s Manual and Maintenance Booklet are important documents and should be kept with t
196. control maintains the set speed by braking with the vehicle s brake system In addition on longer downhill grades the automatic transmission will downshift automatically Canceling cruise control gt Depress the brake pedal or gt Briefly push the cruise control lever in direction of arrow The last set speed is stored for later use The last stored speed is deleted from memory when the engine is turned off The cruise control switches off automatically when you depress the brake pedal or you engage the parking brake In this case the cruise control speed segments in the multifunction display will go out The cruise control also switches off automatically when e the vehicle speed falls below 20 mph 30 km h the ESP is in operation e the ESP is switched off with the ESP switch the ESP has switched off due to a malfunction e you shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N while driving 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe The cruise control speed segments in the multifunction display goes out and an acoustic warning will sound Observe additional messages in the multifunction display that may appear Depressing the accelerator pedal does not deactivate the cruise control After a brief acceleration e g for passing the cruise control will resume the last set speed Changing the set speed Z Warning Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has made the n
197. ction indicator lamp comes on when the engine is running zE The red coolant temperature warning lamp comes on when the engine is running 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 257 Version 2 11 8 1 What to do if Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions There may be a malfunction in e the fuel management system e the ignition system e the emission control system e systems which affect emissions Such malfunctions may result in excessive emissions values and may switch the engine to limp home emergency operation mode gt Have the vehicle checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Some states may by law require you to visit a workshop as soon as the engine malfunction indicator lamp comes on Check local requirements A loss of pressure has been detected in the fuel system The fuel cap may not be closed properly or the fuel system may be leaky gt Check the fuel cap gt page 176 gt If it is not closed properly Close the fuel cap gt If it is closed properly Have the fuel system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center There is insufficient coolant in the reservoir If this warning lamp comes on frequently there is a leak in the cooling system If the coolant level is correct the electric radiator fan may be broken gt Immediately add coolant to prevent engine from overheating gt page 180 gt Have the cooling system
198. d You may have attempted to set a speed below co 20 mph 30 km h S gt Drive faster than 20 mph 30 km h if the situation allows amp and set the speed Check the activation conditions for cruise control page 128 DISTRONIC MPH One of the activation conditions for Distronic has not been fulfilled You may have attempted to set a speed below 20 mph 30 km h gt Drive faster than 20 mph 30 km h if the situation allows and set the speed Check the activation conditions for Distronic gt page 133 DISTRONIC Inoperativ The Distronic or the display are malfunctioning e Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible DISTRONIC Override You have accelerated The Distronic has switched off gt Stop accelerating DD 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 234 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and P Solutions DISTRONIC Currently Distronic is deactivated because a labl The Distronic cover in the radiator grille is dirty See e The functionality is impaired by heavy precipitation or fog Operator s The system is overheated Manua gt If necessary clean the Distronic cover in the area of the radiator grille gt page 219 gt If necessary wait until the system has cooled down gt Restart the vehicle Distronic becomes operational agai
199. d depending on the set temperature This Ss Si may Cause burns or frostbite to unprotected gt Increasing decreasing Press button skin in the immediate area of the air vents Front zones Aor Y until the desired temperature Always keep sufficient distance between appears in display gt page 143 unprotected parts of the body and the air vents If necessary use the air distribution adjustment to direct the air to air vents in the vehicle interior that are not in the immediate area of unprotected skin For best possible performance of the climate control DD 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail E Climate control system gt Keep the air intake grille in front of the windshield free of snow leaves sticks and any other debris gt Always keep all air vents and grilles in the passenger compartment free from obstruction For draft free ventilation move the adjustable center and side air vents to the middle position Center air vents Left center air vent adjustable Right center air vent adjustable Thumbwheel for air volume control for adjustable right center air vent Thumbwheel for air volume control for adjustable left center air vent gt Opening closing Turn thumbwheels and upward or downward 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 148 Version 2 11 8 1 Side air vents Example illustration driver s side Left side defroster a
200. d accelerate Driving and parking quickly forward or in reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal H Only shift the automatic transmission into L reverse gear R or park position P when the vehicle is stopped Otherwise the automatic transmission could be damaged gt Depress the brake pedal The gear selector lever lock is released gt Shift the automatic transmission into drive position D or reverse gear R Shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P is only possible with the brake pedal depressed Only depressing the brake pedal releases the gear selector lever lock gt Wait for the gear selection process to complete before setting the vehicle in motion gt If engaged release the parking brake gt Release the brake pedal gt Carefully depress the accelerator pedal After a cold start the automatic transmission shifts at a higher engine speed This allows the catalytic converter to reach its operating temperature earlier For more information on driving see Driving instructions gt page 210 Problems while driving The engine runs erratically and misfires e An ignition cable may be damaged e The engine electronics may not be operating properly e Unburned gasoline may have entered the catalytic converter and damaged it
201. d display menu The following functions are available e Restarting the tire pressure loss warning system gt page 187 Canada only e Restarting the TPMS gt page 189 USA only e Checking tire inflation pressure with the Advanced TPMS gt page 190 Canada only e Calling up digital speedometer or outside temperature gt page 113 e Calling up maintenance service indicator display gt page 215 Calling up digital speedometer or outside temperature Depending on the chosen setting for the standard display gt page 120 you can call up the other display here N Warning The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Indicated temperatures just above the freezing point do not guarantee that the road surface is free of ice The road may still be icy especially in wooded areas or on bridges gt Press button A or 7 repeatedly until the digital speedometer or the outside temperature appears in the multifunction display Control system a 40 120 20 55 Lie 140 ITF O Sa TAY Basic display with digital speedometer Status line display with outside temperature Trip odometer You can select whether the digital speedometer or the outside temperature appears in the status line display gt page 120 Controls in detail This function is only avai
202. d road wheel for some multifunction display The current tire minutes If this happens keep in mind that inflation pressure for each tire appears in the the indicated value where the spare wheel multifunction display after a few minutes of is mounted does not reflect the actual driving spare tire inflation pressure Possible differences between the Operating radio transmission equipment readings of a tire pressure gauge of an air e g wireless headsets two way radios in hose e g gas station equipment and the or near the vehicle could cause the TPMS vehicle s control system can occur The tire to malfunction pressure displayed by the control system Zn R apply to sea level In high altitude Tire inflation pressure warnings locations the reading on a tire pressure If the system detects a significant loss of tire gauge will be higher than the reading issued inflation pressure in one or more than one by the vehicle s control system Do not tire a message appears in the multifunction reduce the tire inflation pressure under display In addition an acoustic warning such circumstances sounds and the low tire pressure telltale in the instrument cluster comes on gt Switch on the ignition Press button or EP on the multifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the standard display appears in the multifunction display gt page 112 gt Press button A or until the current inflation pressure for each tire appears in
203. d run at idle speed authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Connect negative terminal 3 of charged battery 5 with negative terminal with a jumper cable Clamp the cable to negative terminal 3 of charged battery first Mercedes Benz recommends that the vehicle be transported with all wheels off the ground DD 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Practical hints Towing the vehicle using flatbed or appropriate wheel lift dolly equipment This method is preferable to other types of towing H To prevent damage during transport do not tie down vehicle by its chassis or suspension parts If circumstances do not permit the recommended towing methods the vehicle may be towed with all wheels on the ground or one axle raised only so far as necessary to have the vehicle moved to a safe location where the recommended towing methods can be employed H Before towing the vehicle observe the following instructions e Do not tow start the vehicle You could otherwise seriously damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty e Do not tow with sling type equipment Towing with sling type equipment over bumpy roads will damage radiator and supports e Towing of the vehicle should only be done using the properly installed towing eye bolt Never attach a tow cable tow rope or tow rod to the vehicle chassis frame or suspension parts A Warning With the engine not ru
204. d to the formation of bubbles in the system thus reducing the system s efficiency Therefore the brake fluid must be replaced regularly Refer to your vehicle s Maintenance Booklet for replacement interval Only brake fluid approved by Mercedes Benz is recommended Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will provide you with additional information Premium unleaded gasoline Z Warning Gasoline is highly flammable and poisonous It burns violently and can cause serious personal injury Never allow sparks flames or smoking materials near gasoline Turn off the engine before refueling Whenever you are around gasoline avoid inhaling fumes and any skin or clothing contact Extinguish all smoking materials Direct skin contact with fuels and the inhalation of fuel vapors are damaging your health H To maintain the engine s durability and performance premium unleaded gasoline must be used If premium unleaded gasoline is not available and low octane gasoline is used follow these precautions e Have the fuel tank only partially filled with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with premium unleaded gasoline as soon as possible e Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration e Do not exceed an engine speed of 3000 rpm if the vehicle is loaded with a Fuels coolants lubricants etc light load such as two persons and no luggage Do not exceed 3 of maximum accelerator pedal position if the vehicl
205. d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 25 Version 2 11 8 1 Multifunction steering wheel 29 Center console nee 31 Door control panel 32 Overhead control panel 33 At a glance A 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 26 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Exterior view Exterior view Ata glance E PO0 013917 31 This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual Function Page Function Page Trunk Rims and tires 291 Locking and unlocking 66 Front lamps 266 Opening and closing a Hood 178 Valet locking 75 Wipers 92 Rear lamps 267 Minen blades heplacing 270 Wiper blades cleaning 219 Rear window defroster 151 __ Bead Windshield Fuel filler flap 176 Wiping with washer fluid 92 Doors Cleaning 219 Locking and unlocking 66 Power tilt sliding sunroof 152 261 Exterior rear view mirrors 84 Towing eyes 282 Tires and wheels 182 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Se Function Combination switch Turn signals Wipers High beam Cruise control lever Cruise control Distronic Steering wheel gearshift control
206. da only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment P80 00 2160 31 Example illustration SmartKey with KEYLESS GO gt Activating Press and hold Panic T Driving safety systems button Q for at least 1 second An audible alarm and flashing exterior ee amps wil Operate This section contains information about the gt Deactivating Press Panic button Q again following driving safety systems or e ABS Antilock Brake System gt Insert the SmartKey into the starter switch or gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be EBP Electronic Brake Proportioning inside the vehicle e ESP Electronic Stability Program e Adaptive Brake BAS Brake Assist System In winter operation the maximum effectiveness of most of the driving systems described in this section is only DD 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Safety and security Driving safety systems achieved with winter tires or snow chains as required Safety notes A Warning The following
207. den and unexpected acceleration of the vehicle could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others You can increase the set speed in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments or in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments DD Controls in detail Fl 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Driving systems Adjustment in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments gt Briefly lift the cruise control lever up in direction of arrow Q gt page 133 The new speed is set and the vehicle will accelerate Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has reached the set speed Fine adjustment in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever in direction of arrow gt page 133 Setting a lower speed A Warning Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has made the necessary adjustments Decrease the set vehicle speed to a value that the prevailing road conditions and legal speed limits permit Otherwise sudden and unexpected deceleration of the vehicle could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others When you use the cruise control lever to decelerate the brake system will automatically brake the vehicle if the engine s braking power does not brake the vehicle sufficiently Adjustment in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments gt Briefly press the cruise control lever down in direction of arrow 2 gt page
208. detail u gt Slide cover 1 forward or rearward Rear armrest storage compartment gt Opening Pull handle up H Do not sit on or lean your body weight gt Fold the lid forward in direction of arrow against the armrest when it is folded down as you could otherwise damage it H Before storing the armrest in the seat backrest close the storage compartment N Warning cover To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver exercise care when storing objects in the vehicle Put luggage or cargo in the trunk if possible Do not pile luggage or cargo higher than the seat backrests Do not place anything on shelf below the rear window gt Fold the rear armrest down 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail WE Useful features Opening Press the handle upwards and fold the rear armrest lid up Storage bags A Warning Do not place objects with a combined weight of more than 4 4 Ib 2 kg into the storage bag Otherwise the Occupant Classification System OCS may not be able to properly approximate the occupant weight category The storage bag is intended for storing light weight items only Heavy objects objects with sharp edges or fragile objects may not be transported in the storage bag In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers they could be thrown around inside the vehicle and cause injury to vehicle occupants The storage bag cannot protec
209. ding Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Load index 5 is a numerical code associated with the maximum load a tire can support 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 203 Version 2 11 8 1 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Tires and wheels For example a load rating of 91 corresponds Index Speed rating to a maximum load of 1356 Ib 615 kg the tire is designed to support See also ZR Y above 186 mph 300 km h Maxi ire load 197 wh h aximum tire load gt page 197 where the ZR Eon maximum load associated with the load index is indicated in kilograms and lbs For additional information on the load index see Load identification gt page 204 e At the tire manufacturer s option any tire with a speed capability above 149 mph 240 km h can include a ZR in the size designation for example 245 40 ZR18 To determine the maximum speed capability of the tire the service description for the tire must be referred to The service description is comprised of load index 5 and speed symbol If your tire includes ZR in the size designation and no service description is given the tire manufacturer must be consulted for the maximum speed capability If a service description is given the speed capability is limited
210. dings cleaning Outside temperature see Displays Overhead control panel 33 Paintwork cleaning Paintwork code 0000 Panic alarm Parcel net Parking 3 02 24254 45206s922 000 0860ctesastsrh Parktronic system esseere Parking and standing lamp Replacing bulbs Parking brake Messages in the multifunction CIS DIY oeeie ee n Parking position Exterior rear view Mirrors 85 Transmission position eree Parktronic system Cleaning system sensors M ltuncti n eeseaen tester oceans 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 13 Version 2 11 8 1 Minimum distance 141 SENSOr TANgEer u Rees 140 Switching On Off ssis feriuni sisi 141 System Sensors caeeneenennneneennnnnn 140 Warning indicators 27 141 Parts service a eere 288 PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp see Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp Passenger safety see Occupant safety Pedals sinnn neien nines 210 Phone see Telephone Plastic parts cleaning 220 Power assistance de 210 Power outlets 0ne 163 Power seats see Seats Power tilt sliding sunroof Operati Osse sserrep 152 Synchronizing ueenesersnneesneenenneen ee 154 Power washer 220022240 nenne 217 Power windows ccccccsesteeeeeeees
211. doors are designed to unlock automatically after an accident if the force of the impact exceeds a preset threshold The vehicle locks automatically when the ignition is switched on and the wheels are turning at a vehicle speed of above 9 mph 15 km h You could therefore lock yourself out when the vehicle is pushed or towed or is on a test stand Locking and unlocking from the inside N Observe Safety notes see page 52 You can lock or unlock the vehicle from the inside using the central locking or unlocking switch This can be useful for example if you want to lock the vehicle before starting to drive The central locking or unlocking switch does not lock or unlock the fuel filler flap Locking and unlocking gt Locking Press central locking switch 2 When all doors are closed the vehicle locks gt Unlocking Press central unlocking switch Q You can open a locked front door from the inside Open door only when conditions are safe to do so If the vehicle was previously locked with the central locking switch e and the SmartKey is set to factory settings the complete vehicle is unlocked when a front door is opened from the inside and the SmartKey is set to selective settings only the front door opened from the inside is unlocked If the vehicle has been locked centrally with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO it will not unlock using the central unlocking switch pening the trunk A Warning
212. e The SOS button will flash and the message Connecting Call will appear in the multifunction display to indicate receipt of the door unlock command If the tailgate recessed handle was pulled for more than 20 seconds before door unlock authorization was received by the Customer Assistance Center you must wait 15 minutes before pulling the tailgate recessed handle again Stolen Vehicle Recovery Services In the event your vehicle was stolen gt Report the incident to the police The police will issue a numbered incident report gt Pass this number on to the Customer Assistance Center along with your password The Customer Assistance Center will then attempt to covertly contact the vehicle s Tele Aid system Once the vehicle is located the Customer Assistance Center will contact the local law enforcement and you The vehicle s location will only be provided to law enforcement If the anti theft alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds the Tele Aid system will notify the Customer Assistance Center automatically 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 169 Version 2 11 8 1 Useful features Garage door opener The integrated remote control can operate up to three separately controlled devices compatible with HomeLink or some other systems Z Warning Before programming the integrated remote control to a garage door opener or gate operator make sure people and objects are out of the way of the device to prev
213. e gt page 266 Lamp Left or License Plate Lamp Right SOA AUTO The light sensor is malfunctioning The headlamps come on Light automatically Inoperativ e gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible To switch off the headlamps U S vehicles only gt In the control system set daytime running lamp mode to manual gt page 121 gt Switch off the headlamps using the exterior lamp switch gt page 87 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 249 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and P Solutions JOE Low Beam The left or right low beam lamp is malfunctioning Left gt Halogen headlamp Replace the bulb as soon as possible ar gt page 266 Low Beam Bi Xenon headlamp C horized Merced Right i Xenon headlamp Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible X Rear Left The rear fog lamp is malfunctioning Foglamp gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible X Switch You have removed the SmartKey from the starter switch Off Lights opened the driver s door and left the headlamps on or removed the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the vehicle and left the headlamps on gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to 0 or auto gt page 87 or gt With the rear fog lamp switched on Push in the exterior lamp switch to
214. e Brake 220000424044200000 59 BAS peiiini a 59 Driving systems AIRMATIC DC Dual Control CRUISE CONTON u Distronic e Parktronic system Driving tips automatic transmission nenenen 104 Easy entry exit feature 83 124 EBP Electronic Brake Proportioning 59 Electrical system Improper work on or modifications Power outlets Electrical system Technical data see Vehicle specification Electronic Stability Program see ESP Emergency in case of First aid kit snsesesiekrek 224 Flat ihe een 271 Hazard warning flasher 90 Roadside Assistance 20 166 Towing the vehicle nun 281 Emergency calls Tel amp ld AEE ET 165 Emergency operations Remote door unlock Tele Aid 168 Trunk lid emergency release 74 Emergency Tensioning Device see ETD 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Emission control 213 Information laBel isisisi 289 System warranties s sssssesssssssessseces 19 Engine Break in recommendations 176 Cleaning ss Compartment ensien Malfunction indicator apa 28 257 Messages in the multifunction display 243 Numbern asenssssnensn 289 Stani sss aeiee er 97 Turning off 101 Engine Technical data see Vehicle specification Engine coolant see Coolant Engine oil Adding osese Additives Checking level COnSUMPtiOM srren
215. e Operator s Manual or the message Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Operator s Manual should not appear in the multifunction display at any time the seat is unoccupied Wait at least 60 seconds for the system to complete the necessary check cycles and to make sure neither message appears in the multifunction display 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 231 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions If above conditions are met you can occupy the front passenger seat again Depending on the front passenger classification sensed by the OCS the pass air sac orr indicator lamp will remain illuminated or go out If above conditions are not met the system is not working properly Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible A Warning If the pass air sac orF 8 indicator lamp remains out even after performing the above corrective steps do not have any children 12 years old and under and other small individuals use the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired Practical hints 5 DD 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 232 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions Front USA only Passenger The front p
216. e is fully loaded or operating in mountainous terrain Fuel requirements Only use premium unleaded gasoline The octane number posted at the pump must be 91 min It is an average of both the Research Octane Number RON and the Motor Octane Number MON RON MON 2 This is also known as the ANTI KNOCK INDEX Reformulated gasolines RFG and or unleaded gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol TAME ETBE IPA IBA and TBA can be used provided the ratio of any one of these oxygenates to gasoline does not exceed 10 MTBE must not exceed 15 The ratio of methanol to gasoline must not exceed 3 plus additional cosolvents Using mixtures of ethanol and methanol is not allowed Gasohol which contains 10 ethanol and 90 unleaded gasoline can be used These blends must also meet all other fuel requirements such as resistance to spark knock boiling range vapor pressure etc Gasoline additives A major concern among engine manufacturers is carbon build up caused by gasoline Mercedes Benz recommends only the use of quality gasoline containing additives that prevent the build up of carbon deposits DD Technical data 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc After an extended period of using fuels without such additives carbon deposits can build up especially on the intake valves and in the combustion area leading to engine performance problems such as
217. e SRS indicator lamp SRS e does not come on at all e fails to go out after approximately 4 seconds after the engine was started e comes on after the engine was started or while driving For your safety we strongly recommend that you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the system checked Otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an accident which could result in serious or fatal injury The SRS might also deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury as well In addition improper work on the SRS creates a risk of rendering the SRS inoperative or causing unintended air bag deployment Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If it is necessary to modify an air bag system to accommodate a person with disabilities contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center USA only Call our Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 for details Air bags N Warning Air bags are designed to reduce the potential of injury and fatality in certain e frontal impacts front air bags and driver s side knee bag e side impacts side impact air bags and window curtain air bags e rollovers window curtain air bags 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 37 Version 2 11 8 1 Occupant safety However no system available today can completely eliminate injuries
218. e SmartKey from the starter switch The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter switch with the automatic transmission in park position P With KEYLESS GO Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button With the driver s door closed the starter switch is nowin position 1 With the driver s door opened the starter switch is set to position 0 same as the SmartKey removed from the starter switch gt page 76 If an acoustic warning sounds you have tried to turn off the engine with the KEYLESS GO start stop button while the automatic transmission was not in park position P Read and observe messages that may appear in the multifunction display gt page 235 Automatic transmission For information on driving with an automatic transmission see Driving and parking gt page 96 A Warning Make sure absolutely no objects are obstructing the pedals range of movement Keep the driver s footwell clear of all obstacles If there are any floormats or DD Controls in detail u 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail WE Automatic transmission carpets in the footwell make sure the pedals still have sufficient clearance During sudden driving or braking maneuvers the objects could get caught between or under the pedals You could then no longer brake or accelerate This could lead to accidents and injury H Allow the engine to warm up under low load use Do not place full load
219. e Tire and Loading Information placard or the tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 191 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Tires and wheels tires are significantly underinflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible Driving ona significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s i handling and stopping ability Please notethat When the vehicle has been parked for longer Example illustration the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire than 20 minutes the message Tire maintenance and it is the driver s pressure is only displayed after responsibility to maintain correct tire driving for a few minutes appears in the pressure even if underinflation has not multifunction display reached the level to trigger illumination of the witha spare wheel mounted the system TPMS low tire pressure telltale may still indicate the tire inflation pressure Operation E Tire pressure inquiries are made using the of the remove
220. e driver s door gt Opening Insert flat blunt object as a lever in between the edge of fuse box cover 1 and the dashboard at the position indicated by the arrow gt Loosen fuse box cover 1 from the dashboard using the lever gt Using your hands pull cover 1 in direction of arrow and remove it 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 285 Version 2 11 8 1 gt Closing Hook fuse box cover 1 into the opening at the front gt Press fuse box cover 1 back on until it engages H The fuse box cover must be properly positioned as described Otherwise moisture or dirt could enter the fuse box and possibly impair fuse operation gt Open the trunk gt Opening Insert flat blunt object as a lever into the edge of cover 1 and remove cover 1 gt Closing Install cover A Practical hints Fi 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 286 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 287 Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle equipment 288 Parts servicen ce e 288 Warranty coverage eseese 288 Identification labels 288 Vehicle specification CLS 550 219 372 ee nents 290 Vehicle specification CLS 63 AMG 2AG S ATA E TE EEE ee ee 290 Rims and tires 291 Fuels coolants lubricants etc 296 Technical data u 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Tec
221. e engine Allows the use of the engine s braking effect when driving e on steep downgrades e in mountainous regions e under extreme operating conditions For maximum use of the engine s braking effect on very steep or lengthy downgrades 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Program mode selector switch C Comfort S Sport For comfort driving For sporty driving Program mode selector switch on CLS 63 AMG C Comfort S Sport M Manual For standard driving For sporty driving For manual gearshifting 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 105 Version 2 11 8 1 Automatic transmission The current program mode appears in the multifunction display mph L Program mode indicator You should only change the program mode when the automatic transmission is in park position P Automatic program mode S will not be stored When the engine is turned off with the automatic program mode S selected the automatic transmission will go to the automatic program mode C when the engine is restarted Press the program mode selector switch repeatedly until the letter of the desired program mode appears in the multifunction display Selecting program mode C means e The vehicle starts out more gentle both forward and reverse except when driving off with full throttle e Traction and driving stability are improved on icy roads e Upshifts occur earlier even when you give more gas Th
222. e engine then operates at lower revolutions and the wheels are less likely to spin Selecting program mode S means that upshifts occur later With the automatic transmission in drive position D and driving in automatic program DD Controls in detail 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Automatic transmission mode C or S you can limit or extend the gear range using the gear selector lever or the steering wheel gearshift control Steering wheel gearshift control is available on vehicles with AMG Sport Package and on CLS 63 AMG only CLS 63 AMG For information on using the gear selector lever or the steering wheel gearshift control in manual program mode M see Manual shift program gt page 107 Steering wheel gearshift control example illustration You cannot shift with the steering wheel gearshift control when the automatic transmission is in park position P neutral position N or reverse gear R Limiting gear range N Warning On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the left in the D direction or gt Briefly pull left gearshift control The automatic transmission will shift into the next lower gear as permitted by the shift program T
223. e or due to spark formation H The battery is a Valve Regulated Lead Acid VRLA battery also referred to as fleece battery Such batteries do not require topping up of the electrolyte level VRLA batteries therefore do not have cell caps and the battery cover is non removable Do not attempt to open the battery as otherwise the battery will be damaged VRLA batteries do not require topping up of the electrolyte level They cannot be opened to check the electrolyte level However the battery condition must be checked periodically by performing a battery conductance test Refer to Maintenance Booklet for battery condition testing intervals The factory equipped battery may only be replaced with a battery that e has the same security features e is of identical size e is of identical voltage e is of identical capacity H As any other battery the battery may discharge if you do not operate the vehicle for an extended period of time Have the battery disconnected at a qualified workshop or an authorized Mercedes Benz Center in such a case You may also connect an accessory battery charge unit expressly approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model to maintain the battery charge Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further information The battery the battery ventilation hose and the lateral plug must always be securely installed when the vehicle is in operation 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite
224. e pedal gt Version 1 only If the tire inflation pressure is above the recommended tire inflation pressure as specified for your vehicle gt page 296 decrease tire pressure using the vent screw on air hose gt Version 2 only If the tire inflation pressure is above the recommended tire inflation pressure as specified for your vehicle gt page 296 decrease tire pressure using deflate button Observe Safety notes see page 185 gt Detach the electric air pump gt Reinstall collapsible tire valve cap gt Version 1 only Store electrical plug and air hose behind flap gt Version 2 only Store electrical plug and the air hose back into the pump housing bottom gt Place the electric air pump back in its designated storage space gt Lower the vehicle Lowering the vehicle N Warning Vehicles with spare wheel with collapsible tire only Inflate collapsible tire only after the wheel is properly attached Inflate the collapsible tire using the electric air pump before lowering the vehicle gt Lower the vehicle by turning the crank counterclockwise until the vehicle is resting fully on its own weight gt Remove the jack P40 10 5403 21 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Tighten the five wheel bolts evenly following the diagonal sequence illustrated to until all bolts are tight Observe a tightening torque of 96 Ib ft 130 Nm Z Warning Have the tighte
225. e removing the cap The coolant expansion tank contains hot fluid and is under pressure e Using a rag slowly open the cap approximately turn counterclockwise to relieve excess pressure If opened immediately scalding hot fluid and steam will be blown out under pressure e Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burn if it comes into contact with hot engine parts gt Using a rag slowly open cap 1 approximately turn counterclockwise to relieve excess pressure gt Continue turning cap 1 counterclockwise and remove it 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 181 Version 2 11 8 1 Engine compartment The coolant level is correct if the level e for cold coolant reaches marking bar in coolant expansion tank 2 e for warm coolant is approximately 0 6 in 1 5 cm higher gt Add coolant as required gt Screw cap 1 back on and tighten it For more information on coolant see the Technical data section gt page 297 and gt page 300 Washer system and headlamp cleaning system A Warning Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flammable Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze on hot engine parts because it may ignite and burn You could be seriously burned H Always use washer solvent antifreeze where temperatures may fall below freezing point Failure to do so could result in damage to the washer system fluid reservoir H On
226. e the equipment Factory setting gt Global unlocking Press button o Unless you open a door or the trunk within approximately 40 seconds after unlocking the vehicle e The vehicle will be locked again e The anti theft alarm system will be rearmed gt Global locking Press button Selective setting If you frequently travel alone you may wish to reprogramm the SmartKey Pressing button g will then only unlock the driver s 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 67 Version 2 11 8 1 Locking and unlocking door interior lockable storage compartments and the fuel filler flap gt Switching on off Press and hold buttons uw and simultaneously for approximately 6 seconds until the battery check lamp gt page 69 flashes twice The SmartKey will then function as follows gt Unlocking driver s door and fuel filler flap Press button g once gt Global unlocking Press button twice gt Global locking Press button KEYLESS GO Vehicles equipped with KEYLESS GO come with two SmartKeys with KEYLESS GO each with remote control and a removable mechanical key The KEYLESS GO function is integrated into the SmartKey The validity of the SmartKey is checked every time you pull an outside door handle When the SmartKey is valid your vehicle unlocks e the doors e the trunk lid e the
227. e the pedals Automatic transmission still have sufficient clearance During sudden driving or braking maneuvers the objects could get caught between or under the pedals You could then no longer brake or accelerate This could lead to accidents and injury N Warning With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep i o in mind that a considerably higher degree of Gearshift pattern for automatic transmission effort is necessary to brake and steer the P Park position with gear selector lever lock vehicle Adapt your driving accordingly R Reverse gear N Neutral position D Drive position Controls in detail For more information see Automatic A Warning transmission gt page 101 Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your Make sure the automatic transmission is in health All exhaust gas contains carbon park position P monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and possible death Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ventilated gt Do not depress the accelerator pedal If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driving have the cause determined and corrected immediately If you must drive under these conditions drive only with at least one window fully open at all times With SmartKey gt Turn the S
228. e too soon This may cause your between your vehicle and those directly vehicle to brake late or unexpectedly ahead of it but does not register stationary Offset driving objects in the road e g e a stopped vehicle in a traffic jam e a disabled vehicle e an oncoming vehicle The driver must always be alert observe all traffic and intercede as required by means of steering or braking the vehicle A Warning The Distronic should not be used in snowy or P54702425 31 icy road conditions A vehicle traveling in your lane but offset from your direct line of travel may not be detected by the Distronic There will be insufficient distance to the preceding vehicle The most likely cause for a malfunctioning system is a dirty Distronic system sensor cover located in the hood grille especially at times of snow and ice or heavy rain Lane changing In such a case the Distronic will switch off and the message DISTRONIC Currently Unavailable See Operator s Manual appears in the multifunction display For cleaning and care of the Distronic system sensor cover see gt page 219 If the message DISTRONIC Currently Unavailable See Operator s Manual disappears during driving and the last set speed flashes for approximately 5 seconds the dirt e g slush has dissolved the Distronic works again The Distronic has not yet detected the vehicle changing lanes There will be insufficient Turns and bends distance to the lane
229. e warning lamp warning lamp 257 USA only 252 Tachometer with kp Brake warning lemp Canada only 252 srs Supplemental ae 3 Restraint System SRS Las Engine malfunction indicator lamp 254 indicator lamp USA only 257 2 Vehicles without Distronic Warning lamp without function It illuminates when the ignition is on It should go out when the engine is running 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 29 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Multifunction steering wheel Function Page Multifunction steering wheel Ku Engine malfunction indicator lamp Canada only 257 1 Combination low tire At a glance E pressure TPMS malfunction telltale USA 188 only 259 LQ Low tire pressure 190 telltale Canada only 259 Fuel display with Fuel tank reserve warning lamp 256 Reset button for Resetting trip odometer 110 Adjusting instrument cluster illumination 109 Function Page Multifunction display 111 Press button FF to answer a call 175 to dial 125 to redial 125 Press button g to end a call 125 to reject an incoming call 125 Press button or to select submenus in the Settings menu 119 to set values to operate the RACETIMER 114 to set the volume Press button EH or LP to select next previous menu 110 3 Function only available in telephone menu 4 AMG vehicles only 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe
230. ecessary adjustments Increase or decrease the set vehicle speed to a value that the prevailing road conditions and legal speed limits permit Otherwise sudden and unexpected acceleration or deceleration of the vehicle could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others When you use the cruise control lever to decelerate the brake system will brake the vehicle automatically if the engine s braking power does not brake the vehicle sufficiently gt Increasing Lift the cruise control lever in direction of arrow Q and hold it up until the desired speed is reached gt Decreasing Press the cruise control lever in direction of arrow 2 and hold it down until the desired speed is reached gt Release the cruise control lever The new speed is set and the vehicle will accelerate or decelerate Fine adjustment in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments gt Increasing Briefly tip the cruise control lever in direction of arrow Q gt Decreasing Briefly tip the cruise control lever in direction of arrow 2 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 129 Version 2 11 8 1 Driving systems Setting stored speed Resume function A Warning The set speed stored in memory should only be set again if prevailing road conditions and legal speed limits permit Possible acceleration or deceleration differences arising from returning to the preset speed could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others
231. ectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury Problem A The yellow ESP warning lamp comes on while the engine is running The yellow ESP warning lamp comes on while the engine is running The yellow ESP warning lamp flashes while driving Possible causes consequences and Solutions The ESP has been switched off Risk of accident When the ESP is switched off it will not stabilize the vehicle if the system recognizes that the vehicle starts to skid or that a wheel iS spinning gt Switch the ESP back on Exceptions gt page 60 gt If leaving the ESP switched off adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road and weather conditions gt If the ESP cannot be switched back on Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The ESP is not operational due to a malfunction Risk of accident gt Read and observe additional messages that may appear in the multifunction display gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability gt Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road and weather conditions gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The ESP or the Electronic Traction System ETS has come into operation because of detected traction loss in at least one tire gt When driving
232. ed or synchronized contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance gt Vehicles with SmartKey Switch off the ignition and remove the SmartKey from the starter switch gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Switch off the ignition and open the driver s door This puts the starter switch in position 0 same as with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch The driver s door then can be closed again gt Remove the fuse for the tilt sliding sunroof from the fuse box gt page 284 gt Reinsert the fuse in the fuse box gt Switch on the ignition gt Press and hold the sunroof switch in direction of arrow Q gt page 152 until the tilt sliding sunroof is fully raised at the rear gt Keep holding the sunroof switch in direction of arrow Q for approximately 1 second Check the express operation feature gt page 153 If the tilt sliding sunroof opens and closes completely the roof is synchronized Otherwise repeat the above steps Loading and storing Loading instructions A Warning Always fasten items being carried as securely as possible using cargo tie down hooks and fastening materials appropriate for the weight and size of the load In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle This can cause injury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle To help avoid personal injury dur
233. ed tires can e adversely affect fuel economy Operation E e lead to tire failure from being overheated COLD TIRE PRESSURE e adversely affect handling characteristics Overinflated tires A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout Example illustration Tire inflation pressures for all because they are more likely to become approved factory equipped tires punctured or damaged by road debris Some tire inflation pressure labels may only potholes etc show the rim diameter instead of the entire P40 00 2179 31 tire size e g R 18 or 18 Overinflated tires can The rim diameter is part of the tire size as e adversely affect handling characteristics specified on the tire sidewall gt page 202 e cause uneven tire wear e be more prone to damage from road hazards e adversely affect ride comfort e increase stopping distance Checking tire inflation pressure Safety notes P40 00 217831 Example illustration Tire inflation pressures N Warning specific to rim diameter Follow recommended tire inflation pressures DD 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Operation a Tires and wheels Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to
234. eels that are equipped with the proper electronic sensors 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 190 Version 2 11 8 1 This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment A Warning The TPMS does not indicate a warning for wrongly selected inflation pressures Always adjust tire inflation pressure according to the Tire and Loading Information placard or the supplemental tire inflation pressure information on the inside of the fuel filler flap The TPMS is not able to issue a warning due to asudden dramatic loss of pressure e g tire blowout caused by a foreign object In this case bring the vehicle to a halt by carefully applying the brakes and avoiding abrupt steering maneuvers A Warning Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked at least once a month when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on th
235. ehicle please contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center We consider this the best way for you to obtain accurate information for your vehicle For further information you can find us on the Mercedes Benz web site www mbusa com USA only or www mercedes benz ca Canada only N Warning To help avoid personal injury be extremely careful when performing any service work or repairs Improper or incomplete service orthe use of incorrect or inappropriate parts or materials may damage the vehicle or its equipment which may in turn result in personal injury If you have any questions about carrying out any type of service turn to the advice of an authorized Mercedes Benz Center We reserve the right to make changes in design and equipment Therefore information illustrations and descriptions in this Operator s Manual might differ from your vehicle Reprinting translation and copying even of excerpts is not permitted without our prior authorization in writing Press time May 13 2009 GSP OIS Printed in U S A 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 306 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1
236. em gt Press button x on the COMAND system to confirm The system calculates the route and subsequently starts the route guidance to the defined address iJ If you select No you can save the address to your address book The Destination Download feature is available if the relevant mobile phone network is available and data connection is possible Search amp Send Search amp Send is a navigation destination address entry service For more information on Search amp Send refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions Remote door unlock In case you have locked your vehicle unintentionally e g SmartKey inside vehicle and the reserve SmartKey is not available gt Contact the Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 USA only or 1 888 923 8367 Canada only You will be asked to provide your password gt Then return to your vehicle at the time arranged with the Customer Assistance Center and pull the trunk recessed handle 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe for a minimum of 20 seconds until the indicator lamp in the SOS button is flashing The message Connecting Call appears in the multifunction display As an alternative you may unlock the vehicle via Internet in the My Tele Aid section of Owner s Online using your ID and password USA only The remote door unlock feature is available if the relevant cellular phone network is availabl
237. en can average of 96 RON 86 MON be closed again fo Information on gasoline quality can gt Opening Press fuel filler flap Q at the normally be found on the fuel pump Please contant gas Station personnelin tase gt Turn fuel filler cap 2 counterclockwise labels on the pump cannot be found i For more information on gasoline see gt Take off fuel filler cap Premium unleaded gasoline gt Place fuel filler cap 2 in direction of arrow gt page 299 see Fuel requirements into holder page 299 or contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only point indicated by the arrow gt Fully insert filler nozzle unit and refuel gt Only fill your tank until the filler nozzle unit cuts out do not top off or overfill Locking unlocking the vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO automatically gt Closing Turn fuel filler cap clockwise locks unlocks the fuel filler flap until it audibly engages In case the central locking system does Close the fuel filler flap before locking the not release the fuel filler flap see Fuel filler vehicle Otherwise the flap locking pin will flap gt page 263 prevent closing the fuel filler flap The fuel filler flap is located on the right hand Close fuel filler flap side of the vehicle towards the rear Al I Check regularly and before a long trip _ For information on quantities and requireme
238. enabled Switching off the ESP I H Switching off the ESP except CLS 63 AMG N Warning The ESP should not be switched off during normal driving other than in the circumstances described below Disabling the system will reduce vehicle stability in driving maneuvers Do not switch off the ESP when a spare wheel is mounted To improve the vehicle s traction switch off the ESP This allows the drive wheels to spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip for example e when driving with snow chains e in deep snow e in sand or gravel N Warning Switch on the ESP immediately if the aforementioned circumstances do not apply anymore Otherwise the ESP will not stabilize the vehicle when it is starting to skid or a wheel is spinning 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 61 Version 2 11 8 1 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe When you switch off the ESP the ESP does not stabilize the vehicle e the engine output is not limited which allows the drive wheels to spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip e the ETS will still apply the brakes to a spinning wheel the ESP continues to operate when you are braking e the cruise control or the Distronic system cannot be activated e the cruise control or the Distronic system switch off if activated When the ESP is switched off and one or more drive wheels are spinning the ESP warning lamp A in the instrument cluster
239. ent potential harm or damage When programming a garage door opener the door moves up or down When programming a gate operator the gate opens or closes Do not use the integrated remote control with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by U S federal safety standards this includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1 1982 A garage door that cannot detect an object signaling the door to stop and reverse does not meet current U S federal safety standards When programming a garage door opener park vehicle outside the garage Do not run the engine while programming the integrated remote control Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and possible death P68 00 6563 31 Interior rear view mirror with integrated remote control Controls in detail 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Useful features Hand held remote control is not part of the vehicle equipment Programming the integrated remote control gt Step 1 Switch on the ignition gt Step 2 If you have previously programmed a signal transmitter button and wish to retain its programming proceed to step 3 or gt If you are programming the integrated remote control for the first time press and hold the two outer signal transmitter buttons 2 and
240. epeatedly until the message Display Unit Speed Odometer appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting gt Press button or speedometer unit to Km or to set iles Selecting language Press button or EP repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button 4 gt Move the selection marker with button Jor to the Instr Cluster submenu gt Press button 4 or 7 repeatedly until the message Language appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Kao 120 140 E Language i 32 986 3 Deutsch 59 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 120 Version 2 11 8 1 Press button or to select the language to be used for the multifunction display messages Selecting display speed or outside temperature for status line gt Press button or EP repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button A gt Move the selection marker with button or tothe Instr Cluster submenu gt Press button 4 or 7 repeatedly until the message Status Line Display appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Ka 120 140 32 5947 31 20
241. er compartment to the desired symbol The indicator lamp in button auro goes out Automatic air distribution is switched off in the corresponding zone and air distribution is controlled according to the desired position The automatic air volume You can also press button ER once TEMP gt Press button REAR Display gt page 143 switches over gt Increasing decreasing Press button A or v until the desired temperature appears in display After approximately 5 seconds after the last adjustment display switches back to its standard display remains switched on more to switch back to the standard display Setting the temperature Rear climate control panel Controls in detail A You can adjust the air temperature foreach You can adjust the air temperature on each of the 4 zones separately You should raise or side of the rear passenger compartment You lower the temperature setting in small should raise or lower the temperature setting nee MENS preferably starting at 72 F in small increments preferably starting at 22 C 72 F 22 C gt Increasing decreasing Press button A jor v until the desired temperature appears in display 0 gt page 143 Adjusting air vents A Warning When operating the climate control the air that enters the passenger compartment through the air vents can be very hot or very col
242. ering you and others The rear window defroster uses a large amount of power To keep the battery drain to a minimum switch off the defroster as soon as the rear window is clear The defroster is switched off automatically after some time of operation depending on the outside temperature gt Switch on the ignition gt Switching on Press button S on the respective climate control panel The indicator lamp in the button comes on gt Switching off Press button GP again The rear window defroster switches off when the battery voltage is too low The indicator lamp in button RE flashes Too many electrical consumers may be operating simultaneously gt Switch off consumers that are currently not needed if required Controls in detail A 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail u Power tilt sliding sunroof Power tilt sliding sunroof Z Observe Safety notes see page 52 A Warning When opening or closing the tilt sliding sunroof make sure there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the opening closing procedure The tilt sliding sunroof is equipped with the express operation and automatic reversal function If the movement of the tilt sliding sunroof is blocked during the closing procedure the tilt sliding sunroof will stop and open slightly The tilt sliding sunroof operates differently when the sunroof switch is pressed and held See the Clos
243. et road are sharply reduced Depending upon the weather and or road surface conditions the tire traction varies widely Do not allow your tires to wear down too far Adhesion properties on wet roads are sharply reduced at tread depths of less than in 3 mm Treadwear indicators TWI are required by law These indicators are located in six places on the tread circumference and become visible at a tread depth of approximately 17 6 in 1 6 mm at which point the tire is considered worn and should be replaced The recommended minimum tire tread depth for summer tires is in 3 mm The recommended minimum tire tread depth for winter tires is in 4 mm 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Treadwear indicator Q appears as a solid band across the tread Storing tires H Keep unmounted tires in a cool dry place with as little exposure to light as possible Protect tires from contact with oil grease and fuels Cleaning tires H Never use a round nozzle to power wash tires The intense jet of water can result in damage to the tire Always replace a damaged tire The Uniform Tire Quality Grading is a U S Government requirement designed to give drivers consistent and reliable information regarding tire performance Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 199 Version 2 11 8 1 Tires and wheels based on three performance factors treadwear Q traction 2
244. etting will not occur if you turn the SmartKey back to position 1 or 2 within this time period Fuel consumption statistics since last reset gt Press button CP or repeatedly until the first function of the Trip computer menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button Z or repeatedly until the message From Reset appears in the multifunction display 4 40 From Reset 120 0 30H 20 29MI SSMPH 18 4MPG nlite ae Distance driven since last reset Time elapsed since last reset 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 125 Version 2 11 8 1 Control system Average speed since last reset Average fuel consumption since last reset Resetting fuel consumption statistics gt Press button EP or repeatedly until the first function of the Trip computer menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button 4 or repeatedly until the reading that you want to reset appears in the multifunction display Press and hold the reset button in the instrument cluster until the respective values are reset to 0 The fuel consumption statistics reset automatically to O after 99999 miles or 9999 hours whichever occurs first Distance to empty gt Press button EP or repeatedly until the first function of the Trip computer menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button 4 or repeatedly until the message Range appears i
245. event the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly If a condition causing the TPMS to malfunction develops it may take up to 10 minutes for the system to signal a malfunction using the TPMS telltale flashing and illumination sequence The telltale extinguishes after a few minutes driving if the malfunction has been corrected Operating radio transmission equipment e g wireless headsets two way radios in or near the vehicle could cause the TPMS to malfunction This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Tire inflation pressure warnings If the system detects a significant loss of tire inflation pressure in one or more than one tire a message appears in the multifunction display In addition an acoustic warning sounds and the low tire pressure telltale in the instrument cluster comes on 2009 05 11 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 189 Version 2 11 8 1 Tires and wheels A ae 3 Tire 20
246. except with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch or with the starter switch in position 0 N Warning If the red SRS indicator lamp in the instrument cluster and the fass air sac orr By indicator lamp are lit at the same time there is a malfunction in the OCS The front passenger front air bag will be deactivated in this case Have the system checked by qualified technicians as soon as possible Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Only have the seat repaired or replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center In order to ensure proper operation of the air bag system and OCS e Do not place more than 4 4 Ib 2 kg into the storage bag on the back of the front passenger seat Otherwise the OCS may not be able to properly approximate the occupant weight category e Do not place objects under and or around the front passenger seat e Do not hang anything from or attach any items to the seats e Do not stuff objects such as books between the front passenger seat and the center console or front passenger door 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe e Do not move the front passenger seat backwards against stiff objects Sit with the seat belt properly fastened in a position that is as upright as possible with your back against the seat backrest e While seated an occupant should not position him herself in such a way as to cause the occupant s weight to be lifted from
247. f or e when the engine is running gt Steer straight ahead Switching on iJ There may be a brief delay before the corner illuminating front fog lamps go out gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position Z or auro or Interior lighting in the front gt Activate the daytime running lamp mode gt page 88 gt Switch on the left or right turn signal depending on whether you are turning left or right The respective front fog lamp comes on If you have switched on the turn signal for one side but turn the steering wheel in the other direction the corner illuminating front fog lamp on the side of the turn signal comes on or gt Turn the steering wheel in the desired direction Driving forward The front fog lamp on the side of your steering direction comes on Driving in reverse The front fog lamp opposite to your steering direction comes on The corner illuminating front fog lamps will come on automatically depending on the steering angle even if you did not switch on either turn signal If the corner illuminating front fog lamps came on automatically they P82 00 2660 31 Left front reading lamp on off Rear interior lighting on off Automatic control on off Front interior lighting on off Right front reading lamp on off e BE RO Ba 13 ms 19 B DD 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 92 Version 2 11 8 1
248. f the air conditioning is turned off e after 30 minutes if the outside temperature is above approximately 41 F 5 C Residual heat and ventilation This feature is only available in Canada vehicles With the engine turned off it is possible to continue to heat or ventilate the interior for up to 30 minutes This feature makes use of the residual heat produced by the engine if you switch on the residual heat function when outside temperatures are high only the ventilation will be switched on Regardless of the selected air volume the blower operates at low speed How long the system will provide heating depends on the coolant temperature and the selected temperature The blower will run at speed setting 1 regardless of the air volume control setting gt Activating Switch off the ignition gt Press button The indicator lamp in the button comes on REST 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 151 Version 2 11 8 1 Rear window defroster Deactivating Press button The indicator lamp in the button goes out The residual heat is deactivated automatically REST e when the ignition is switched on e after approximately 30 minutes e if the battery voltage drops e if the coolant temperature is too low Rear window defroster A Warning Any accumulation of snow and ice should be removed from the rear window before driving Visibility could otherwise be impaired endang
249. flashes However the ESP will then not stabilize the vehicle gt With the engine running press ESP switch until the ESP warning lamp A in the instrument cluster comes on The ESP is switched off N Warning When the ESP warning lamp A is illuminated continuously the ESP is switched off or is not operational due to a malfunction Vehicle stability in standard driving maneuvers is reduced Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road conditions and to the non operating status of the ESP H Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period with the ESP switched off This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Driving safety systems Switching off the ESP CLS 63 AMG only Z Warning The ESP should not be switched off during normal driving Disabling of the system will result in the following e no restriction to engine torque e loss of system supported traction control ESP OFF is designed for driving on closed tracks when the vehicle s natural oversteer and understeer characteristics are desired and requires a highly skilled and experienced driver able to handle these critical driving situations You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Please be aware of these limits when you switch off the ESP Do not switch off the ESP when a spare whee
250. flation pressure and supplemental tire inflation pressure information for special driving situations see gt page 183 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 292 Version 2 11 8 1 Please keep in mind that the vehicle must be equipped e with wheels of identical dimensions on each axle left and right e with tires of identical characteristics all around i e summer tires winter tires all season tires or MOExtended tires etc The following pages also list the approved rim and tire sizes for equipping your vehicle with winter tires Winter tires are not available as standard or optional factory equipment but can be purchased from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Equipping your vehicle with winter tires approved for your vehicle model may require the purchase of rims of the recommended size for use with these winter tires This depends on vehicle model and the standard or optional factory equipped wheel rim tire configuration on your vehicle For more information contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 293 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Rims and tires _ Same size tires H Winter tires on rims with different wheel offset front vs rear cannot be rotated CLS 550 18 wheels Rims light alloy SSJ IE HA Wheel offset front axle 1 10 in 28 mm Wheel offset rear axle 0 7 1 in 18 mm Winter tires 245 40 R18 97V XL Extra Load M S 4 or 245
251. fuel filler flap When you open a door the door window on that side lowers slightly Once you close the door the door window moves up again H A door window will not work if it is blocked with ice or if the vehicle battery is discharged If you cannot shut a door do not force it or you could damage the door or the door window Fix whatever is affecting the window before trying to shut the door Controls in detail A 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail E Locking and unlocking USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Important notes on using KEYLESS GO e You can also use the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO like a normal SmartKey gt page 66 e
252. g 220 Hazard warning flasher E beak 90 Identification labels 288 Headlamp cleaning system 90 Identification number vehicle VIN 22 lea 289 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Ignition u 0 Immobilizer Indicator lamps see Lamps indicator and warning Infant and child restraint systems see Children in the vehicle Inflation pressure see Tires Inflation pressure Inside door handle Instrument cluster Illumination Lamps Multifunction display Instrument lighting see Instrument cluster Illumination Instrument panel see Instrument cluster Instruments and controls see Cockpit Interior lighting Delayed shut off uunenneeersnnneeneenn 123 Front anna ne 91 Front reading lamps gt 92 Rear ee 91 92 Rear reading lamps nun gt 92 Interior rear view mirror 84 Auto dimming rear view mirrors 84 Interior storage spaces see Storage compartments Intermittent wiping Rain sensor u wasser ISOFIX Child seat anchors LATCH type see Children in the vehicle Key Mechanical LOSS OF sense vevcadecstes steve E 70 Replaeing 2 2 22 20 70 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 10 Version 2 11 8 1 Unlocking locking manually 261 Valet IOCKING c cscs cscccseevesecsessboveseens 75 Key SmartKey Battery check lamp eernseer seen 69 Checkin
253. g There is a malfunction in the TPMS gt Read and observe messages in the multifunction display gt Have the TPMS checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz After the malfunction has been remedied the combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale goes out after a few minutes As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that DD Practical hints 5 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Practical hints What to do if the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale USA only Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low
254. g 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 88 Version 2 11 8 1 daytime running lamp mode on or off USA only gt page 121 gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position 0 OF auto When the engine is running the low beam headlamps come on In low ambient lighting conditions the following lamps will come on additionally e Tail lamps e Parking lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps With the daytime running lamp mode activated and the engine running you cannot switch off the low beam headlamps manually Canada only With the exterior lamp switch in position 0 or auto you cannot switch on the high beam headlamps The high beam flasher is available at all times gt For nighttime driving turn the exterior lamp switch to position D to permit activation of the high beam headlamps When the engine is running and you e shift from a driving position to park position P with the vehicle at a standstill or the parking brake is engaged the low beam headlamps will go out with a delay of 3 minutes e turn the exterior lamp switch to position 300 the low beam headlamps the tail and parking lamps the license plate lamps and the side marker lamps come on e turn the exterior lamp switch to position 2 the manual headlamp mode has priority over the daytime running lamp mode The corresponding exterior lamps come on gt page 87
255. g Information placard showing seating capacity 1 is located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 193 Steps for determining correct load limit The following steps have been developed as required of all manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 gt Step 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard gt Step 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle gt Step 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilograms or XXX Ibs gt Step 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ibs passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 195 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Tires and wheels gt Step 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4 gt Step 6 if applicable If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load fr
256. g system checked for signs of leakage Please make sure the mixture is in accordance with label instructions 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 301 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Fuels coolants lubricants etc The water in the cooling system must meet minimum requirements which are usually satisfied by normal drinking water If you are not sure about the water quality contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Anticorrosion antifreeze Your vehicle contains a number of aluminum parts The use of aluminum components in motor vehicle engines necessitates that anticorrosion antifreeze coolant used in such engines be specifically formulated to protect the aluminum parts Failure to use such anticorrosion antifreeze coolant will result in a significantly shortened service life Therefore the following product is strongly recommended for use in your vehicle MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze agent Before the start of the winter season or once a year in hot southern regions you should have the anticorrosion antifreeze concentration checked The coolant is also regularly checked each time you bring your vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for service Technical data u DD 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Fuels coolants lubricants etc 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 302 Version 2 11 8 1 Technical data u Model Cooling system CLS 550 CLS 63 AMG A Warning
257. g batteries n 69 Factory Setting u 67 69 Global locking KEYLESS GO sich een lien ee 69 Global locking SmartKey 67 Global unlocking KEYLESS CO N ERIC ERT 69 Global unlocking SmartKey ur 67 Important notes on KEYLESS GO 68 Locking unlocking 66 OSS OF hraoa e A E 70 Messages in the multifunction GISPIAY ui n irre 241 Opening trunk a aeseneneie 72 Opening and closing the power tilt sliding sunroof eeenen 96 Opening and closing the windows 96 Remote control Replacing siisii Replacing batteries Restoring to factory setting Selective setting Starter switch positions KEYLESS GO Starter switch positions s es 76 KICK GOWN 2 4 542520044 ee 104 Kickdown manual shift program 108 Kilopascal air pressure unit 206 Kree bag neeieenenin 40 Labels Certifications zu 288 Emission control information 289 Tire and Loading Information placard 2 20 40 Tire inflation pressure Lamps exterior Exterior lamp switch sses 87 OTni E ATT 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Messages in the multifunction display secret 247 Switching On Off nerserssensernen nn 87 Lamps indicator and warning ABS wessen 28 252 Brakes nannte 252 Cool ee ren 257 Distance warning Einne a 2222 131 137 256 Engine malfunction 28 257 ESPPu u ne 28 255 F
258. gain and the message should disappear gt f the message does not disappear Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible ESP Inoperativ The brake system is still functioning normally but due to a e See malfunction the BAS the ESP and the PRE SAFE system Operator s are unavailable Manual The ABS may not be operational gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident PRE SAFE Inoperativ The PRE SAFE system has failed All other occupant safety e See systems such as the air bags are still available Operator s mpi gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as u possible DD 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Practical hints 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 230 Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and P Solutions USA only The front passenger front air bag is activated while driving even though a child small individual or object below the system s weight threshold is on the front passenger seat or the front passenger seat is empty Objects on the seat or forces acting on the seat m
259. ge 149 gt page 150 gt page 151 gt page 147 gt page 150 gt page 146 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 145 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Climate control system Function Recommendation Notes Temperature Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C gt page 147 control left raising Display Temperature Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C gt page 147 control right raising Temperature Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C gt page 147 8 control right x lowering Temperature Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C gt page 147 control left 5 lowering c fe O Notes on climate control system Z Warning The climate control system is operational Follow the recommended settings for heating whenever the engine is running You can and cooling given on the following pages operate the climate control system in either Otherwise the windows could fog up the automatic or manual mode The system impairing visibility and endangering you and cools or heats the interior depending on the Others selected interior temperature It can only function optimally when you are driving with the windows and the tilt sliding sunroof closed Nearly all dust particles pollutants and odors gt Keep the air intake grille in front of the windshield free of snow and debris Do not obstruct air flow by placing objects on the air flow through exhaust slots bel
260. ge memory gt Press button 5 gt or Z to select a menu scene Use the Vehicle status message memory menu to scan malfunction and warning messages that may be stored in the memory Navigation menu Such messages appear in the multifunction display and are based on conditions or The Navigation menu contains the functions system status the vehicle s system has needed to operate your navigation system recorded gt Press button or CF repeatedly until The Vehicle status message memory menu the Navigation menu appears in the only appears if messages have been stored multifunction display The message shown in the multifunction N Warning display depends on the status of the Malfunction and warning messages are only navigation system indicated for certain systems and are e With the COMAND system switched off Intentionally not very detailed The the message NAVI Off appears in the malfunction and warning messages are multifunction display simply a reminder with respect to the operation of certain systems They do not replace the owner s and or driver s responsibility to maintain the vehicle s operating safety Have all required maintenance and safety checks performed on the vehicle Bring the vehicle to an authorized e With the COMAND system switched on Mercedes Benz Center to address the and route guidance activated the malfunction and warning messages direction of travel and maneuver instructi
261. gine speeds to the permissible maximum H Additional instructions for AMG vehicles e During the first 1000 miles 1500 km do not exceed a speed of 85 mph 140 km h e During this period avoid engine speeds above 4500 rpm in each gear Shift gears in a timely manner 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 176 Version 2 11 8 1 All of the above instructions as may apply to your vehicle type also apply when driving the first 1000 miles 1500 km after the engine or the rear differential has been replaced Always obey applicable speed limits At the gas station Refueling A Warning Gasoline is highly flammable and poisonous It burns violently and can cause serious personal injury Never allow sparks flames or smoking materials near gasoline Turn off the engine before refueling Whenever you are around gasoline avoid inhaling fumes and any skin or clothing contact Extinguish all smoking materials Direct skin contact with fuels and the inhalation of fuel vapors are damaging your health A Warning Overfilling of the fuel tank may create pressure in the system which could cause a gas discharge This could cause the gas to spray back out when removing the fuel pump nozzle which could cause personal injury H Never refuel vehicles with gasoline engine with diesel fuel Even small amounts of diesel fuel will damage the fuel system and engine Damage resulting from the use of non approved fuels or fuel
262. h RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions When the Distronic detects a vehicle directly ahead the cruise control speed 1 This device may not cause interference segments 2 appear in the speedometer and These segments represent the difference 2 this device must accept any between the set speed of your vehicle 1 and interference received including the speed of the preceding vehicle interference that may cause undesired f the Distronic calculates that there is a operation of the device danger of collision the distance warning lamp Removal tampering or altering of the A in the instrument cluster comes on and device will void any warranties and is not an intermittent warning sounds permitted Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way DD 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 132 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Driving systems gt Immediately apply the brakes to avoid a system and or the distance warning function collision are activated or deactivated Under no circumstances should the driver await the intermittent warning sound before braking The intermittent warning sound ceases and the distance warning lamp A goes out when the necessary distance to the vehicle To activate or deactivate the Distronic system see gt page 133 or see gt page 134 To activate or deactivate the Distance warning function see gt
263. he cleaning and care of your vehicle and give important how to information as well as references to Mercedes Benz approved vehicle care products 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 217 Version 2 11 8 1 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Power washer H Follow the instructions provided by the power washer manufacturer on maintaining a distance between the vehicle and the nozzle of the power washer Never use a round nozzle to power wash tires The intense jet of water can result in damage to the tire Always replace a damaged tire Always keep the jet of water moving across the surface Do notaim directly at electrical parts electrical connectors seals or other rubber parts Vehicles with KEYLESS GO If a door handle is hit by a strong jet of water and a SmartKey is within approximately 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle it could be inadvertently locked or unlocked Tar stains Quickly remove tar stains before they dry and become more difficult to remove A tar remover is recommended Paintwork painted body components H Affixing stickers magnets adhesive tape or similar materials to painted body components may damage the paintwork Mercedes Benz approved Paint Care should be applied when water drops on the paint surface do not bead up This should normally be done every 3 to 5 months depending on the climate and washing detergent used Mercedes Benz approved Paint Cleaner should be applied if the paint
264. he vehicle Service and warranty information The Service and Warranty Information booklet contains detailed information about the warranties covering your Mercedes Benz including e New Vehicle Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Connecticut Maine Massachusetts New York Pennsylvania 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Introduction 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 20 Version 2 11 8 1 Rhode Island and Vermont Emission Control System Warranty e State Warranty Enforcement Laws Lemon Laws Important notice for California retail buyers and lessees of Mercedes Benz automobiles Under California law you may be entitled to a replacement of your vehicle or a refund of the purchase price or lease price if after a reasonable number of repair attempts Mercedes Benz USA LLC and or its authorized repair or service facilities fail to fix one or more substantial defects or malfunctions in the vehicle that are covered by its express warranty During the period of 18 months from original delivery of the vehicle or the accumulation of 18 000 miles approximately 29 000 km on the odometer of the vehicle whichever occurs first a reasonable number of repair attempts is presumed for a retail buyer or lessee if one or more of the following occurs 1 the same substantial defect or malfunction results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily inj
265. height is again raised to the normal level These height adjustments are so small that you may not notice any change Select the raised level only when required by current driving conditions Otherwise the handling may be impaired and the fuel consumption may increase 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 139 Version 2 11 8 1 Driving systems The following vehicle level settings can be selected when the vehicle is stationary and the engine is running Vehicle Indicator Suspension Use for Ride height Automatic levelwhen lamp tuning increase lowering stationary D gt page over normal 5 E Normal Lamp off Comfort Fordrivingon None Max approx normal roads 0 4 in amp 10 mm me Normal Lamp off Sport 1or2 Fordrivingon None Max approx normal roads 0 6 in 7 15 mm gt Raised Lamp on Comfort Fordrivingon Approx Max approx rough roads 0 8 in 1 2 in 8 or with snow 20 mm 30 mm chains Raised Lamp on Sport 1or2 Fordrivingon Approx Max approx rough roads 0 8 in 1 4 in or with snow 20 mm 35 mm chains 120 km h for approximately 5 minutes Indicator lamp 2 in vehicle level control switch Q goes out If you do not drive in this speed range the selected vehicle level setting remains stored in memory even if the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch Parktronic system The Parktronic system is an electronic parking aid with ultrasonic sen
266. hicle is in danger of skidding H Coasting the vehicle or driving for any other reason with the automatic transmission in neutral position N can result in transmission damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Drive position The automatic transmission shifts automatically All forward gears are available Driving tips Kickdown Use the kickdown when you want maximum acceleration gt U S vehicles except AMG vehicles Fully depress the accelerator pedal Depending on the engine speed the automatic transmission shifts into a lower gear gt Canada vehicles and AMG vehicles Depress the accelerator pedal past the point of resistance Depending on the engine speed the automatic transmission shifts into a lower gear 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 104 Version 2 11 8 1 Working on the vehicle N Warning When working on the vehicle engage the parking brake and shift the automatic transmission into park position P Otherwise the vehicle could roll away which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Gear ranges With the automatic transmission in drive position D and driving in automatic program mode C or S you can limit or extend the gear range see One touch gearshifting gt page 105 The current gear range appears in the multifunction display Gear range indicator Effect With this selection you can use the braking effect of th
267. hicle to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center For services such as labor and or towing charges may apply Refer to the Roadside Assistance manual for Controls in detail u more information gt Press and hold Information button D for Sign and Drive services USA only longer than 2 seconds Services such as a jump start a few gallons A call to the Customer Assistance Center of fuel or the replacement of a flat tire with will be initiated The indicator lamp in the vehicle spare wheel are obtainable at no Information button will flash while the charge call is in progress The message If the indicator lamp in Roadside Connecting Call will appear in the Assistance button A is flashing multifunction display and the COMAND continuously and there was no voice system is muted connection to the Customer Assistance When the connection is established the Center established then the Tele Aid message Call Connected appears in the system could not initiate a Roadside multifunction display The Tele Aid system will Assistance call e g the relevant cellular transmit data generating the vehicle phone network is not available The identification number model color and message Call Failed appears in the location subject to availability of cellular and multifunction display GPS signals gt Terminating calls Press button ES on The COMAND system display indicates the multifunction steering wheel that a Tele Aid call i
268. his action simultaneously 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 106 Version 2 11 8 1 limits the gear range of the automatic transmission To avoid overrewing the engine when downshifting the automatic transmission will not shift into a lower gear if the engine s maximum speed would be exceeded Extending gear range gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the right in the D direction or gt Briefly pull right gearshift control The automatic transmission will shift into the next higher gear as permitted by the shift program This action simultaneously extends the gear range of the automatic transmission If you press on the accelerator pedal when the engine has reached the revolution limit of the current gear range the automatic transmission will upshift beyond any gear range limit selected Canceling gear range limit Press and hold the gear selector lever to the right in the D direction until D reappears in the multifunction display or gt Pull and hold right gearshift control 2 until D reappears in the multifunction display The automatic transmission will shift from the current gear range directly into drive position D Shifting into optimal gear range Press and hold the gear selector lever to the left in the D direction or gt Pull and hold left gearshift control D The automatic transmission will select the gear range suited for optimal acceleration and deceleration auto
269. his case bring the vehicle to a halt by carefully Restart applying the brakes and avoiding abrupt Run Flat Indicator steering maneuvers gt If you wish to confirm Press button The following message will appear in the multifunction display Run Flat Indicator Restarted DD 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe 188 Tires and wheels Operation a After a certain learning phase the tire pressure loss warning system checks the set pressure values for all four tires gt If you wish to cancel Press button Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS USA only Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It measures the tire inflation pressure in the vehicle s tires and issues warnings in case of pressure loss The Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS is equipped with a combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale in the instrument cluster Depending on how the telltale illuminates it indicates a low tire pressure condition or a malfunction in the TPMS system itself e If the telltale illuminates continuously one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated There is no malfunction in the TPMS e If the telltale flashes for 60 seconds and then stays illuminated the TPMS system itself is not operating properly The TPMS only functions on wheels that are equipped with the proper electronic sensors It monitors the tire inflation p
270. hnical data u Identification labels Vehicle equipment This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual Parts service All authorized Mercedes Benz Centers maintain a stock of Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts required for maintenance and repair work In addition strategically located parts distribution centers provide quick and reliable parts service More than 300 000 different parts for Mercedes Benz models are available Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts are subjected to stringent quality inspections Each part has been specifically developed manufactured or selected for and adapted to Mercedes Benz vehicles Therefore Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts should be installed H Do not use non genuine Mercedes Benz parts and accessories not authorized by Mercedes Benz Doing so could damage the vehicle which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Also it could compromise the vehicle s durability or Safety Warranty coverage Your vehicle is covered under the terms of the warranties printed in the Service and Warranty Information booklet Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will exchange or repair any defective parts originally installed in the vehicle in accordance with the terms of the following warranties 2009 05 1 1T 16
271. icator lamp If indicator lamp Q stays on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate when the respective signal transmitter button or is pressed and released If indicator lamp flashes rapidly for approximately 2 seconds and then turns to a constant light continue with programming steps 8 through 12 as your garage door opener may be equipped with the rolling code feature gt Step 7 To program the remaining two signal transmitter buttons repeat the steps above starting with step 3 Rolling code programming To train a garage door opener or other rolling code devices with the rolling code feature follow these instructions after completing the Programming portion steps 1 through 6 of this text For your convenience and to complete the procedure faster you might want to have someone assist you gt Step 8 Locate the training button on the garage door opener motor head unit Exact location and color of the button may vary by garage door opener brand Depending on manufacturer the training button may also be referred to as learn or smart button If there is difficulty locating the transmitting button refer to the garage door opener Operator s Manual gt Step 9 Press the training button on the garage door opener motor head unit The training light is activated You have 30 seconds to initiate the following two steps
272. ice work on the brake system should be carried out by qualified technicians only Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Only install brake pads and use brake fluid recommended by Mercedes Benz A Warning If other than recommended brake pads are installed or other than recommended brake fluid is used the braking properties of the vehicle can be degraded to an extent that safe braking is substantially impaired This could result in an accident H Because the ESP operates automatically the engine and ignition must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position O or 1 or KEYLESS GO start stop button in position O or 1 when the parking brake is being tested on a brake test DD Operation E 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Operation E Driving instructions dynamometer or when the vehicle is being towed with the front axle raised Active braking action through the ESP may otherwise seriously damage the brake system which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty If your brake system is only subjected to moderate loads you should occasionally test the effectiveness of the brakes by applying above normal braking pressure at higher speeds This will also enhance the grip of the brake pads N Warning Make sure not to endanger any other road users when carrying out these braking maneuvers Refer to the description of the Brake Assist System BAS gt page 59 High performance bra
273. ilable If the ABS control unit is malfunctioning other systems such as the navigation system or the automatic transmission may also be malfunctioning gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability gt Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness gt Read and observe messages that may appear in the multifunction display gt page 228 gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident The ABS has switched off due to insufficient power supply The battery might not be charged sufficiently When the voltage is above the required value again the ABS is operational again The ABS indicator lamp should go out gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability gt Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness gt Read and observe messages that may appear in the multifunction display gt page 228 gt If the ABS indicator lamp does not go out Have the alternator and the battery checked You are driving with the parking brake engaged Release the parking brake 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 253 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 What to do if Problem Possible causes consequences and Solutions erake
274. ilure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 187 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Tires and wheels Each tire including the spare should be Restarting the tire pressure loss warning checked at least once a month when cold system Inflate the tires to the recommended tire The tire pressure loss warning system must inflation pressure as specified on be restarted in the following situations e the Tire and Loading Information placard on e after you have changed the tire inflation the driver s door B pillar pressure or e after you have replaced the wheels or tires e the tire inflation pressure label located on e after you have installed new wheels or tires the inside of the fuel filler flap gt Using the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or if available the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap make sure e the Tire and Loading Information placard the tire inflation pressure of all four tires is located on the driver s door B pillar correct gt page 193 z aA N Warning e the tire inflation pressure label on the i A Roa The tire pressure loss warning system can inside of the fuel filler flap i only warn you in a reliable manner if you have The tire inflation pressures are not listedin set the correct tire infl
275. imal pressure changes in the passenger compartment To reduce or eliminate these noises change the position of the tilt sliding sunroof or open a window slightly 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 153 Version 2 11 8 1 Power tilt sliding sunroof Raising gt Raising manually Press and hold the sunroof switch to the resistance point in direction of arrow Q gt Release the sunroof switch when the desired position is reached gt Express operation To raise the tilt sliding sunroof completely press the sunroof switch past the resistance point in direction of arrow Q and release gt Stopping during express operation Move the sunroof switch in any direction Express raising is not available when the tilt sliding sunroof is open The tilt sliding sunroof must be closed first Closing gt Closing manually Pull and hold the sunroof switch to the resistance point in direction of arrow gt Release the sunroof switch when the desired position is reached gt Express operation To close the tilt sliding sunroof completely pull the sunroof switch past the resistance point in direction of arrow and release gt Stopping during express operation Move the sunroof switch in any direction Closing when the tilt sliding sunroof is blocked A Warning Make sure that nobody can become trapped and be seriously or even fatally injured when closing the tilt sliding sunroof with greater force or
276. imes High beam gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position D gt page 87 gt Switching on Push the combination switch in direction of arrow Q The high beam headlamp indicator lamp D in the instrument cluster comes on gt Switching off Pull the combination switch in direction of arrow to its original position Also note the information on high beam headlamps with activated automatic headlamp mode gt page 87 or the daytime running lamp mode gt page 88 High beam flasher gt Switching on Pull the combination switch briefly in direction of arrow The hazard warning flasher can be switched on at all times even with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch The hazard warning flasher comes on automatically when an air bag deploys 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 90 Version 2 11 8 1 The hazard warning flasher switch is located on the center console gt Switching on Press hazard warning flasher switch All turn signal lamps are flashing With the hazard warning flasher activated and the combination switch set for either left or right turn only the respective left or right turn signals will operate when the ignition is switched on gt Switching off Press hazard warning flasher switch Q again If the hazard warning flasher has been activated automatically press hazard warning flasher switch C to switch it off
277. impacted side of the vehicle e in instances with a high rate of lateral vehicle deceleration or acceleration e independently of the front air bags e regardless of whether the front passenger seat is occupied e in certain vehicle rollovers if the system determines that air bag deployment can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt Window curtain air bags 1 are not deployed in impacts which do not exceed the system s deployment threshold Window curtain air bags 1 deploy in the area indicated by the arrows The Occupant Classification System OCS activates or deactivates the front passenger front air bag automatically The respective status is based on the classified occupant DD Safety and security iz 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Safety and security E Occupant safety weight category determined by weight sensor readings from the front passenger seat The system does not deactivate e the front passenger side impact air bag e the window curtain air bag e the Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs To be classified correctly the front passenger must sit e with the seat belt properly fastened e in a position that is as upright as possible with the back against the seat backrest e with the feet on the floor If the occupant s weight is transferred to another object in the vehicle e g by leaning on armrests the OCS may not be able to properly approximate the o
278. imum mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 240 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Safety systems Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions QSOS Tele Aid One or more main functions of the Tele Aid system are Inoperativ malfunctioning e gt Have the Tele Aid system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Restraint The system is malfunctioning System gt Drive with added caution to the nearest authorized o Malfunctio Mercedes Benz Center and have the system checked MM immediately on Service aad amp c Required lt S A Warning Center immediately to have the system 5 In the event a malfunction of the SRS is checked Otherwise the SRS may not be indicated as outlined above the SRS may not activated when needed in an accident which be operational could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily For your safety we strongly recommend that A which could also result in injury you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Driving systems Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions Vehicle The vehicle is adjusting to your level selection Rising Vehicle The vehicle level is too low Rising gt Wait until the message disappears from the multifunction Please display Wait STOP The A
279. ing The door windows are opened and closed electrically The switches for all door windows are located on the driver s door control panel 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 94 Version 2 11 8 1 The switches forthe respective door windows are located on the front passenger door and on the rear doors i Operating the rear door windows from the rear is not possible when you activate the override switch gt page 56 Z Observe Safety notes see page 52 A Warning When opening or closing the door windows make sure there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the opening closing procedure The door windows are equipped with the express operation and automatic reversal function If in express operation mode a door window encounters an obstruction that blocks its path the automatic reversal function will stop the door window and open it slightly The door windows operate differently when the switch is pulled and held Seethe Closing when a door window is blocked section in this chapter for details The closing of the door windows can be immediately halted by releasing the switch or if the switch was pulled past the resistance point and released by either pressing or pulling the respective switch If a door window encounters an obstruction that blocks its path in a circumstance where you are closing the door windows by pressing and holding button on the SmartKey or by pressing and holding the lock button
280. ing a collision or sudden maneuver exercise care when transporting cargo Do not pile luggage or cargo higher than the seat backrests The trunk is the preferred place to carry objects Always use cargo tie down hooks when transporting cargo Do not place anything on the rear window shelf Never drive a vehicle with the trunk open Deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 155 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Loading and storing enter vehicle interior resulting in are different from those when operating the unconsciousness and death vehicle without the roof rack loaded Load distribution Mare Sure e you can raise the tilt sliding sunroof The total load weight including vehicle occupants and luggage cargo should not exceed the total load limit indicated on the you can open the trunk completely corresponding Tire and Loading Information placard located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 194 The handling characteristics of a fully loaded vehicle depends greatly on the load distribution It is therefore recommended to load the vehicle accordingly with the heaviest items being placed towards the front of the vehicle Please pay attention to and comply with the following instructions when loading the completely Controls in detail u vehicle and transporting cargo gt Flip trim covers Q open e Always place items being carried against gt Only attach the roof r
281. ing when the tilt sliding sunroof is blocked section for details The opening closing procedure of the tilt sliding sunroof can be immediately halted by releasing the sunroof switch or if the sunroof switch was moved past the resistance point and released by moving the sunroof switch in any direction A Warning The tilt sliding sunroof is made out of glass In the event of an accident the glass may shatter This may result in an opening in the roof In a vehicle rollover occupants not wearing their seat belts or not wearing them properly may be thrown out of the opening Such an opening also presents a potential for injury for occupants wearing their seat belts properly as entire body parts or portions of them may protrude from the passenger compartment H To avoid damaging the seals do not transport any objects with sharp edges which can stick out of the tilt sliding sunroof 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 152 Version 2 11 8 1 Do not open the tilt sliding sunroof if there is snow or ice on the roof as this could result in malfunctions If you cannot open or close the tilt sliding sunroof due to a malfunction contact Roadside Assistance or an authorized Mercedes Benz Center H Please keep in mind that weather conditions can sometimes change rapidly Make sure to close the tilt sliding sunroof when leaving the vehicle If water enters the vehicle interior vehicle electronics could be damaged which is
282. int on the front passenger seat move the seat as far back as possible use the proper child restraint recommended for the age size and weight of the child and secure child restraint with the vehicle s seat belt according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions For children larger than the typical 12 month old child the front passenger front air bag may or may not be activated Deployment of the driver front air bag does not mean that the front passenger front air bag also should have deployed The OCS may have determined e that the seat was empty or occupied by the weight up to or less than that of a typical 12 month old child seated in a standard child restraint both of which are instances where the system suppresses deployment of the front passenger front air bag even though the impact met the criteria and was of sufficient severity to deploy the driver front air bag that the seat was occupied by a small individual such as a young teenager or a small adult or a child who weighs more than the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint both of which are instances where the system may suppress deployment of the front passenger front air bag even though the impact met the criteria and was of 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 44 Version 2 11 8 1 sufficient severity to deploy the driver front air bag PASS AIR BAG OFF Xh indicator lamp will be illuminated
283. ion only available with Distronic Driving systems e AIRMATIC DC e Parktronic system The driving safety systems ABS Adaptive Brake BAS EBP and ESP are described in the Safety and security section gt page 57 _ Cruise control The cruise control maintains the speed you set for your vehicle automatically The use ofthe cruise control is recommended for driving at a constant speed for extended periods of time The currently set speed or last set speed Resume function appears in the multifunction display for approximately 5 seconds The corresponding cruise control speed segments from the selected speed to the vehicle maximum speed in the multifunction display are illuminated A Warning The cruise control is a convenience system designed to assist the driver during vehicle operation The driver is and must always remain responsible for the vehicle s speed and for safe brake operation Only use the cruise control if the road traffic and weather conditions make it advisable to travel at a constant speed e The use of the cruise control can be dangerous on winding roads or in heavy traffic because conditions do not allow safe driving at a constant speed e The use of the cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads Rapid changes in tire traction can result in wheel spin and loss of control e Deactivate the cruise control when driving in fog The Resume function should only be
284. ion shoulder belt across chest and shoulder not face or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper seat belt positioning for children over 41 Ib 18 kg until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt fits properly without a booster Install child seat according to manufacturer s instructions The child seat must be firmly attached to both anchors Safety and security a gt Remove anchorage ring cover 1 from the anchorage ring of the seat on which a child seat is to be installed gt Store anchorage ring cover ina convenient place e g glove box An incorrectly mounted child seat may come loose during an accident which could result in P91 20 224531 serious injury or death to the child Damaged or impact damaged child seats or child seat mounting fittings must be replaced gt Guide top tether strap between the head restraint and top of the seat backrest The head restraint must be positioned such Each rear seat has two LATCH type ISOFIX that top tether strap can pass freely anchors for the installation of a LATCH type between the head restraint and top ofthe ISOFIX child seat with matching mounting seat backrest fittings gt Make sure top tether strap is not Non LATCH type ISOFIX child seats may twisted also be used and can be installed using the vehicle s seat belt system Install child seat according to the manufacturer s instructions The LATCH type ISOFIX anchors
285. iping opened This protects persons getting into or 4 Slow continuous wiping out of the vehicle from being sprayed 5 Fast continuous wiping Intermittent wiping will be continued when all RZ Single wipe S Wiping with Aoorsareclosedand washer fluid e the automatic transmission is in drive position D or reverse gear R gt Switch on the ignition or gt Turn the combination switch to the desired position depending on the intensity of the rain e the wiper setting is changed using the combination switch Int ittentwini Single wipe ntermittent wiping Press the combination switch briefly in Only switch on intermittent wiping under wet direction of arrow to the resistance weather conditions or in the presence of Me point precipitation The windshield wipers wipe one time When you select intermittent wiping the rain without washer fluid sensor is activated The rain sensor sets a suitable wiping interval depending on the Wiping with washer fluid wetness of the sensor surface automatically 2A Press the combination switch in direction of arrow 6 past the resistance point The windshield wipers operate with washer fluid H Do not leave windshield wipers on an intermittent setting when the vehicle is taken to an automatic car wash or during windshield cleaning Windshield wipers will operate in the presence of water sprayed on the windshield and windshield wipers may be damaged as a re
286. ir vent fixed Left side air vent adjustable Thumbwheel for air volume control for adjustable left side air vent gt Opening closing Turn thumbwheel in the required direction Front armrest storage compartment ventilation The front armrest storage compartment can be ventilated for instance to cool its contents when the climate control system is activated The level of airflow to the front armrest storage compartment depends on the airflow and air distribution settings The temperature of the air is approximately the same as that of the air flowing from the center air vents H Close the front armrest storage compartment air vent when heating the vehicle interior Activate the air conditioning cooling function when the outside temperature is high Otherwise temperature sensitive items stored in the front armrest storage compartment could be damaged 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe gt Opening closing air vent Slide lever D up or down Rear center console air vents Left rear center air vent adjustable Right rear center air vent adjustable Thumbwheel for air volume control for right rear center air vent Rear climate control panel Thumbwheel for air volume control for left rear center air vent gt Opening closing Turn thumbwheel 3 or upward or downward The air distribution can be adjusted separately on each side of the passenger compartment The symbols on the co
287. ired by law These systems will function properly only when maintained strictly according to factory specifications Any adjustments on the engine should therefore be carried out only by qualified Mercedes Benz Center authorized technicians Engine adjustments should not be altered in any way Moreover the specified service procedures must be carried out regularly according to Mercedes Benz servicing requirements For details refer to the Maintenance Booklet A Warning Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and possible death Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ventilated If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driving have the cause determined and corrected immediately If you must drive under these DD Operation a 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Operation Maintenance conditions drive only with at least one window fully open at all times Maintenance The Maintenance System in your vehicle tracks the distance driven and the time elapsed since the last maintenance service It calculates other maintenance service work required and calls for the next maintenance service accordingly We strongly recommend that you have your vehicle serviced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Have it serviced in accordance with the Maintena
288. irst red distance segment illuminates and a constant acoustic warning lasting a maximum of 2 seconds will sound for the second red distance segment The signal is canceled when the automatic transmission is shifted into park position P or the parking brake is engaged Rear area An intermittent acoustic warning will sound as the first red distance segment illuminates and a constant acoustic warning lasting a maximum of 2 seconds will sound for the second red distance segment The signal is canceled when the automatic transmission is shifted into drive position D or park position P or the parking brake is engaged Switching the Parktronic system on off The Parktronic system switches on automatically when the ignition is switched on DD Controls in detail 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 142 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Driving systems Have the Parktronic system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible If only the red distance segments illuminate and no acoustic warning sounds the Parktronic system sensors are dirty e g dirt ice snow and slush Another cause could be interference from other radio or ultrasonic signals e g truck air brakes car wash or jackhammers The Parktronic system will switch off automatically after 20 seconds and Controls in detail u gt Switching off Press Parktronic indicator lamp 2 in Parktronic switch
289. is locked unless it is secured with the child safety lock gt page 56 Open door only when conditions are safe to do so Example illustration driver s door If the vehicle has previously been locked with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO opening a door from the inside will trigger the anti theft alarm system To cancel the alarm see gt page 63 gt Front doors Pull on inside door handle 2 on the respective front door If the door was locked locking knob Q will move up When you open a door the door window on that side lowers slightly Once you close the door the door window moves up again H A door window will not work if it is blocked with ice or if the vehicle battery is discharged If you cannot shut a door do not force it or you could damage the door or the door window Fix whatever is 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 71 Version 2 11 8 1 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe affecting the window before trying to shut the door gt Rear doors Pull up locking knob on the respective rear door to unlock door gt Pull on the inside door handle on the respective rear door Automatic central locking You can switch the automatic central locking on or off using the control system gt page 123 The doors and the trunk lock automatically when the vehicle is set into motion You can open a locked front door from the inside Open door only when conditions are safe to do so The
290. itch up or down in direction of arrow gt Seat cushion tilt Press the switch up or down in direction of arrow 2 until your upper legs are lightly supported gt Head restraint height Press the switch up or down in direction of arrow Q You can adjust the side cushions of the head restraints individually gt Adjusting side cushions Pull or push side cushions 1 into desired position gt Adjusting forward or backward Pull or push head restraint in direction of Head restraint fore and aft adjustment arrow Controls in detail u You can adjust the contour of the front seat s lumbar support to help enhance support to your spine While seated reach behind you with both hands and find upper edge of the head restraint gt Push or pull on the upper edge of the head restraint cushion to the desired position Comfort head restraint gt Move adjustment lever 1 in direction of N Warning the arrows until you have reached a When folding back the side cushions never comfortable seating position reach between the side cushion and the mounting post You could otherwise be trapped 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail WE A Warning For safety reasons always drive with the rear head restraints in the upright position when the rear seats are occupied Keep the area around head restraints clear of articles e g clothing to not obstruct the folding operation of
291. ite 109 Version 2 11 8 1 gt To brighten illumination Turn reset button Q clockwise until the desired level of illumination is reached gt To dim illumination Turn reset button Q counterclockwise until the desired level of illumination is reached The instrument cluster illumination is dimmed or brightened automatically to suit ambient light conditions The instrument cluster illumination will also be adjusted automatically when you switch on the vehicle s exterior lamps A Warning Driving when your engine is overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Stop the vehicle in a safe location away from other traffic Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down During severe operating conditions e g stop and go traffic the coolant temperature may rise close to 248 F 120 C H Excessive coolant temperature triggers a warning in the multifunction display and the red coolant temperature warning lamp in the instrument cluster comes on The engine should not be operated with a coolant temperature above 248 F 120 C Doing so may cause serious engine damage which is not covered by the
292. its stop Practical hints X Tail Lamp The left or right tail lamp is malfunctioning A substitute bulb Left is being used Auxiliary Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as Bulb On possible or Tail Lamp Right Auxiliary Bulb On W Cornering The left or right corner illuminating front fog lamp is Lamp Left malfunctioning ar gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as Cornering possible Lamp Right X Rear Left The left or right rear turn signal lamp is malfunctioning Turn gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as Signal possible or Rear Right Turn Signal DD 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 250 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and P Solutions T Front The left or right front turn signal lamp is malfunctioning i Left Turn Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 266 Signal or Front Right Turn Signal Sie Left The turn signal in the left or right exterior rear view mirror is Mirror malfunctioning This message will only appear if all LEDs have L Turn stopped working Signal gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as or possible T Right 2 Mirror D Turn Signal a Tires Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions Please The tire inflation pressure is too low in a
293. itted Racing on public roads is prohibited under all circumstances The driver is and must always remain responsible for following posted speed limits The RACETIMER allows you to time and save driving stretches gt Press button or LP repeatedly until the AMG menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button 4 repeatedly until the RACETIMER appears in the multifunction display 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 114 Version 2 11 8 1 7 oe i O _ 28 Gear indicator RACETIMER Lap number You can start the RACETIMER when the engine is running or the starter switch is in position 2 gt page 76 While the RACETIMER is being displayed you cannot adjust the audio volume using buttons jor gt Starting Press button gt Displaying intermediate time Press button while the timer is running The intermediate time is shown for 5 seconds gt Stopping Press button When you stop the vehicle and turn the SmartKey to position 1 gt page 76 or in vehicles with KEYLESS GO turn off the engine and do not open the driver s door the RACETIMER stops timing Timing is resumed when you press button after switching the ignition back on or restarting the engine Saving lap time and starting a new lap You can save up to nine laps gt Press button while
294. ive functions work in conjunction with each other 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 36 Version 2 11 8 1 A Warning Modifications to or work improperly conducted on restraint system components or their wiring as well as tampering with interconnected electronic systems can lead to the restraint systems no longer functioning as intended Air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs for example could deploy inadvertently or fail to deploy in accidents although the deceleration threshold for air bag deployment is exceeded Therefore never modify the restraint systems Do not tamper with electronic components or their software See Children in the vehicle gt page 52 for information on e infants and children traveling with you in the vehicle e restraint systems for infants and children SRS indicator lamp The SRS system conducts a self test when the ignition is switched on and in regular intervals while the engine is running This facilitates detection of system malfunctions The SRS indicator lamp srs in the instrument cluster comes on when the ignition is switched on It goes out no later than a few seconds after the engine has been started The SRS components are in operational readiness when the SRS indicator lamp srs is not lit while the engine is running 219_AKB d2ureepe 4 54 en US N Warning The SRS self check has detected a malfunction when th
295. ke Tail Lamp Right Auxiliary Bulb On X 3rd Brake The high mounted brake lamp is malfunctioning This Lamp message will only appear if all LEDs have stopped working Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Fos Front The left or right front fog lamp is malfunctioning Foglamp gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as Left possible or Front Foglamp Right DD 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 248 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and P Solutions Marker The front left side or right side marker lamp is malfunctioning Lamp gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as Front Left or Marker Lamp Front Right possible Parking The left or right front parking lamp is malfunctioning A Lamp substitute bulb is being used Front gt Halogen headlamp Replace the bulb as soon as possible Left gt page 266 ee gt Bi Xenon headlamp Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible or Parking Lamp Front Right Auxiliary Bulb On Practical hints K High Beam The left or right high beam lamp is malfunctioning Left gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 266 or High Beam Right w License The left or right license plate lamp is malfunctioning Plate gt Replace the bulb as soon as possibl
296. ke operation to ensure a safe stopping distance always remains with the driver The Distronic cannot take street and traffic conditions into account Complex driving situations are not always fully recognized by the Distronic This could result in wrong or missing distance warnings N Warning The Distronic adaptive cruise control is not a substitute for active driving involvement It does not react to pedestrians or on stationary objects nor does it recognize or predict the lane curvature or the movement of preceding vehicles The Distronic can only apply 20 of the maximum braking power of the vehicle It is the driver s responsibility at all times to be attentive to the road weather and traffic conditions Additionally the driver must provide the steering braking and other driving inputs necessary to remain in control of the vehicle High frequency sources such as toll stations speed measuring systems etc can cause the Distronic system to malfunction A Warning The Distronic cannot take road and traffic conditions into account Only use the Distronic if the road weather and traffic conditions make it advisable to travel at a constant speed 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 130 Version 2 11 8 1 N Warning Use of the Distronic can be dangerous on slippery roads Rapid changes in tire traction can result in wheel spin and loss of control The Distronic does not function in adverse sight and distance co
297. ke system 212 Kickdown manual shift program 108 Parking Drake u a essen 100 Manual shift program 107 Warning lamp erseesseessersnenseerneennn 252 One touch gearshifting 105 Break in period 4 176 Program mode indicator 105 Bulbs Program mode selector switch see Replacing bulbs automatic shift program 105 Program mode selector switch a shift program 107 CAG Customer Assistance Genter 22 ifting procedure eceeeeeeeeee 102 2 Steering wheel gearshift control 106 California retail buyers and Transmission position indicator 103 lessees important notice for 20 Transmission positions 103 Calls phone ne 125 AUX socket 158 Can holders Axle oils u 297 see Cup holders Capacities and recommended C fuel lubricants eeeeeeee eens 296 Carpets cleaning 221 Backrest Center console u ee 31 see Seats Central locking Backup lamps Automatic ersnssaskhs reeiss 71 123 Messages in the multifunction KEYLESS GO 2uunseisiae 67 display nern 247 Locking unlocking from inside 71 Bar air pressure unit 206 SmartKey ensenen 66 BAS Brake Assist System 59 Central locking unlocking switch 71 Batteries SmartKey Certification label
298. ke system The high performance brake system is only available on CLS 63 AMG A Warning New vehicle brake pads and discs and replacement brake pads and discs may take several hundred miles of driving until they provide optimum braking efficiency Until that time you may need to use increased brake pedal pressure while braking Please be aware of this and adjust your driving and braking accordingly during this break in period Excessive high demand braking will cause correspondingly high brake wear Please be attentive to the brake warning lamp in the instrument cluster and brake condition messages in the multifunction display Especially for high performance driving it is important to maintain and have the brake system checked regularly The high performance brake system is designed to operate under the extremely high operating demands required to 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 212 Version 2 11 8 1 accommodate the performance capabilities of the vehicle The brakes may produce a squeaking type noise depending on the e vehicle speed e brake force applied e ambient conditions e g temperature and humidity As with any brake system the wear of individual brake system components such as brake pads or disks strongly depends on your driving style and the conditions under which you operate the vehicle Thus a driving style calling for high demand braking will cause your vehicle s brakes to wear more quickly
299. l aging process Leather upholstery may also react to certain ambient influences such as high humidity or high temperature by showing wrinkles for example gt Wipe leather upholstery with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care H To avoid damage to leather upholstery e Wipe with light pressure only e Do not clean with abrasive cleaning agents such as scouring milk or powder e Do not soak the leather upholstery As leather is a natural product it could otherwise harden or become porous e Exercise particular care when cleaning perforated leather as its underside should not become wet Wood trims gt Only use water and a damp cloth to clean wood trims in your vehicle H Do not use solvents like tar remover or wheel cleaner nor polishes or waxes as these may be abrasive Chrome plated exhaust tip Regular cleaning and care of chrome plated exhaust tips will help to maintain their shine and the classy appearance gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Chrome Polishing Paste each time the vehicle has been washed especially during the winter H Do not use alkaline cleaners such as wheel cleaners as they could cause corrosion Operation a 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 222 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe ry 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 223 Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle equipment
300. l is mounted When you switch off the ESP e the ESP does not stabilize the vehicle e the engine output is not limited which allows the drive wheels to spin e the ETS will still apply the brakes to a spinning wheel the ESP operates while you are braking e the cruise control or the Distronic system cannot be activated e the cruise control or the Distronic system switch off if currently activated When the ESP is switched off and one or more drive wheels are spinning the ESP warning lamp A in the instrument cluster flashes However the ESP will then not stabilize the vehicle Safety and security iz 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Safety and security Anti theft systems gt With the engine running press ESP switch Q until the ESP warning lamp A in the instrument cluster comes on The ESP is switched off A Warning When the ESP warning lamp Z is illuminated continuously the ESP is switched off or is not operational due to a malfunction Vehicle stability in standard driving maneuvers is reduced Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road conditions and to the non operating status of the ESP H Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period with the ESP switched off This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Switching on the ESP
301. l maintenance work performed at the intervals specified in the Maintenance Booklet and as required by the Maintenance system Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Fuel consumption is also increased by driving in cold weather in stop and go traffic on short trips and in mountainous areas Drinking and driving A Warning Drinking and driving and or taking drugs and driving are very dangerous combinations Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs can affect your reflexes perceptions and judgment The possibility of a serious or even fatal accident are greatly increased when you drink or take drugs and drive Do not drink or take drugs and drive or allow anyone to drive who has been drinking or taking drugs Pedals A Warning Make sure absolutely no objects are obstructing the pedals range of movement Keep the driver s footwell clear of all 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 210 Version 2 11 8 1 obstacles If there are any floormats or carpets in the footwell make sure that the pedals still have sufficient clearance During sudden driving or braking maneuvers the objects could get caught between the pedals You could then no longer brake or accelerate This could lead to accidents and injury Power assistance A Warning There is no power assistance for the steering and the brake when the engine is not running Steering and braking requires significantly more effort and you could lose control
302. l occupant weight The number of occupants the vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 68 kilograms 150 Ib Occupant distribution The distribution of occupants in a vehicle at their designated seating positions Production options weight The combined weight of those installed regular production options weighing over 5 Ibs 2 3 kilograms in excess of those standard items which they replace not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight including heavy duty brakes ride levelers roof rack heavy duty battery and special trim PSI Pounds per square inch A standard unit of measure for air pressure Recommended tire inflation pressure The recommended tire inflation pressure for normal driving conditions is listed on the Tire and Loading Information placard located on the driver s door B pillar It provides best handling tread life and riding comfort Supplemental information pertaining to special driving situations can be found on the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap Rim A metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 207 Version 2 11 8 1 Tires and wheels Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead TIN Tire Identification Number Unique identifier which facilitates efforts by tire manufacturers to notify purchasers in recall situations or other
303. lable in AMG vehicles gt Press button or CP repeatedly until the AMG menu appears in the 7 o multifunction display ts 2 C Q 4p Fao NANI 20 The main screen ofthe AMG menu shows you the gear currently engaged as well as the engine oil temperature 2 The engine oil temperature flashes if the engine oil temperature has not yet reached 80 C During this time avoid driving at full engine speed If the engine reaches the overspeed range in the manual shift program the menu will be shown in red In addition you will see UP next to gear indicator 1 as a reminder to upshift DD 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Control system Use buttons amp or X7 to select the following functions in the AMG menu Vehicle supply voltage e RACETIMER gt page 114 e Overall analysis gt page 115 page 114 e Lap analysis gt page 115 Vehicle supply voltage gt Press button or EP repeatedly until the AMG menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button 4 repeatedly until the vehicle supply voltage appears in the multifunction display 120 Fao 20 EI 14 0 u O40 f P5f 32 4717 31 Gear indicator Vehicle supply voltage indicator RACETIMER N Warning The RACETIMER feature is only for use on roads and in conditions where high speed driving is perm
304. lay Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions Low The battery has insufficient voltage Voltage gt Start the engine Start Engine Check oil The engine oil has dropped to a critical level level at gt Check the engine oil level gt page 179 and add engine oil next as required gt page 180 refuel ing gt If you must add engine oil frequently have the engine checked for possible leaks If the message Check oil level at next For information on approved engine oils refueling appears while the engine is contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center running and at operating temperature the or visit www mbusa com USA only engine oil level has dropped to approximately the minimum level The message will be stored in the vehicle status message memory after you have cleared it from the multifunction display Visually check for oil leaks If there are no obvious oil leaks drive to the nearest service station to refill your engine oil to the required level H Engine oil level warnings should not be ignored Extended driving with the symbol displayed could result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Practical hints i Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions The fuel level is low gt Refuel at the next gas station ke Reserve The fuel level has dropped below the reserve mark Fuel gt Refuel at the next gas station Gas Cap
305. lbs replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center N Observe Safety notes see page 266 e Only use 12 volt bulbs of the same type and with the specified watt rating e Switch the lights off before changing a bulb to prevent short circuits e Always use a Clean lint free cloth when handling bulbs e Your hands should be dry and free of oil and grease e If the newly installed bulb does not come on contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Mercedes Benz recommends using Longlife LL bulbs A Warning Do not remove the cover for the Bi Xenon headlamp Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the lamp and its components It is recommended to have such work done by a qualified technician Before you start to replace a bulb for a front lamp do the following gt Switch off the ignition gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position o Open the hood gt page 178 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 268 Version 2 11 8 1 P654 00 270531 Housing cover for low beam halogen or Bi Xenon headlamp Housing cover for high beam headlamp high beam flasher bulb and for parking and standing lamp bulb 82 10 5425 31 Bulb socket for turn signal lamp bulb Bulb socket for high beam bulb Bulb socket for parking and standing lamp bulb Bulb socket for low beam bulb Low beam bulb halogen headlamps only gt T
306. lean water and dry with a chamois thoroughly Do not allow cleaning agents to dry on the finish Automatic car wash You can have your vehicle washed in an automatic car wash from the start Brushless car washes are preferable gt To protect the filter system activate the air recirculation mode using button 6 amp 5 on the climate control panel 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 218 Version 2 11 8 1 H Do not clean your vehicle in an automatic touchless car wash which uses caustic spray Caustic spray will damage the paint or ornamental moldings If the vehicle is very dirty prewash it before running it through the automatic car wash Hl Make sure the combination switch is set to wiper setting 0 Otherwise the rain sensor could activate and cause the wipers to move unintentionally This may lead to vehicle damage Due to the width of the vehicle fold in exterior rear view mirrors prior to running the vehicle through an automatic car wash to prevent damage to the mirrors gt When taking the vehicle through an automatic conveyor type car wash Make sure the automatic transmission remains in neutral position N When leaving the automatic car wash make sure the mirrors are folded out After running the vehicle through an automatic car wash wipe any wax off of the windshield and the wiper blade inserts This will prevent smears and reduce wiping noise which can be caused by residu
307. lector lever lock The current gear selector lever position corresponds with the current transmission position The current transmission position P R N or D appears in the multifunction display gt page 103 There are additional indicators on the cover of the shifting gate showing the current gear selector lever position The indicators come on when you insert the SmartKey into the starter switch and go out when you remove the SmartKey from the starter switch The automatic transmission selects individual gears automatically depending on e the selected gear range gt page 104 e the selected program mode C S gt page 105 or 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe M CLS 63 AMG only gt page 107 e the position of the accelerator pedal e the vehicle speed With drive position D selected you can influence transmission shifting by e limiting the gear range e extending the gear range e changing the gears manually CLS 63 AMG only CLS 63 AMG Double clutching is active when downshifting in all program modes Double clutching reduces load alteration effects and supports sporty driving The degree to which you perceive double clutching acoustically varies depending on the selected program mode Transmission positions The current transmission position appears in the multifunction display Transmission position indicator 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 103 Version 2 11 8 1 Automa
308. ll is still possible In this case the emergency call will take priority and override all other active calls The indicator lamp in the respective button flashes until the call is concluded Automatic initiated emergency calls can only be terminated by a Customer Assistance Center representative All other calls can be terminated by pressing button EQ multifunction steering wheel or the respective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND system When a Tele Aid call has been initiated the COMAND system audio is muted The mobile phone is no longer connected to the COMAND system If you must use this phone we recommend that you use it only with the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location on the Destination Download to the COMAND system The components and operating principles ofthe COMAND system can be found in the separate COMAND system operating instructions 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 168 Version 2 11 8 1 Destination Download allows you access to a database of over 10 million points of interest POIs that can be downloaded to your vehicle s navigation system If you know the destination the address can be downloaded or can be provided with points of interests near your location Route guidance You will be prompted to confirm that route guidance to the entered address is to be started gt Select Yes using button or gt on the COMAND syst
309. ll the valve cap gt Repeat this procedure for each tire 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 186 Version 2 11 8 1 Tire pressure loss warning system Canada only While the vehicle is being driven the tire pressure loss warning system monitors the set tire inflation pressures by evaluating each wheel s rotational speed This allows the system to detect a significant loss of pressure in a tire If a wheel s rotational speed changes due to falling tire inflation pressure you will see a corresponding warning message in the multifunction display The tire pressure loss warning system may function in a restricted manner or with a delay e when snow chains are mounted to the vehicle e in the presence of ice and snow e when you are driving on a loose surface e g sand or gravel e when you are driving in a very sporty manner involving rapid acceleration or high speeds in curves e when you are driving with a loaded roof rack or heavily laden vehicle A Warning When the multifunction display shows the message Tire Pressure Check Tires one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper tire inflation pressure as indicated on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard or on the tire inflation pressure label Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire fa
310. lltale always comes on and remains lit for 6 seconds after starting the 2 starting the engine engine The red seatbelt You have forgotten to fasten your seat belt telltale comes Fasten your seat belt on In addition The warning chime stops sounding you hear a warning chime for a maximum of 6 seconds after starting the engine DD 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Practical hints What to do if Problem amp The red seat belt telltale comes on while the vehicle is standing still and the engine is running or while driving amp The red seat belt telltale flashes while driving In addition an intermittent warning chime sounds with increasing intensity 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 254 Version 2 11 8 1 Possible causes consequences and Solutions You and or your front passenger have forgotten to fasten your seat belts gt Fasten your seat belts The seat belt telltale goes out There are items placed on the front passenger seat and therefore the system senses the front passenger seat as being occupied gt Remove the items from the front passenger seat and put them in a safe place The seat belt telltale goes out The vehicle s speed once exceeded 15 mph 25 km h and you and or your front passenger have forgotten to fasten your seat belts gt Fasten your seat belts The seat belt telltale goes out and the warning chime stops
311. loaded vehicle weight The tire inflation pressures listed apply to the tires installed as original equipment 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 184 Version 2 11 8 1 Important notes on tire inflation pressure A Warning If the tire inflation pressure drops repeatedly check the tires for punctures from foreign objects and or whether airis leaking from the valves or from around the rim Tire temperature and tire inflation pressure are also increased while driving depending on the driving speed and the tire load If you will be driving your vehicle at high speeds of 100 mph 160 km h or higher where it is legal and conditions allow consult the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap on how to adjust the cold tire inflation pressure If you do not adjust the tire inflation pressure excessive heat can build up and result in sudden tire failure If you are not sure about the proper tire inflation contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Driving comfort may be reduced when the tire inflation pressure is adjusted to the value for speeds above 100 mph 160 km h as specified on the tire inflation pressure label located on the inside of the fuel filler flap Make sure to readjust the tire inflation pressure for normal driving speeds Supplemental tire inflation pressure information for different loading conditions of the vehicle can be found on the tire inflation pressure label The
312. loyed air bags replaced and to have any malfunctioning air bags repaired This will help to make sure the air bags will continue to provide supplemental crash protection for occupants Safety guidelines for the seat belt Emergency Tensioning Device ETD and air bag N Warning e Damaged seat belts or seat belts that have been subjected to stress in an accident must be replaced Their anchoring points must also be checked Only use seat belts installed or supplied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Air bags and pyrotechnic Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs contain perchlorate material which may require special handling and regard for the environment Check with your local government s disposal guidelines California residents see www dtsc ca gov HazardousWaste Perchlorate index cfm e Air bags and ETDs are designed to function on a one time only basis An air bag or ETD that has deployed must be replaced e Do not pass seat belts over sharp edges They could tear 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 39 Version 2 11 8 1 Occupant safety e Do not make any modification that could change the effectiveness of the seat belts e Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection No modifications of any kind may be made to any components or wiring of the SRS Do no change or remove any component or part of the SRS Do not inst
313. ltifunction display and follow corrective steps gt page 228 Practical hints A N Warning Removing the mechanical key If the pass aineac orr 4 indicator lamp does not illuminate or remains out with the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint or less on the front passenger seat do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired Unlocking locking manually Unlocking the vehicle SmartKey If you cannot unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO unlock the driver s door and the trunk using the mechanical key The anti theft alarm system will trigger when you e unlock the driver s door or the trunk with the mechanical key and e open the driver s door or the trunk iina To cancel the alarm insert the SmartKey into SMaHKEJWIEN KEYLESSEN the starter switch 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Practical hints 3 Unlocking locking manually gt Move locking tab in the direction of arrow gt Slide mechanical key 2 out of the housing Unlocking the driver s door gt Insert mechanical key 2 into the driver s door lock gt Turn mechanical key 2 counterclockwise to position 1 up The driver s door is unlocked gt Pull the door handle to open the driver s door gt Turn mechanical key 2 back and remove it from the driver s door lock until the locking
314. ly use washer fluid which is suitable for plastic lenses Improper washer fluid can damage the plastic lenses of the headlamps H Do not use distilled or deionized water in the washer fluid reservoir Otherwise the washer fluid level sensor could be damaged Fluid for the washer system and the headlamp cleaning system is supplied from the washer fluid reservoir During all seasons use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate MB SummerFit Mix it with water or premixed washer solvent antifreeze depending on the ambient temperature gt page 302 DD Operation 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 182 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Tires and wheels The brake fluid level is correct when it is between lower mark MIN and upper mark MAX of the brake fluid reservoir Tires and wheels Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for information on tested and recommended rims and tires for summer and winter gt Opening washer fluid reservoir Pull tab operation They can also offer advice Operation a of cap upwards concerning tire service and purchase gt Refill the washer fluid reservoir N Warning gt Closing washer fluid reservoir Press Replace rims or tires with the same cap onto filler hole until it engages designation manufacturer and type as shown For more information see Washer system on the original part For further information and headlamp cleaning system
315. martKey in the starter switch to position 3 gt page 76 and release it The engine starts automatically With KEYLESS GO Z Warning As long as the SmartKey is in your vehicle the vehicle can be started Therefore never leave children unattended in the vehicle as they could otherwise accidentally start the engine When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail 7 Driving and parking You can start your vehicle without the SmartKey in the starter switch using the KEYLESS GO start stop button The SmartKey must be located in the vehicle KEYLESS GO start stop button USA only Canada only gt Depress the brake pedal during the starting procedure gt Do not depress the accelerator pedal Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once The engine starts automatically Starting difficulties Hi Remember that extended starting attempts can drain the battery The engine does not start You can hear the starter There could be a malfunction in the engine electronics or in the fuel supply system Carry out the following steps gt If you are starting the engine with the SmartKey Turn the SmartKey in the starter 2009
316. matic transmission into neutral position N gt Push sliding knob to the right and hold 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 163 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Useful features gt Grab and remove ashtray insert from If the engine is off and the cigarette lighter is ashtray frame being used extensively the vehicle battery gt Reinstalling ashtray insert Push the may become discharged ashtray insert back into the frame until it gt Open the cover gt page 162 engages gt Closing Push down cover Q Rear door ashtray Controls in detail N gt Switch on the ignition gt Push in cigarette lighter D Cigarette lighter Q will pop out automatically when hot gt Opening Press the top of ashtray 2 gt Take out cigarette lighter 4 briefly gt Reinsert cigarette lighter Q in its socket gt Removing ashtray insert Pull ashtray after use release 1 in direction of arrow gt Remove ashtray insert upwards from ashtray frame gt Reinstalling ashtray insert Push ashtray J Make sure no fluids come into contact insert back into ashtray frame until it with the power outlet as this could cause engages a short circuit gt Closing Push the top of ashtra e j e Make sure the override switch is not activated The power outlet in the rear center console will not function if the override switch is activated Observe Safety notes see page 52 The po
317. matically This will involve shifting down one or more gears 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 107 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Automatic transmission _ Manual shift program shifting is switched off The gear range is Era TEE j f i not limited The manual shift program is available on CLS 63 AMG only You can change the gears manually with drive position D selected You can upshift or Manual program mode M differs with regard downshift through the gears in succession to spontaneity response time and shifting smoothness from automatic program mode Manual program mode M will not be m S stored When the engine is turned off with In manual program mode M system manual program mode M selected the controlled automatic gearshifting is switched automatic transmission will go to D off You need to change the gears by manually automatic program mode C when the ka upshifting or downshifting using the gear engine is restarted selector lever or the steering wheel gearshift Lv control Upshifting H in manual program mode M the 5 automatic transmission will not upshift even ifthe engine has reached its overrevving range Shift up into the next gear before the engine has reached its overrevving range Make absolutely certain that the engine speed does not reach the red marking on the tachometer Otherwise the engine could be damaged which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited
318. menu The running fastest lap is indicated by flashing The timer stops K aR Press the reset button in the instrument cluster twice gt page 109 A 00 12 ss gt Press button The timer starts The saved laps are ae sat N Pa 20 sims 140 Overall analysis 409 Lap number This function is only available if you have Lap time saved at least one lap and have stopped the RACETIMER gt Press button EH or LP repeatedly until the AMG menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button 4 or X to see other lap gt Press button 4 repeatedly until the analyses overall analysis appears in the multifunction display Maximum speed during lap Lap length Average speed during lap 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail u Control system Audio DVD menu The functions in the Audio DVD menu operate the audio or video equipment which you have currently switched on The following functions are available e Selecting radio station gt page 116 e Operating audio devices audio media gt page 116 e Operating video DVD gt page 117 If no audio equipment is currently switched on the message AUDIO Off appears in the multifunction display Selecting radio station The SIRIUS XM Satellite Radio is treated as a radio application Additional optional satellite radio equipment and a subscrip
319. mple by running over an obstacle road debris or a pothole If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride disturbance or you suspect that damage to your vehicle as occurred e turn on your hazard warning flashers e slow down carefully e drive with caution to an area which is a safe distance from the road Inspect the vehicle underbody and tires wheels for possible damage If the vehicle appears unsafe have it towed to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or other qualified maintenance or repair facility for further inspection or repairs 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Introduction Proper use of the vehicle Proper use of the vehicle requires that you are familiar with the following information and rules e the safety precautions in this manual e the Technical data section in this manual e traffic rules and regulations e motor vehicle laws and safety standards N Warning Various warning labels are attached to your vehicle These warning labels are intended to make you and others aware of various risks Do not remove any of these warning labels unless explicitly instructed to do so by information on the label itself Removing warning labels may cause you and others to be unaware of certain risks which may result in an accident and or personal injury Problems with your vehicle If you should experience a problem with your vehicle particularly one that you believe may affect its safe operati
320. n shoulder belt across chest and shoulder not face or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper seat belt positioning for children over 41 Ib 18 kg until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt fits properly without a booster When the child restraint is not in use remove it from the vehicle or secure it with the seat belt to prevent the child restraint from becoming a projectile in the event of an accident Installation of infant and child restraint systems N Observe Safety notes see page 52 This vehicle is equipped with tether anchorages for a top tether strap at each of the rear seating positions 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 55 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Occupant safety Top tether straps enable an additional Once hook 3 is attached the child restraint connection to be made between child itself can be secured restraint systems secured with LATCH type ISOFIX anchors and rear seats This can further reduce the risk of injury gt Install the child restraint system and tighten top tether strap 4 according to the child restraint manufacturer s instructions After removing the child restraint system and top tether strap gt Reinstall anchorage ring cover A Child seat anchors LATCH type ISOFIX N Observe Safety notes see page 52 A Warning Children too big for a toddler restraint must ride in seats using regular seat belts Posit
321. n US d2ureepe Practical hints Jump starting battery yourself follow the operating instructions for your charging device Only use a battery charge unit with a maximum charging voltage of 14 8 V Charge battery in accordance with the instructions of the battery charger manufacturer A Warning Failure to follow these directions will cause damage to the electronic components and can lead to a battery explosion and severe injury or death Never lean over batteries while connecting or jump starting You might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc Attempting to jump start a frozen battery can result in it exploding causing personal injury Read all instructions before proceeding H Do not tow start the vehicle You could otherwise seriously damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H Jump starting should only be performed using the jump start terminals located in the engine compartment Avoid repeated and lengthy starting attempts Do not attempt to start the engine using a battery quick charge unit 2009
322. n a cold engine at high engine speeds Running a cold engine at high engine speeds may shorten the service life of the engine This is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty CLS 63 AMG At engine temperatures below 68 F 20 C the engine s maximum speed is restricted in order to protect it from damage Avoid driving your vehicle at full speed when the engine is cold to prevent premature engine wear and or diminished comfort H If an acoustic warning sounds and the message Release Parking Brake appears in the multifunction display when driving off you have forgotten to release the parking brake Release the parking brake H Avoid spinning of a drive wheel This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H Simultaneously depressing the accelerator pedal and applying the brakes reduces engine performance and causes premature brake and drivetrain wear which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Once the vehicle is in motion the automatic central locking function engages and the locking knobs in the doors move down The automatic central locking function can be switched off gt page 123 Automatic transmission N Warning It is dangerous to shift the automatic transmission out of park position P or neutral position N if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle coul
323. n after driving on wet or salt covered roads it is advisable to brake the vehicle with considerable force prior to parking The heat generated serves to dry the brakes Salt covered roads N Warning A layer of salt on the brake discs and the brake linings may cause a delay in the braking effect resulting in a significantly increased braking distance which could lead to an accident To avoid this danger you should e occasionally brake carefully when you are driving on salt covered roads so that any layer of salt that may have built up on the brake discs and the brake linings is 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 211 Version 2 11 8 1 Driving instructions removed without putting other road users at risk e maintain a greater distance to the vehicle ahead and drive with particular care e carefully apply the brakes at the end of a trip and immediately after commencing a new trip so that salt residues are removed from the brake disc Brake service H The brake fluid level in the reservoir may be too low if the brake warning lamp in the instrument cluster comes on and an acoustic warning sounds although the parking brake is released Observe additional messages in the multifunction display that may appear Brake pad wear or a leak in the system may be the reason for low brake fluid in the reservoir Have the brake system inspected immediately Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center All checks and serv
324. n parts of the vehicle e be seriously or fatally injured through excessive exposure to extreme heat or cold e injure themselves or cause an accident with vehicle equipment that can be operated even if the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch or removed from the vehicle such as seat adjustment steering wheel adjustment or the memory function If children open a door they could injure other persons or get out of the vehicle and injure themselves or be injured by following traffic Do not expose the child restraint system to direct sunlight The child restraint system s metal parts for example could become very hot and the child could be burned by these parts N Warning Do not carry heavy or hard objects in the passenger compartment unless they are firmly secured in place Unsecured or improperly positioned cargo increases a child s risk of injury in the event of e strong braking maneuvers e sudden changes of direction e an accident 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Infant and child restraint systems Observe Safety notes see page 52 We recommend all infants and children be properly restrained at all times while the vehicle is in motion Alllap shoulder belts except the driver s seat belt have special seat belt retractors for secure fastening of child restraints To fasten a child restraint follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for mounting To activate the special se
325. n the multifunction display The calculated remaining driving range based on the current fuel tank level appears in the multifunction display If only very little fuel is left in the tank a vehicle at the fuel pump appears instead of the remaining driving range Ko 120 20 163M1 140 k 32 5958 31 Telephone menu Z Warning A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For DD Controls in detail Fl 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 126 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Control system your safety and the safety of others we A recommend that you pull over to a safe 40 120 location and stop before placing or taking a o TEL Ea telephone call If you choose to use the j telephone while driving please use the hands _ 20 Call From 140 al free device and only use the telephone when Unknown 12 0020 31 weather road and traffic conditions permit Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from gt Press button using a mobile phone while driving a vehicle You have answered the call Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is Ending a call or rejecting an incoming covering a distance of 44 feet approximately call 14 m every second gt Press button e You can connect your telephone to the COMAND system via Bluetooth see separate C
326. n traffic and road conditions permit it to be done safely Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximately 14 m every second The control system relays information to the multifunction display The displays in the multifunction display and the settings in the control system are controlled by using the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel Multifunction display Press button to select submenus in the Settings menu to set values to operate the RACETIMER to set the volume 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 111 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Control system It is helpful to think of the menus and the functions within each menu as being Press button e to answer a call arranged in a circular pattern to dial gt Press button or EP repeatedly to toredial pass through each menu one after the amp I to end a call other to reject an incoming call gt Press button X or 4 repeatedly to pass through each function display one Press button after the other in the current menu Controls in detail H toselectnextorpreviousmenu In the Settings menu instead of functions CF you will find a number of submenus for calling up and changing settings For instructions on Press button briefly using these
327. n without the engine being restarted when e dirt on the radiator grille has fallen off while driving e g slush or snow e the system recognizes full sensor availability due to lessening rain or the road surface drying e the message in the multifunction display disappears e the speed last stored flashes in the display for 5 seconds You can then operate Distronic as usual again DISTRONIC Currently Distronic is deactivated because the functionality is impaired Unavailabl by external interferences e g high frequency sources such e as toll stations speed measuring systems etc See Operator s Manua gt Leave the area of the external interference gt Activate Distronic again gt page 133 when the message in the multifunction display disappears Distronic is deactivated because the Distronic sensor has not sensed any other vehicles or objects e g road sign or such for a long time gt Activate Distronic again gt page 133 when the message in the multifunction display disappears A Warning the system is able to detect a dirty sensor The Distronic cannot take weather conditions into message DISTRONIC Currently account Switch off Distronic or do not turn it Unavailable See Operator s Manual will on if the sensor is dirty or visibility is be displayed in the multifunction display and diminished as a result of snow rain or fog The Distronic will be turned off distance control may be impaired even before
328. nce Booklet at the times called for by the maintenance service indicator Failure to have the vehicle maintained in accordance with the Maintenance Booklet and maintenance service indicator at the designated times mileage will result in vehicle damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Information on maintenance work and maintenance intervals are specified in the Maintenance Booklet Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only for additional information The maintenance service indicator message will notify you when the next maintenance service is required Starting approximately 1 month before the next maintenance service is required one of the following messages will appear in the multifunction display The messages will appear while you are driving or when you switch on the ignition example service A Service A Due In XXXX Miles Km 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 214 Version 2 11 8 1 Service A Due In XX Days Service A Due In X Day Service A Due Now Fao Pa ae Due In 233 Mies 140 Refer to Maintenance Booklet for a listing of maintenance services and intervals they need to be performed at 20 Clearing the maintenance service indicator message The maintenance service indicator message is cleared automatically e after approximately 10 seconds when you switch on the ignition e after approximately 10 seconds when reaching the service thre
329. nction display Lighting Cannot be completely reset to factory settings while driving Switching locator lighting on or off With the locator lighting feature activated and the exterior lamp switch in position auto the following lamps will come on during darkness when the vehicle is unlocked using button o on the SmartKey e Parking lamps e Tail lamps e License plate lamps DD Controls in detail 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Control system e Side marker lamps e Front fog lamps The locator lighting goes out when the driver s door is opened If you do not open the driver s door after unlocking the vehicle with the SmartKey the lamps will go out automatically after approximately 40 seconds gt Press button or CF repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button 4 Move the selection marker with button or to the Lighting submenu gt Press button 4 or 7 repeatedly until the message Surround Light Function appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting gt Press button to switch the locator lighting function On or Off gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position auto when exiting the vehicle The locator lighting feature is activated
330. nditions Do not use the Distronic during conditions of fog heavy rain snow or sleet N Warning The Distronic cannot take weather conditions into account Switch off the Distronic or do not switch it on if e roads are slippery or covered with snow or ice The wheels could lose traction while braking or accelerating and the vehicle could skid e the Distronic system sensor cover is dirty or visibility is diminished due to snow rain or fog for example The distance control system functionality could be impaired Always pay attention to surrounding traffic conditions even while the Distronic is switched on Otherwise you may not be able to recognize dangerous situations until it is too late This could cause an accident in which you and or others could be injured N Warning The Resume function should only be operated if the driver is fully aware of the previously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed A Warning Close attention to road and traffic conditions is imperative at all times regardless of whether or not the Distronic is activated Use of the Distronic can be dangerous on winding roads or in heavy traffic because conditions do not allow safe driving at a constant speed The Distronic will not react to stationary objects in the roadway e g a stopped vehicle in a traffic jam or a disabled vehicle The 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 131 d2ureepe Ve
331. near pulleys fans or other parts that move when an engine is started or running e Should the battery be drained completely let the donating power source charge the 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 281 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Towing the vehicle vehicle for several minutes before Engage the parking brake reattempting the starting process gt Make sure the automatic transmission is in The battery is located in the trunk underneath park position P the luggage box gt page 227 gt Open the trunk gt Make sure the two vehicles do not touch gt Switch off all electrical consumers Practical hints Position represents the charged battery of Start engine of the vehicle with the another vehicle or an equivalent starter pack discharged battery and run at idle speed gt Remove cover from battery positive You can now turn on the electrical terminal consumers Do not switch on the headlamps under any circumstances H Never invert the terminal connections gt Remove the jumper cables from negative gt Connect positive terminal Q of charged u Sa ne o battery 5 with positive terminal 2 with a E Remove the jumper cables from positive jumper cable Clamp the cable to positive terminals and terminal Q of charged battery first You can now switch on the headlamps gt Start engine of the vehicle with charged Have the battery Checked at the nearest battery an
332. nformation placard Data shown on Tire and Loading Information placard example are for illustration purposes only Load limit data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the following illustration Refer to Tire and Loading Information placard on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle Ve eg DDE he em wid m nun Me man Drafn oo oat mn Manse COE ten DO D P40 09 2131 21 The Tire and Loading Information placard showing load limit information 1 is located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 193 gt Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kilograms or XXX Ibs on the Tire and Loading Information placard The combined weight of all occupants cargo luggage and trailer tongue load if applicable should never exceed the weight referenced in that statement Seating capacity Data shown on Tire and Loading Information placard example are for illustration purposes only Seating capacity data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the following illustration Refer to Tire and Loading Information placard on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 194 Version 2 11 8 1 P40 00 2132 31 The seating capacity gives you important information on the number of occupants that can be in the vehicle Observe front and rear seating capacity The Tire and Loadin
333. ning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Your vehicle is equipped with the Tire and Loading Information placard located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 193 The tire inflation pressure should be checked regularly Only adjust the tire inflation pressure on cold tires The tires can be considered cold if the vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km Depending on the ambient temperature the driving speed and the tire load the tire temperature changes When the tire temperature changes by 18 F 10 C the tire inflation pressure will change by approximately 1 5 psi 0 1 bar Keep this in mind when checking tire inflation pressure
334. ning torque checked after changing a wheel The wheels could come loose if they are not tightened to a torque of 96 Ib ft 130 Nm gt Fully collapse the jack with handle folded in storage position see gt page 225 gt Store the jack and the other vehicle tools in the designated storage space gt Wrap the damaged wheel in the protective wrap that comes with the spare wheel and put the wheel in the trunk You can also place the damaged wheel down into the spare wheel well In this case you must store the luggage bowl in the trunk For information on storing the spare wheel after it has been replaced by a regular road wheel see gt page 226 Vehicles with TPMS or Advanced TPMS Do not restart the tire inflation pressure monitor until a full size wheel tire with functioning sensor has been placed back into service on the vehicle MOExtended system The MOExtended system allows you to continue driving your vehicle even if there is a total loss of pressure in one or more tires You may only use the MOExtended system in conjunction with the tire pressure loss warning system gt page 186 the TPMS gt page 188 or the Advanced TPMS gt page 190 The maximum distance in emergency mode depends on the vehicle s load It is 50 miles 80 km if the vehicle is partially loaded and 18 miles 30 km if the vehicle is fully loaded The point at which the maximum driving 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 2
335. nn Air bags Distance warning function 137 Emergency calls Tele Aid 165 NECK PRO active front head restraints cesueces ssaseveteecst Suucesseteescnetie 50 Active Bi Xenon headlamps see Headlamps Adaptive Brake a 59 Additives Engine ll 2 298 Gasoline s Address change ur 20 Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System Advanced T PMS u een 190 Messages in the multifunction display zusehen 236 250 Air bags eneikcneissinnen 37 Emergency call upon deployment 165 Front driver and passenger 40 Front passenger front air bag off indicator laMP 452 2 41 260 Knee Dag 0 40 Messages in the multifunction display u 230 OCS Occupant Classification SYSTEM sure eE EEEE 41 Safety guidelines lt i 39 SIGE MMP AGC vcssescacessceshcesstecensssesusseree 41 Window curtain 0 00 eeeeeeteeeerteeeeeeee 41 Air conditioning refrigerant and lubricant ucesesessesessien 298 Air distribution e 149 Ain Titer our 246 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 4 Version 2 11 8 1 AIRMATIC DC Dual Control ADS Adaptive Damping System 137 INtKOGUCTION A wirdivexecnsnivece eines 137 Messages in the multifunction GISDIAY con setessdessas cesatevietessnesteaseseneses 240 Vehicle level control 138 Air pressure see Tire inflation pressure Air pressure tires
336. nning there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the vehicle Adapt your driving accordingly H Avoid pulling the vehicle abruptly or diagonally since it could result in damage to the chassis alignment H Do not use the towing eye bolt for recovery as this could damage the vehicle If in doubt recover the vehicle with a crane 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 282 Version 2 11 8 1 If the battery is disconnected or discharged e the SmartKey will not turn in the starter switch e the automatic transmission will remain in park position P For more information see Battery gt page 278 or Jump starting gt page 280 For information on manually unlocking the gear selector lever see gt page 263 Depending on whether you are towing a vehicle or you are being towed the towing eye bolt can be screwed into threaded holes which are located behind covers on each bumper The towing eye bolt is supplied with the vehicle tool kit located underneath the trunk floor gt page 224 gt Take the vehicle tool kit out of the trunk Removing cover in front bumper POS 20 3257 31 gt Press mark on cover 1 as indicated by the arrow gt Lift cover off to reveal the threaded hole for the towing eye bolt 219_AKB 4 54 en US 20
337. not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty You can also open or close the tilt sliding sunroof using the SmartKey or the KEYLESS GO function see Summer opening feature gt page 96 and Convenience closing feature gt page 96 After switching off the ignition or removing the SmartKey from the starter switch you can operate the tilt sliding sunroof until you open the driver s or front passenger door If no door was opened you can operate the tilt sliding sunroof for up to 5 minutes P7720 2728 21 Sunroof switch Raising Opening Closing 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe With the sunroof closed or raised you can slide the sunroof screen forward and back Sunroof screen gt Switch on the ignition Opening Opening manually Press and hold the sunroof switch to the resistance point in direction of arrow 2 gt Release the sunroof switch when the desired position is reached gt Express operation To open the tilt sliding sunroof completely press the sunroof switch past the resistance point in direction of arrow and release gt Stopping during express operation Move the sunroof switch in any direction Express opening is not available when the tilt sliding sunroof is raised The tilt sliding sunroof must be closed first When the tilt sliding sunroof is open resonance noises may result in addition to the usual wind noises They are caused by min
338. nskkenn 149 Air recirculation mode 150 Ar volume 149 Automatic mode 146 Deactivating system seeen 145 Front defroster c ccccccessseeeeees 149 Maximum cooling MAX COOL 150 Residual heat and ventilation 151 Temperature 147 Gl ckner een 28 GOckpik u ee 27 Cold tire inflation pressure 206 Collapsible tire spare wheel 296 Collapsible wheel chock 225 COMAND system see separate COMAND system operating instructions Combination switch Control system eee eee ee Multifunction display eee Multifunction steering wheel Resetting to factory settings Control system menus AMG zuende m Audio DVB sissit Distr nie un aannsaktnseniete INAVISALION aseesssstsisensssaheeiesstenen Settings iscissi Standard display u Teleph ne 0 s 0 Trip computer Vehicle status message memory Control system submenus CONVENIENCE uanessseeeeneneennnnnnnnnen Instrument cluster en Lighting AT 110 CVERTEEPFERUERRPEFERTEIFETERFPRIPFEIERFERN Convenience submenu Easy entry exit feature 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 6 Version 2 11 8 1 Coolant Anticorrosion antifreeze 301 CAP AGIOS vx sscedas cove reanivacheees edeevcatse gt 297 Checking level 2scccessrseseseees 180 Messages in the m
339. nt Exterior rear view mirror parking position To assist during parking maneuvers you can set the passenger side exterior rear view mirror so that you can see the rear wheel and the road curb Setting and storing the parking position gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button to select the passenger side exterior rear view mirror 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 85 Version 2 11 8 1 Memory function gt Shift the automatic transmission into reverse gear R The passenger side exterior rear view mirror moves to the preset parking position gt Adjust the passenger side exterior rear view mirror with adjustment button so that you see the rear wheel and the road curb gt Press memory button M and within 3 seconds press one of the arrows of adjustment button 2 The parking position is stored if the exterior rear view mirror does not move Calling up the parking position gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button to select the passenger side exterior rear view mirror gt Shift the automatic transmission into reverse gear R The passenger side exterior rear view mirror moves to the stored parking position The passenger side exterior rear view mirror returns to its previously stored driving position e 10 seconds after you have put the gear selector lever out of reverse gear R e immediately once your vehicle exceeds a speed of approximately 6 mph 10 km h
340. ntrol represent the following functions 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 149 Version 2 11 8 1 Climate control system Function Directs air through the center side and defroster air vents to the windshield and front door windows Directs air through the center and side air vents Directs air into the entire vehicle interior Directs air through the center and side air vents and to the footwells gt Turn air distribution control or gt page 143 to the desired symbol You can also turn the air distribution control to a position between two symbols gt Decreasing increasing Press button g or 8 You can use this setting to defrost the windshield for example if it is iced up You can also defog the windshield and the front door windows Keep this setting selected only until the windshield or the front door windows are clear again gt Activating Press button q The indicator lamp in the button comes on The climate control switches to the following functions automatically e cooling on to dehumidify e most efficient blower speed and heating power depending on outside temperature DD Controls in detail 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail E Climate control system e air flows onto the windshield and the front door windows e the air recirculation mode is switched off You can adjust the air volume
341. nts of operating agents see Fuels coolants lubricants etc gt page 296 Check the following e Engine oil level gt page 179 e Tire inflation pressure gt page 185 e Coolant level gt page 180 gt Turn off the engine e Vehicle lighting gt page 266 DD 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Operation a Engine compartment e Washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 181 e Brake fluid gt page 182 Engine compartment N Warning Do not pull the release lever while the vehicle is in motion Otherwise the hood could be forced open by passing air flow This could cause the hood to come loose and injure you and or others Opening A Warning If you see flames or smoke coming from the engine compartment or if the coolant temperature indicator indicates that the engine is overheated do not open the hood Move away from vehicle and do not open the hood until the engine has cooled If necessary call the fire department A Warning You could be injured when the hood is open even when the engine is turned off Parts of the engine can become very hot To prevent burns let the engine cool completely before touching any components on the vehicle Comply with all relevant safety precautions A Warning To help prevent personal injury stay clear of moving parts when the hood is open and the engine is running The radiator fan may continue to run for approximately 30
342. nyone being harmed by the closing procedure press and hold button Vehicles with KEYLESS GO e Release the lock button on the outside door handle to stop the closing procedure e Immediately pull on the same outside door handle and hold firmly The door windows and the tilt sliding sunroof will open for as long as the door handle is held but the door not opened With SmartKey The SmartKey must be in close proximity to the driver s outside door handle gt Aim transmitter eye of the SmartKey at the driver s outside door handle gt Press and hold button on the SmartKey until the door windows and the tilt sliding sunroof are closed completely With KEYLESS GO The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be located outside the vehicle within approximately 3 ft 1 m of a door gt Close all doors Press and hold the lock button on an outside door handle gt page 69 until the door windows and the tilt sliding sunroof are closed completely gt Release the lock button on the outside door handle to interrupt the closing procedure Driving and parking Safety notes N Warning Make sure absolutely no objects are obstructing the pedals range of movement Keep the driver s footwell clear of all obstacles If there are any floormats or 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 97 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Driving and parking carpets in the footwell make sur
343. nz Center Top Up The coolant level is too low Coolant gt Add coolant gt page 180 ee gt If you have to add coolant frequently have the cooling system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Z Warning Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burn if it comes into contact with hot engine parts You could be seriously burned H Do not ignore the low engine coolant level warning Extended driving with the message and symbol displayed may cause serious engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Do not drive without sufficient amount of coolant in the cooling system The engine will overheat causing major engine damage DD Practical hints 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 244 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and P Solutions E Coolant The coolant is too hot Stop gt Stop the vehicle immediately as soon as it is safe to do so ae gt Turn off the engine immediately engine Engage the parking brake off gt Only start the engine again after the message disappears You could otherwise damage the engine gt Observe the coolant temperature indicator in the instrument cluster gt If the temperature rises again Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately During severe operation conditions and
344. off apply as little throttle as possible gt While driving ease up on the accelerator pedal gt Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road and weather conditions gt Do not deactivate the ESP Exceptions gt page 60 Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident Practical hints 5 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe What to do if 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 256 Version 2 11 8 1 Practical hints Driving systems Problem LA The red distance warning lamp comes on while driving and an acoustic warning sounds Vehicle Problem D The yellow fuel tank reserve warning lamp comes on when the engine is running Possible causes consequences and Solutions You are gaining too rapidly on the vehicle ahead of you or the distance warning system has recognized a stationary obstacle on your probable line of travel gt Apply the brakes immediately gt Carefully observe the traffic situation You may need to brake or maneuver to avoid hitting an obstacle Possible causes consequences and Solutions The fuel level has gone below the reserve mark gt Refuel at the next gas station 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Engine Problem ek USA only 4 Canada only The yellow engine malfunction indicator lamp comes on when the engine is running WA USA only 4 Canada only The yellow engine malfun
345. ol kit is located in the space underneath the trunk floor 13 Vehicles with spare wheel only 14 Vehicles with spare wheel with collapsible tire only Vehicles without spare wheel are not factory equipped with the tools required for a wheel change such as a jack or a wheel wrench Some tools required for a wheel change are specific to your vehicle Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to obtain the tools approved for your vehicle The vehicle tool kit includes Alignment bolt Collapsible wheel chock 3 e Electric air pump Jack 3 e Pair of universal pliers e Towing eye bolt e Valve extractor e Wheel wrench gt Removing Open the trunk gt page 71 gt Lift the trunk floor using the floor handle gt Engage the floor handle on the upper trunk lip H To prevent damage always disengage the floor handle from the upper trunk lip and lower the trunk floor before closing the trunk Remove the luggage box if so equipped gt page 227 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 225 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Where will I find Jack N Warning Only use the jack supplied with your vehicle to lift the vehicle briefly for wheel changes If you use the jack for any other purpose you or others could be injured as the jack is designed only for the purpose of changing a wheel When using the jack observe the safety notes in the Mounting the spare wheel
346. olding the steering wheel e Adjust the seat to a comfortable seating position that still allows you to reach the accelerator brake pedal safely The position should be as far back as possible with the driver still able to operate the controls properly e Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible The center of the head restraint must support the back of the head at eye level e Never place hands under the seat or near any moving parts while a seat is being adjusted Failure to do so could result in an accident and or serious personal injury A Warning The power seats can be operated at any time Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury N Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child For additional information see Children in the vehicle A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increa
347. om your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle gt page 197 The following table shows examples on how to calculate total and cargo load capacities with varying seating configurations and number and size of occupants The following examples use a load limit of 1500 Ibs This is for illustration purposes only Make sure you are using the actual load limit for your vehicle stated on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard gt page 194 Operation u DD 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Operation Tires and wheels Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 The higher the weight of all occupants the less cargo and luggage load capacity is available For more information see Trailer tongue Combined weight limit of occupants and cargo from Tire and Loading Information placard Number of occupants driver and passengers Seating configuration Occupants weight Combined weight of all occupants Available cargo luggage and trailer tongue weight total load limit from Tire and Loading Information placard minus combined weight of all occupants load gt page 197 Example 1 1500 Ibs Example 1 front 2 rear 3 Occupant 1 150 Ibs Occupant 2 180 Ibs Occupant 3 160 Ibs Occupant 4 140 Ibs Occupant 5 120 lbs 750 Ibs Example 1 1500 Ibs 750 l
348. on we urge you to contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the problem diagnosed and corrected if required If the matter is not handled to your satisfaction please discuss the problem with the Mercedes Benz Center management or if necessary contact us at one of the following addresses In the USA Customer Assistance Center Mercedes Benz USA LLC One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Customer Relations Department Mercedes Benz Canada Inc 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 22 Version 2 11 8 1 Reporting safety defects For the USA only The following text is published as required of manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 Reporting safety defects If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Mercedes Benz USA LLC If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Mercedes Benz USA LLC To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle
349. on of a malfunction When you unlock the vehicle in the meantime venting will be interrupted If the vehicle battery is low automatic evaporator venting will not occur in order to preserve the battery Automatic mode When operating the climate control system in automatic mode the interior air temperature air volume and air distribution are adjusted automatically In automatic mode cooling with dehumidification is switched on This function can be switched off if necessary A Warning If you deactivate the air conditioning the vehicle will not be cooled when weather conditions are warm The windows can fog up more quickly Window fogging may impair visibility and endanger you and others gt Set the desired temperature gt page 147 gt Activating Press one button The indicator lamp in the button comes on AUTO appears in display gt page 143 The air volume and air distribution are adjusted automatically AUTO gt Deactivating Press button or AUTO disappears in display The automatic function for air volume is switched off and air volume is controlled according to the desired setting The 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 147 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Climate control system automatic air distribution remains Rear zones switched on or gt Turn air distribution control or gt page 143 on each side of the passeng
350. on that is as upright as possible Check your seat belt during travel to make sure it is properly positioned Never place your feet on the instrument panel dashboard or on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat When using a seat belt to secure infant restraints toddler restraints or children in booster seats always follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions A Warning Do not pass seat belts over sharp edges They could tear 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 47 Version 2 11 8 1 Occupant safety Do not allow the seat belt to get caught in the door or in the seat adjustment mechanism This could damage the seat belt Never attempt to make modifications to seat belts This could impair the effectiveness of the seat belts Fastening the seat belts A Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child For additional information see Children in the vehicle A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are n
351. onger exists and an accident has been avoided the seat belt pre tensioning is deactivated All of the PRE SAFE system settings can be re adjusted following the critical driving event If the seat belts do not release gt Adjust the seat backrest or seat slightly to the rear until the seat belt tension is reduced The locking mechanism releases H When moving the seats make sure there are no items in the footwell or behind the seats Otherwise you could damage the seats and or the items 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 50 Version 2 11 8 1 NECK PRO active front head restraints The NECK PRO active front head restraints are intended to offer the driver and front passenger increased protection from whiplash type injuries In the event of a rear end collision the NECK PRO active front head restraints on the front seats are designed to move forward in the direction of travel They thus provide the head with increased support earlier on in the collision sequence The NECK PRO active front head restraints will move forward whether the seats are occupied or not Z Warning Do not attach any objects e g hangers to the head restraint posts Otherwise the NECK PRO active front head restraints may not be able to function properly or offer the intended degree of protection they were designed for in the event of a rear end collision A Warning Only use seat or head restraint covers which have been tested and
352. ons appear in the multifunction display e With the COMAND system switched on but route guidance not activated the direction of travel and if applicable the name of the street currently traveled on appear in the multifunction display 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail E Control system Press button or EP repeatedly until the Vehicle status message memory menu appears in the multifunction display If conditions have occurred causing status messages to be recorded the number of messages appears in the multifunction display Ko 120 140 2 Messages 20 4724 310 gt Press button 4 or W The stored messages will now be displayed in the order in which they have occurred For malfunction and warning messages see Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display gt page 228 Should the vehicle s system record any conditions while driving the number of messages will reappear in the multifunction display when the SmartKey in the starter switch is turned to position 0 or removed from the starter switch With KEYLESS GO the number of messages will reappear when you turn off the engine by pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button and open the driver s door Except for high priority messages the vehicle status message memory will be cleared when you switch off the ignition Settings menu Introduction In the Settings menu there are two
353. op button in position 1 When the current position for the steering Ea 7 wheel is in the uppermost tilt position the _Easy entry exit feature steering wheel will no longer be able to This feature allows the driver an easier entry move upward when the easy entry exit into and exit from the vehicle When entering feature is activated and exiting the vehicle the steering wheel is The adjustment procedure is briefly in its uppermost position interrupted when the engine is started The easy entry exit feature can be activated en or deactivated in the Convenience submenu A Warning Controls in detail of the control system gt page 124 Let the system complete the adjustment procedure before setting the vehicle in A Warning motion All steering wheel adjustment must You must make sure no one can become be completed before setting the vehicle in trapped or injured by the moving steering motion Driving off with the steering wheel wheel when the easy entry exit feature is still adjusting could cause the driver to lose activated control of the vehicle To stop steering wheel movement move steering wheel adjustment stalk or press one Crash responsive exit aid of the memory position buttons Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could open the driver s door and unintentionally activate the easy entry exit feature which could result in an accident When yo
354. or Advanced TPMS checked at an Sensors authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Have the appropriate wheel sensors installed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 237 Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Tire Wheel Pres Sensor Monitor Missing Tire Currently Pressure Unavai labl Monitor e Please correct the tire pressure Caution Tire Pressure Tire Defect Possible causes consequences and P Solutions Vehicles with Advanced TPMS Canada only At least one sensor is defect e g battery is empty The respective tire is indicated by instead of the tire inflation pressure in the multifunction display gt Have the Advanced TPMS checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Have the wheel sensors installed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center At least one wheel without appropriate wheel sensors is mounted e g spare wheel The respective tire is indicated by instead of the tire inflation pressure in the multifunction display Have the Advanced TPMS checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Have the wheel sensors installed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The TPMS USA only or Advanced TPMS Canada only cannot monitor the tire inflation pressure due to a nearby radio interference source or insufficient power supply As soon as the cau
355. or open gt Close all doors A SmartKey with KEYLESS GO left in the vehicle was recognized while trying to lock the vehicle from the outside gt Take the SmartKey out of the vehicle This message appears for a maximum of 60 seconds if the driver s door is opened with the engine turned off and no SmartKey in the starter switch This message is only a reminder gt Take the SmartKey with you when leaving the vehicle You have forgotten to remove the SmartKey gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch The SmartKey is malfunctioning gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The batteries in the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO are discharged gt Replace the batteries gt page 264 DD Practical hints 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 242 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and P Solutions Key Not The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is not detected while the Detected engine is running because the SmartKey is not in the vehicle message gt Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so ee m Engage the parking brake Search for the SmartKey The vehicle cannot be locked centrally nor can the engine be started again after the engine is stopped Key Not The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is not detected while the Detected engine is running because there is strong radio frequency me
356. ore of your tires are significantly underinflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving ona significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately 1 minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of incompatible replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that pr
357. ormation relevant to the emergency the system self test such as the location of the vehicle determined by the GPS satellite location system vehicle model identification number and color are generated A voice connection between the Customer Assistance Center and the occupants of the vehicle will be established automatically soon after the emergency call has been initiated The Customer Assistance Center will attempt to determine the nature of the emergency more precisely provided they can speak to an occupant of the vehicle If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above the system may not operate as expected In case of an emergency help will have to be summoned by other means Have the system checked at the nearest Mercedes Benz Center or contact the Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 USA only or 1 888 923 8367 Canada only as soon as possible If no vehicle occupant responds an ambulance will be sent to the vehicle H In order to activate the Tele Aid system a immediately subscriber agreement must be completed A Warning To ensure your system is activated and eh I If the indicator lamp in the SOS button is operational please press Information i button to perform the acquaintance flashing continuously and there was no voice call Failure to complete either of these gonnecuon w ine tren a sone Center established then the Tele Aid system steps may result in a system
358. ors folded out DD 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Technical data u Rims and tires is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty For information on driving with MOExtended tires see the Practical hints section D page 277 H Using tires other than those approved by Mercedes Benz can have detrimental effects such as e poor handling characteristics e increased noise e increased fuel consumption Moreover tires and rims not approved by Mercedes Benz may under load exhibit dimensional variations and different tire deformation characteristics that could cause them to come into contact with the vehicle body or axle parts Damage to the tires or the vehicle may be the result Further information on tires and rims is available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center The Tire and Loading Information placard with the recommended tire inflation pressures for cold tires is located on the driver s door B pillar Supplemental tire inflation pressure information for driving at high speeds or for vehicle loads less than the maximum loaded vehicle condition can be found on the tire inflation pressure label The tire inflation pressure label is located on the inside of the fuel filler flap The tire inflation pressure should be checked regularly and should only be adjusted on cold tires Follow tire manufacturer s maintenance recommendation included with the vehicle For information on recommended tire in
359. ot properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Safety and security u 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Safety and security Occupant safety With asmooth motion pullthe seat belt out of seat belt outlet gt Place the shoulder portion of the seat belt across the top of your shoulder and the lap portion across your hips gt Push latch plate 2 into buckle 3 until it clicks gt If necessary adjust the seat belt to the correct height gt page 48 gt If necessary tighten the lap portion to a snug fit by pulling shoulder portion up Alllap shoulder belts except the driver s seat belt have special seat belt retractors to secure child restraints properly For more information on special seat belt retractors see Infant and child restraint systems gt page 53 To release the seat belt with seat belt release button see gt page 48 Seat belt outlet height adjustment w Y gt Raising Slide the seat belt outlet height adjuster upward The seat belt outlet height adjuster engages in different positions gt Lowering Press and hold release button 4 gt Slide the seat belt outlet height adjuster downward gt Release release button 1 and make sure the seat belt outlet height adjuster engages into place 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 48 Version 2 11 8 1 Releasing the seat belts gt Pres
360. otation pattern that will maintain the intended rotation spinning direction of the tire gt page 197 In some cases such as when your vehicle is equipped with mixed size tires different tire 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 201 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Tires and wheels dimension front vs rear tire rotation is not possible If applicable to your vehicle s tire configuration tires can be rotated according to the tire manufacturer s recommended intervals in the tire manufacturer s warranty pamphlet located in your vehicle literature portfolio If none is available tires should be rotated every 3000 to 6000 miles 5000 to 10000 km or sooner if necessary according to the degree of tire wear The same rotation spinning direction must be maintained Rotate tires before the characteristic tire wear pattern becomes visible shoulder wear on front tires and tread center wear on rear tires Thoroughly clean the mounting face of wheels and brake disks i e the inner side of the wheels tires during each rotation Check for and ensure proper tire inflation pressure For information on wheel change see Flat tire gt page 271 Operation E Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards page 199 DOT Tire Identification Number gt page 204 Maximum tire load gt page 197 Maximum tire inflation pressure gt page 192 Manufacturer Tire ply material
361. ow the rear window are filtered out before outside air enters the passenger compartment through the air If the vehicle interior is hot ventilate the distribution system interior before driving off see Summer Tmn opening feature gt page 96 The climate An Seis control will then adjust the interior Severe conditions e g strong air pollution temperature to the set value much faster may require replacement of the filter before its scheduled replacement interval A clogged filter will reduce the air volume to the interior Deactivating the climate control and the windows could fog up impairing system visibility and endangering you and others Have a clogged filter replaced as soon as A Warning possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz When the climate control system is Center deactivated the outside air supply and circulation are also deactivated Only choose this setting for a short time Otherwise the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others The air conditioning will not engage no cooling if the A C mode gt page 146 is deactivated 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail i Climate control system gt Deactivating Press button OFF 0 appears in display gt page 143 gt Reactivating Press button OFF Display comes on The previous settings are once again in effect Air conditioning The air conditioning is o
362. oyment threshold on the far side of the impact e in certain vehicle rollovers e if the restraint systems are operational and functioning correctly see SRS indicator lamp gt page 36 The ETDs for the front seats will only activate if the front seat belts are fastened latch plate properly inserted into buckle The ETDs for the rear outer seats will activate with or without the respective seat belts fastened Occupant safety In an impact the ETDs remove slack from the seat belts in such a way that the seat belts fit more snugly against the body Seat belt force limiters when activated are employed to help reduce the peak force exerted by the seat belts on occupants during a crash The ETDs do not correct an incorrect seat position or incorrectly worn seat belts The ETDs do not pull occupants back toward the seat backrest A Warning Pyrotechnic ETDs that were activated must be replaced For your safety when disposing of the pyrotechnic ETDs always follow our safety instructions These are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Automatic comfort fit feature seat belt An automatic comfort fit feature for the front seats reduces the retracting force ofthe seat belts when they are in normal use Preventive occupant safety PRE SAFE A Warning The PRE SAFE system is intended to reduce the effects of an accident on vehicle occupants who are wearing their seat belt properly Despite
363. p button without depressing the brake pedal corresponds to the various starter switch positions gt page 76 Pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button with the brake pedal firmly depressed will start the engine gt page 97 The function of the SmartKey overrules the KEYLESS GO function gt Make sure the automatic transmission is in park position P gt Do not depress the brake pedal 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 77 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 is switched on have it checked and replaced if necessary If a lamp in the instrument cluster remains on after starting the engine or comes on while driving refer to Lamps in instrument cluster gt page 251 When you now press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once the power supply is again switched off KEYLESS GO start stop button USA only Canada only Position 0 Z Warning na any n order to avoid possible loss of vehicle control the following must be done before the vehicle is put into motion Controls in detail A Before you press the KEYLESS GO start stop button the vehicle s on board electronics have status 0 as with SmartKey removed e seat adjustment Position 1 e head restraint adjustment Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button e steering wheel adjustment once i e rear view mirror adjustment This supplies power for some electrical consumers e g wipers e fastening of seat belts
364. p switch to first stop The green indicator lamp 40 in the exterior lamp switch comes on 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 89 Version 2 11 8 1 Lighting gt Switching on rear fog lamp Pull out the exterior lamp switch to second stop The rear fog lamp the front fog lamps the green 40 and the yellow indicator lamp o in the exterior lamp switch come on gt Switching off front fog lamps rear fog lamp Push in the exterior lamp switch to its stop Locator lighting and night security illumination Locator lighting and night security illumination are described in the Control system section see Switching locator lighting on or off gt page 121 and Switching night security illumination Headlamps delayed shut off feature on or off gt page 122 Turn signals gt Press the combination switch in direction of arrow or The corresponding turn signal indicator lamp or amp in the instrument cluster flashes The combination switch resets automatically after major steering wheel movements DD Controls in detail 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail E Lighting To signal minor directional changes Press the combination switch only to the point of resistance in direction of arrow 2 or and release The corresponding turn signal lamps will flash three t
365. pact spares designed for temporary emergency use only Tire width Tire width Q indicates the nominal tire width in millimeters 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 202 Version 2 11 8 1 Aspect ratio Aspect ratio 2 is the dimensional relationship between tire section height and section width and is expressed in percentage The aspect ratio is arrived at by dividing section height by section width Tire code Tire code 8 indicates the tire construction type The R stands for radial tire type Letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction letter B means belted bias ply construction At the tire manufacturer s option any tire with a speed capability above 149 mph 240 km h can include a ZR in the size designation for example 245 40 ZR 18 For additional information see Tire speed rating gt page 203 Rim diameter Rim diameter is the diameter of the bead seat not the diameter of the rim edge The rim diameter is indicated in inches in Load index A Warning The tire load rating must always be at least half of the GAWR of your vehicle Otherwise tire failure may be the result which may cause an accident and or serious injury to you or others Always replace rims and tires with the same designation manufacturer and type as shown on the original part N Warning Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loa
366. perational while the engine is running and cools the interior air to the temperature set by the operator In addition the air conditioning dehumidifies the interior air and helps prevent window fogging A Warning If you deactivate the air conditioning the vehicle will not be cooled when weather conditions are warm The windows can fog up more quickly Window fogging may impair visibility and endanger you and others Condensated water may drip out from underneath the vehicle This is normal and not an indication of a malfunction The air conditioning uses the refrigerant R134a This refrigerant is free of CFCs which are harmful to the ozone layer Deactivating It is possible to deactivate the air conditioning The interior air will then no longer be cooled or dehumidified gt Press button e The indicator lamp in the button goes out The cooling function switches off after a short delay Activating Moist air can fog up the windows You can dehumidify the interior air with the air conditioning gt Press button e The indicator lamp in the button comes on 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 146 Version 2 11 8 1 The evaporator will be vented when the air conditioning has been in use Approximately 1 hour after locking the vehicle the blower switches on automatically The blower will run for 30 minutes at its lowest level The blower noise is normal and not an indicati
367. ply the brakes and navigate around a possible obstacle However do not drive by relying on the distance warning function as this will result in an emergency braking application This will not always enable you to avoid a collision especially when traveling on varying road surface conditions and with varying driver reaction Complex driving situations are not always fully recognized by the distance warning function This could result in wrong or missing distance warnings Driving systems gt Activating deactivating Press switch Q When the distance warning function is activated indicator lamp 2 in switch comes on A loudspeaker symbol appears in the multifunction display gt page 132 The AIRMATIC DC lets you select the chassis and suspension setup The chassis and suspension setup adjusts the damping behavior and the ride height for your vehicle The AIRMATIC DC consists of two components The Adaptive Damping System ADS gt page 137 and the vehicle level control gt page 138 Adaptive Damping System ADS The fine tuning of the damping is dependent on e your driving style e road surface conditions e vehicle loading e your personal settings Controls in detail u 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail FE Driving systems The following settings are available e Comfort Both indicator lamps are off e Sport 1 One indicator lamp
368. proper tire inflation pressure and do not exceed a vehicle speed of 50 mph 80 km h Contact the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible to have the spare wheel replaced with a regular road wheel Never operate the vehicle with more than one spare wheel mounted Do not switch off the ESP when a spare wheel is mounted gt Whenever possible park the vehicle in a safe distance from moving traffic on a hard flat surface gt Turn on the hazard warning flasher gt Turn the steering wheel so that the front wheels are in a straight ahead position Engage the parking brake gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P gt Turn off the engine gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Open the driver s door this puts the starter switch in position 0 same as with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch The driver s door can then be closed again DD Practical hints 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Practical hints Open doors only when conditions are safe to do so gt Have any passenger exit the vehicle at a safe distance from the roadway Open doors only when conditions are safe to do so Mounting the spare wheel Introduction Prepare the vehicle as described gt page 271 gt Take the following out of the vehicle e spare wheel e jack e vehicle tool kit e wheel wrench e electric
369. r engage after an accident for example The hood could gt Open the hood gt page 178 otherwise come loose while the vehicle is in motion and injure you and or others Checking engine oil level gt Let the hood drop from a height of approximately 8 in 20 cm gt Check to make sure the hood is fully closed If you can raise the hood at a point above the headlamps then it is not properly closed Open it again and let it drop with somewhat greater force Operation u gt Pull out oil dipstick gt Wipe oil dipstick 1 clean gt Slowly insert oil dipstick 1 fully into the Th i i i at e amount of oil your engine consumes will dipstick guide tube depend on a number of factors including RN driving style Increased oil consumption can Pull out oil dipstick again after occur when the vehicle is new or the vehicle approximately 3 seconds to obtain is driven frequently at higher engine speeds accurate reading ee Engine oil consumption checks should only The oil level is correct when it is between be made after the vehicle break in period lower min Mark and upper max mark 2 of oil dipstick H Do not use any special lubricant additives as these may damage the drive assemblies CLS 550 Using special additives not approved by The filling quantity between the upper and Mercedes Benz may cause damage not lower marks on the oil dipstick is covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited approxima
370. r reading lamp on off Te Right rear reading lamp on off gt Switching rear reading lamps on off Press respective reading lamp switch Wipers H Do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry Dust that accumulates on a windshield might scratch the glass and or damage the wiper blades when wiping occurs on a dry windshield If it is necessary to operate the wipers in dry weather conditions always operate the wipers with washer fluid gt Observe notes on page gt page 92 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 93 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Switching on off H If you have set intermittent wiping dirt on the surface of the rain sensor or optical effects may cause the windshield wipers to wipe in an undesired fashion This could then damage the windshield wiper blades or scratch the windshield You should therefore switch off the windshield wipers when weather conditions are dry gt Turn the combination switch to position ooo OF cece After the initial wipe pauses between wipes are controlled by the rain sensor automatically Combination switch Controls in detail 2 1 0 Windshield wipers off j a j u Intermittent wiping is interrupted when the 2 Slow intermittent wiping vehicle is at a standstill and a front door is 3 Fast intermittent w
371. rably lower octane rating and improper fuel can cause engine damage Certain Mercedes Benz models are available for delivery in Europe under our European Delivery Program For details consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or write to In the USA Mercedes Benz USA LLC European Delivery Department One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Mercedes Benz Canada Inc European Delivery Department 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 21 Version 2 11 8 1 Introduction Operating safety N Warning Work improperly carried out on electronic components and associated software could cause them to cease functioning Because the vehicle s electronic components are interconnected any modifications made may produce an undesired effect on other systems Electronic malfunctions could seriously impair the operating safety of your vehicle Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for repairs or modifications to electronic components Other improper work or modifications on the vehicle could also have a negative impact on the operating safety of the vehicle Some safety systems only function while the engine is running You should therefore never turn off the engine while driving N Warning Heavy blows against the vehicle underbody or tires wheels may cause serious damage and impair the operating safety of your vehicle Such blows can be caused for exa
372. rate COMAND system operating instructions Press button or EP repeatedly until the Audio DVD menu appears in the multifunction display Ra ae 20 5 Example illustration Disc number Current track gt Selecting next or previous track Press button or 4 briefly gt Selecting a track from the track list quick search Press and hold button vJlor a i The current track does not appear during Audio AUX mode operation 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 117 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Control system Operating video DVD Please refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions for instructions on how gt Swi Switch on ihe COMAND systemand select to activate the route guidance system DVD Video Refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions gt Press button or CP repeatedly until Distronic menu the Audio DVD menu appears in the z multifunction display Use the Distronic menu to display the current settings for your Distronic system The information shown in the multifunction display depends on whether the Distronic system is activated or deactivated Please refer to the Driving systems section of this manual gt page 129 for instructions on how to activate Distronic Controls in detail Disc number Current scene Vehicle status messa
373. ration of your trust in our company name Furthermore it exemplifies your desire to own an automobile that will be as easy as possible to operate and will provide years of service Your Mercedes Benz represents the efforts of many skilled engineers and craftsmen To help assure your driving pleasure and also the safety of you and your passengers we ask you to make a small investment of time e Please read this manual carefully then return it to your vehicle where it will be handy for your reference Please follow the recommendations contained in this manual They are designed to acquaint you with the operation of your Mercedes Benz e Please pay attention to the warnings and cautions contained in this manual They are designed to help improve the safety of the vehicle operator and occupants We extend our best wishes for many miles of safe pleasurable driving Mercedes Benz USA LLC A Daimler Company 2195848183 MI JUIIINIINNINNINNANN IN 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 2 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 3 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe 4 zone automatic climate control see Climate control system ABS Antilock Brake System 58 Indicator l mp see 2 20 423220052022 0 252 Messages in the multifunction display aan 229 239 Accessory weight 205 Accidents eienne
374. rectional tires offer added advantages such as better hydroplaning performance To benefit however you must make sure the tires rotate in the direction specified An arrow on the sidewall indicates the intended direction of rotation of the tire Spare wheels may be mounted against the direction of rotation spinning even with a unidirectional tire for temporary use only until the regular drive wheel has been repaired or replaced Always observe and follow applicable temporary use restrictions and speed limitations indicated on the spare wheel c D Sa 2 O 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Operation i Tires and wheels MOExtended system The MOExtended system allows you to continue driving your vehicle even if there is a total loss of pressure in one or more tires You may only use the MOExtended system in conjunction with the tire pressure loss warning system gt page 186 the TPMS gt page 188 or the Advanced TPMS gt page 190 For information on driving in case of pressure loss in one or more tires emergency mode see the Practical Hints section gt page 277 Tire care and maintenance A Warning Regularly check the tires for damage Damaged tires can cause tire inflation pressure loss As a result you could lose control of your vehicle Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire tread is worn to minimum tread depth or if the tires have sus
375. ren be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriate infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 43 Version 2 11 8 1 Occupant safety The infant or child restraint must be properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt the seat belt and top tether strap or lower anchors and top tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions Occupants especially children should always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Children can be killed or seriously injured by an inflating air bag Note the following important information when circumstances require you to place a child in the front passenger seat e Your vehicle is equipped with air bag technology designed to deactivate the front passenger front air bag in your vehicle when the system senses the weight of a typical 12 month old child or less along with the weight of a standard appropriate child restraint on the front passenger seat e A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates in
376. res is correct gt Switch on the ignition DD Operation E 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Operation a Tires and wheels Press button or ER on the multifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the standard display appears in the multifunction display gt page 112 gt Press button 4 or X7 on the multifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the following message appears in the multifunction display Tire Pressure Monitor Active Menu R Button gt Press the reset button gt page 109 The following message appears in the multifunction display Restart tire pressure monitor gt If you wish to confirm Press button The following message appears in the multifunction display Tire Pressure Monitor Restarted After driving a few minutes the system verifies that the current tire inflation pressures are within the system s specified range Afterwards the current tire inflation pressures are accepted as reference values and then monitored gt If you wish to cancel Press button Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System Advanced TPMS Canada only Your vehicle is equipped with the Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System Advanced TPMS It measures the tire inflation pressure in the vehicle s tires and issues warnings in case of pressure loss in one or more of the tires The TPMS only functions on wh
377. ressure as selected by the driver in all four tires A warning is issued to alert you to a decrease in pressure in one or more of the tires A Warning The TPMS does not indicate a warning for wrongly selected inflation pressures Always adjust tire inflation pressure according to the Tire and Loading Information placard or the supplemental tire inflation pressure information on the inside of the fuel filler flap The TPMS is not able to issue a warning due to a sudden dramatic loss of pressure e g tire blowout caused by a foreign object In this case bring the vehicle to a halt by carefully applying the brakes and avoiding abrupt steering maneuvers 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 188 Version 2 11 8 1 N Warning Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked at least once a month when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard or the tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or m
378. rity and messages of less immediate priority can be cleared from the multifunction display using e malfunction warning messages e failure of any systems On the pages that follow you will find a compilation of the most important warning and malfunction messages that may appear For your convenience the messages are divided into text messages gt page 229 and symbol messages gt page 238 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 229 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Text messages Safety systems Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions ABS ABS ESP The brake system is still functioning normally but due to a Inoperativ malfunction the ABS the BAS the ESP and the PRE E SAFE system are unavailable ee gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock Man during hard braking reducing steering capability gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz FE Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an 2 accident ABS ABS ESP The brake system still functions normally but due to T Unavailabl insufficient power supply the ABS the BAS the ESP and S e See the PRE SAFE system are unavailable 9 Operator S When the voltage is above the required value again the ABS a Man the BAS the ESP and the PRE SAFE system are operational a
379. rs 1 must be free of dirt ice snow and slush Clean sensors 1 regularly Be careful not to scratch or damage sensors Q see Cleaning the driving systems sensors gt page 219 A Warning The Parktronic is a supplemental system It is not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care The responsibility during parking and other critical maneuvers always remains with the driver N Warning Make sure no persons or animals are in or near the area in which you are parking maneuvering Otherwise they could be injured 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 140 Version 2 11 8 1 H Special attention must be paid to objects with smooth surfaces or low silhouettes e g trailer couplings painted posts elevated crossbars or road curbs Such objects may not be detected by the system and can damage the vehicle During parking maneuvers pay special attention to objects located above or below the height of the sensors e g street curbs painted posts or trailer hitches etc The Parktronic system will not detect such objects at close range and damage to your vehicle or the object may result H Ultrasonic signals from outside sources e g truck air brakes car wash or jackhammers may impair the operation of the Parktronic system Range of the sensors m aia P54 65 3702 31 TE e a sa mepet n si a n ajel P54 65 370331 Front sensors Center approx 40 in 100 cm Corners
380. rs are turned on The seat heating switches off automatically The seat heating will switch back on again automatically as soon as sufficient voltage is available 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 82 Version 2 11 8 1 Multifunction steering wheel N Warning Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving Adjusting the steering wheel while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle The electrical steering wheel adjustment feature can be operated at any time Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Make sure e you can reach the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent at the elbows e you can move your legs freely e all displays including malfunction and indicator lamps on the instrument cluster are clearly visible gt Adjusting steering wheel in or out Move stalk in direction of arrows Q gt Adjusting steering wheel up or down Move stalk in direction of arrows 2 The memory function gt page 85 lets you Store the settings for the steering wheel together with the settings for the 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 83 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Multifunction steering wheel seat position and the exterior rear view in starter switch position O or 1 or the mirrors KEYLESS GO start st
381. rsion 2 11 8 1 Driving systems Distronic will also not respond to oncoming Any unauthorized modification to this vehicles device could void the user s authority to Switch off the Distronic operate the equipment when changing from the left to the right lane if vehicles are moving more slowly in the left lane Distronic displays in the speedometer when entering a turn lane or highway off ramp e in complex driving situations such as in highway construction zones In these situations the Distronic will continue to maintain the set speed unless deactivated The Distronic is designed and intended only to maintain a set speed and keep a set distance from moving objects in front of it Controls in detail When the Distronic is activated one or two cruise control speed segments come on around set speed 1 USA only This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The radar Re i speedometer can briefly vary from the speed sensor is intended for use in an automotive i setting on the Distronic system radar system only Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any _ _ warranties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The vehicle speed displayed on the Canada only This device complies wit
382. rter switch 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 123 Version 2 11 8 1 Control system gt Press button or LP repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button A gt Move the selection marker with button or to the Lighting submenu gt Press button 4 or 7 repeatedly until the message Interior Lighting Delayed Shut off appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting gt Press button or to switch the interior lighting delayed shut off feature On or Off Vehicle submenu Access the Vehicle submenu via the Settings menu Use the Vehicle submenu to set the automatic central locking Switching automatic central locking on or off Use this function to switch the automatic central locking on or off With the automatic central locking activated the vehicle is locked centrally at a vehicle speed of approximately 9 mph 15 km h gt Press button or C repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button 4 DD Controls in detail A 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail E Control system Move the selection marker with button or to the Vehicle submenu gt Press button amp or 52 repe
383. rument panel lamps license plate lamps side marker lamps and instrument panel lamps e License plate lamps e Green indicator lamp 200 in the exterior lamp switch 6 L Low beam headlamps or high beam headlamps e Green indicator lamp 2 in the 7 4 Front fog lamps instrument cluster 8 o Rear fog lamp gt Switching off Turn the exterior lamp switch to position 0 The exterior lamps except standing lamps or parking lamps go out automatically when you remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or open The following lamps come on and go out the driver s door with the ignition switched automatically depending on the brightness of off the ambient light When the parking lamps or the rear fog e Low beam headlamps lamp are switched on and you remove the Automatic headlamp mode e Tail lamps SmartKey from the starter switch and open A the drivers door an acoustic signal e Parking lamps sounds e License plate lamps In addition the message Switch Off e Side marker lamps Lights appears in the multifunction display A Warning Switch off the parking lamps or the rearfog If the exterior lamp switch is set to auto the lamp manually headlamps will not automatically come on under foggy conditions To minimize risk to you and to others activate headlamps by turning exterior lamp switch to DD 219_AKB 4
384. s automatically You can however restart the TPMS manually as described gt Using the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar gt page 193 or the supplemental tire inflation pressure information on the inside of the fuel filler flap make sure the tire inflation pressure of all four tires is correct gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button or ER on the multifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the standard display appears in the multifunction display gt page 112 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 192 Version 2 11 8 1 gt Press button A or 7 repeatedly until you see the current inflation pressures for each tire appear in the display or the following message appears in the multifunction display Tire pressure is only displayed after driving for a few minutes gt Press the reset button gt page 108 The following message will appear in the multifunction display Restart tire pressure onitor gt If you wish to confirm Press button The following message will appear in the multifunction display Tire Pressure Monitor Restarted After driving a few minutes the system verifies that the current tire inflation pressures are within the system s specified range Afterwards the current tire inflation pressures are accepted as reference values and then monitored gt If you wish to cancel Press button
385. s air sac ore By indicator lamp is illuminated If the indicator lamp goes out or remains out do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired PASS AIR BAG OFF EA PASS AIR BAG OFF EA A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 54 Version 2 11 8 1 injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates If you have to place a child in a forward facing child restraint on the front passenger seat move the seat as far back as possible use the proper child restraint recommended for the age size and weight of the child and secure child restraint with the vehicle s seat belt according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions For children larger than the typical 12 month old child the front passenger front air bag may or may not be activated N Warning Infants and small children should never share a seat belt with another occupant During an accident they could be crushed between the occupant and seat belt A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Children too big for a toddler restraint must ride in seats using regular seat belts Positio
386. s could damage the gear selector lever cover or the center console gt Insert a flat blunt object into the left edge of gear selector lever cover 1 at the positions indicated by the arrows gt Loosen gear selector lever cover 1 using this object 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Practical hints Replacing SmartKey batteries gt Pull fuel filler flap release 1 in direction of arrow The fuel filler flap is unlocked gt Open the fuel filler flap gt page 176 gt Reinstall side trim panel gt Close the trunk Resetting activated NECK PRO active front head restraints If the NECK PRO active front head restraints have been triggered in a rear end collision they must be reset You can tell that the NECK PRO active front head restraints have been triggered when they have been moved forward and cannot be adjusted A Warning For safety reasons have the NECK PRO active front head restraints checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center after a rear end collision A Warning When pushing back the head restraint cushion make sure your fingers do not become caught between the head restraint cushion and the cover Failing to do so may lead to injury H Be careful not to damage upholstery For your convenience we recommend that you have this work carried out at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 264 Version 2 11 8 1 gt Take reset tool 1 ou
387. s do the following before turning off the engine and leaving the vehicle e Keep right foot on the brake pedal e Engage the parking brake Shift the automatic transmission into park position P e Slowly release the brake pedal e When parked on an incline always turn the front wheels towards the road curb e Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position O and remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or press the KEYLESS GO start stop button e Take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle when leaving N Warning Vehicles with AIRMATIC If you have selected the Comfort suspension tuning the vehicle lowers slightly when you lock it within approximately 60 seconds after turning off the engine You should therefore make sure that no one is standing near the wheel arches or lying underneath the vehicle when it is being locked Otherwise personal injury could result Also make sure your vehicle cannot come into contact with objects such as aroad curb while lowering Your vehicle could otherwise be damaged Parking brake A Warning Engaging the parking brake while the vehicle is in motion can cause the rear wheels to lock up You could lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident In addition the vehicle s brake lights do not light up when the parking brake is engaged 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe N Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter s
388. s in progress While the r call is connected you can change to the navigation menu by pressing the NAVI gt Press the respective button for ending a button on the COMAND system Spoken telephone call on the COMAND system commands are not available A voice connection between the Customer Assistance Center representative and the occupants of the vehicle will be established Information regarding the operation of your vehicle the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or Mercedes Benz USA products and services is available to you For more details concerning the Tele Aid system please visit www mbusa com USA only log in to Owner s Online and visit the My Tele Aid section to learn more DD 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail E Useful features If the indicator lamp in Information button A is flashing continuously and there was no voice connection to the Customer Assistance Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an Information call e g the relevant cellular phone network is not available The message Call Failed appears in the multifunction display gt Terminating calls Press button the multifunction steering wheel or gt Press the respective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND system eA on Call priority If other service calls such as a Roadside Assistance call or Information call are active an emergency ca
389. s seat belt release button gt page 47 Allow the retractor to completely rewind the seat belt by guiding latch plate gt page 47 H Make sure the seat belt retracts completely Otherwise the seat belt and or latch plate could get caught or pinched in the door or in the seat mechanism This can damage the seat belt and impair its effectiveness and or cause damage to the door and or door trim panel Such damage is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Damaged seat belts must be replaced Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Enhanced seat belt reminder system When the engine is started the seat belt telltale amp will always illuminate for 6 seconds to remind you and your passengers to fasten your seat belts If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the engine is started an additional warning chime will sound The warning chime goes out after approximately 6 seconds or once the driver s seat belt is fastened If after these 6 seconds the driver s or the front passenger s seat belt with the front passenger seat occupied is not fastened with front doors closed e the seat belt telltale 4 remains illuminated for as long as either the driver s or front passenger s seat belt is not fastened e and if the vehicle speed once exceeds 15 mph 25 km h the seat belt telltale 4 starts flashing and a warning chime sounds with increasing intensity
390. s seat ventilation switch Q repeatedly until all indicator lamps go out If one or more of the indicator lamps in the seat ventilation switch 1 are flashing there is insufficient voltage available since too many electrical consumers are turned on The seat ventilation switches off automatically The seat ventilation will switch back on again automatically as soon as sufficient voltage is available Front seat heating switches Controls in detail Controls in detail L 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Multifunction steering wheel Rear seat heating switch Canada only The red indicator lamps in seat heating switch D come on to show which heating level you have selected The seat heating switches from level 3 high to level 2 after approximately 5 minutes The seat heating switches from level 2 to level 1 low after approximately 10 minutes After approximately 20 minutes in level 1 the seat heating switches off automatically Switch on the ignition gt Switching on Press seat heating switch 4 Three red indicator lamps in seat heating switch D come on gt Press seat heating switch 1 repeatedly until the desired seat heating level is set gt Switching off Press seat heating switch Q repeatedly until all indicator lamps go out If one or more of the indicator lamps in seat heating switch Q are flashing there is insufficient voltage available since too many electrical consume
391. safety Children can be killed or seriously injured by an inflating air bag Note the following important information when circumstances require you to place a child in the front passenger seat e Your vehicle is equipped with air bag technology designed to deactivate the front passenger front air bag in your vehicle when the system senses the weight of a typical 12 month old child or less along with the weight of a standard appropriate child restraint on the front passenger seat A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates in a collision which could occur under some circumstances even with the air bag technology installed in your vehicle The only means to completely eliminate this risk is to never place a child in a rear facing child restraint in the front seat We therefore strongly recommend that you always place a child in a rear facing child restraint in a backseat If you must install a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat because circumstances require you to do so make sure the Passar sac orr 2j indicator lamp is illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated Should the passar sac orr By indicator lamp not illuminate or go out while the restraint is installed please check installation Periodically check the indicator lamp while driving to make sure the fas
392. seat belt would also apply too much force to the ribs or abdomen which could severely injure internal organs such as your liver or spleen Adjust the seat belt so that the shoulder section Is located as close as possible to the middle of the shoulder It should not touch the neck Never pass the shoulder portion of the seat belt under your arm For this purpose you can adjust the height of the seat belt outlet 219_AKB d2ureepe 4 54 en US Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdomen If the lap belt is positioned across your abdomen it could cause serious injuries in a crash Never wear seat belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your clothing such as eyeglasses pens keys etc as these might cause injuries Make sure the seat belt is always fitted snugly Take special care of this when wearing loose clothing Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time Do not fasten a seat belt around a person and another person or other objects at the same time Seat belts should not be worn twisted In a crash you would not have the full width of the seat belt to distribute impact forces The twisted seat belt against your body could cause injuries Pregnant women should also always use a lap shoulder belt The lap belt portion should be positioned as low as possible on the hips to avoid any possible pressure on the abdomen Place the seat backrest in a positi
393. seconds or may even restart after the engine has been turned off Stay clear of fan blades 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 178 Version 2 11 8 1 N Warning The engine is equipped with a transistorized ignition system Because of the high voltage it is dangerous to touch any components ignition coils spark plug sockets diagnostic socket of the ignition system e with the engine running while starting the engine e when the ignition is switched on and the engine is turned manually gt Pull hood lock release lever 1 The hood is unlocked H Never open the hood if the wiper arms are folded forward away from the windshield Otherwise the windshield wipers or the hood could be damaged gt Push handle 2 under the hood upwards gt Pull up on the hood and then release it The hood will be held open at shoulder height by gas filled struts automatically 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 179 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Engine compartment Closing at least 5 minutes with the engine turned off N Warning vn When closing the hood use extreme caution P WIEN UISENENSIOEAEODETAUND not to catch hands or fingers Be careful that temperature the vehicle must nave been stationary for at least 30 minutes with the you do not close the hood on anyone engine turned off Make sure the hood is securely engaged before driving off Do not continue driving if the hood can no longe
394. sed if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 78 Version 2 11 8 1 or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint N Warning For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints Head restraints are intended to help reduce injuries during an accident Seat adjustment H When moving the seats make sure there are no items in the footwell or behind the seats Otherwise you could damage the seats and or the items Power seats The memory function gt page 85 lets you store the settings for the seat position together with the settings for the steering wheel and the exterior rear view mirrors 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 79 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 gt Seat fore and aft adjustment Press the switch forward or backward in direction of arrow 4 When moving the seat fore or aft the head restraints may readjust automatically gt Seat backrest tilt Press the switch forward or backward in direction of arrow gt Seat height Press the sw
395. senger seat occupant as weighting as much as or less than a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint or if the front passenger seat is classified as being empty When the OCS senses that the front passenger seat occupant is classified as being up to or less than the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint the passaireacorr 8 indicator lamp will illuminate when the engine is started and remain illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated When the OCS senses that the front passenger seat is classified as being empty the Passamsacoorr 8 indicator lamp will illuminate when the engine is started and remain illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated When the OCS senses that the front passenger seat occupant is classified as being heavier than the weight of a typical 12 month old child seated in a standard child restraint or as being a small individual such as a young teenager or a small adult the indicator lamp will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds when the engine is started and then depending on occupant weight sensor readings from the seat remain illuminated or go out With the indicator lamp illuminated the front passenger front air bag is deactivated With the fass air sac orr By PASS AIR BAG OFF PASS AIR BAG OFF EA
396. ses of the malfunction have been rectified the TPMS or Advanced TPMS becomes active again automatically after a few minutes of driving Vehicles with Advanced TPMS Canada only The tire inflation pressure is too low in at least one tire or The tire inflation pressures of the individual tires differ from each other significantly The tire inflation pressure values are shown in the multifunction display gt Check and correct tire inflation pressure as required gt page 185 gt Restart the Advanced TMPS gt page 192 Vehicles with Advanced TPMS Canada only At least one tire is deflating The respective tire is indicated in the multifunction display gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers gt If necessary change the wheel gt page 271 DD Practical hints Fi 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 238 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions Check Vehicles with Advanced TPMS Canada only nes The tire inflation pressure in at least one tire is significantly below the reference value The respective tire is indicated in the multifunction display gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers Check and adjust tire inflation pressure as required gt If necessary change
397. sh once to indicate that the alarm system is disarmed Unless you opena door or the trunk within approximately 40 seconds after unlocking the vehicle e The vehicle will be locked again e The anti theft alarm system will be rearmed 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 64 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 65 Version 2 11 8 1 Multifunction steering wheel 82 Mint ONS 2 sesverceve ae E AE AEE 84 Driving and parking 96 Automatic transmission 101 Instrument cluster Control system u ene Driving systems een Climate control system 143 Rear window defroster 151 Power tilt sliding sunroof 152 Loading and storing 154 Useful features ccccceesseeeeeeee 160 Controls in detail E 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail E Locking and unlocking Vehicle equipment This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual Locking and unlocking Notes l Z Observe Safety notes see page 52 When unlocking or locking the vehicle with
398. shold while driving e after approximately 30 seconds once the suggested maintenance service term has passed gt Clearing the maintenance service indicator message manually Press reset button Q on the instrument cluster The standard display appears in the multifunction display 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Maintenance service term exceeded If you have exceeded the suggested maintenance service term you will see the following message in the multifunction display Service A Exceeded By XXXXX Miles Km Service A Exceeded By XXX Days Service A Exceeded By X Day In addition a signal sounds when the message appears Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will reset the maintenance service indicator following a completed maintenance service Calling up the maintenance service indicator display The menu overview can be found on gt page 112 You can call up the maintenance service indicator display at any time to check when the next maintenance service is required gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button or EP on the multifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the standard display gt page 112 appears in the multifunction display gt Press button lt 7 or Z on the multifunction steering wheel until the maintenance service indicator display with the service symbol and the maintenance service deadline appears in the multifunction display
399. sible axle weight The gross vehicle weight on each axle must never exceed the GAWR for the front and rear axle indicated on the certification label located on the driver s door B pillar GVW Gross Vehicle Weight The GVW comprises the weight of the vehicle including fuel tools spare wheel installed accessories passengers and cargo and if applicable trailer tongue load The GVW must never exceed the GVWR indicated on the certification label located on the driver s door B pillar GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating This is the maximum permissible vehicle weight of the fully loaded vehicle weight of the vehicle including all options passengers fuel and cargo and if applicable trailer tongue load It is indicated on the certification label located on the driver s door B pillar Kilopascal kPa Metric unit for air pressure There are 6 9 kPa to 1 psi another metric unit for air pressure is bar There are 100 kilopascals kPa to 1 bar Load index Numerical code associated with the maximum load a tire can support Maximum load rating The maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire Maximum loaded vehicle weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight total load limit and production options weight 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Maximum permissible tire inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire Norma
400. sidewall of the tire Vehicle maximum load on the tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight and dividing it by two General information Have your vehicle winterized at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Winter tires A Warning Winter tires with a tread depth of less than 1 6 in 4 mm must be replaced They are no longer suitable for winter operation A Warning If you use your spare wheel when winter tires are fitted on the other wheels be aware that the difference in tire characteristics may very well impair turning stability and that overall driving stability may be reduced Adapt your driving style accordingly Have the spare wheel replaced by a regular road wheel with a winter tire at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 208 Version 2 11 8 1 Always use winter tires at temperatures below 45 F 7 C and whenever wintry road conditions prevail Not all M S rated tires provide special winter performance Make sure the tires you use show the mountain snowflake amp marking on the tire sidewall These tires meet specific snow traction performance requirements of the Rubber Manufacturers Association RMA and the Rubber Association of Canada RAC and have been designed specifically for use in snow conditions Use of winter tires is the only way to achieve the maximum effectivene
401. single axle front or rear Never exceed the GVWR or GAWR for either the front axle or rear axle Operation u For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration This is the maximum permissible tire inflation pressure 1 for the tire Always follow the recommended tire inflation Driver s door B pillar pressure gt page 183 for proper tire inflation Following is a discussion on how to work with the information contained on the Tire and Loading Information placard with regards to loading your vehicle Two labels on your vehicle show how much Tire and Loading Information weight it may properly carry ing 1 The Tire and Loading Information placard o Wah can be found on the driver s door Do not overload the tires by exceeding the B pillar This placard tells you important specified load limit as indicated on the Tire information about the number of people Nd Loading Information placard on the that can be in the vehicle and the total driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires weight that can be carried in the vehicle Can overheat them possibly causing a It also contains information on the proper blowout Overloading the tires can also result size and recommended tire inflation in handling or steering problems or brake failure 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Operation Tires and wheels Tire and Loading I
402. sors designed to assistthe driver during parkingmaneuvers The Parktronic system indicates the relative distance between the vehicle and an obstacle visually and audibly The Parktronic system is activated automatically when gt Start the engine gt Briefly press vehicle level control switch Q to change from normal level to raised level When the vehicle is in raised level pressing vehicle level control switch will return the vehicle to normal level The setting raised is canceled and the vehicle is lowered to the normal level automatically if the vehicle speed is above 75 mph and 120 km h or if the vehicle speed stays between 50 mph 80 km h and 75 mph e you switch on the ignition e you release the parking brake DD 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Driving systems and e the automatic transmission is in drive position D reverse gear R or neutral position N The Parktronic system deactivates at speeds above approximately 11 mph 18 km h At lower speeds the Parktronic system activates again The Parktronic system also deactivates when you shift the automatic transmission into park position P or engage the parking brake The Parktronic system monitors the surroundings of your vehicle with six sensors in the front bumper and four sensors in the rear bumper w Wr ES P54 65 2890 31 Example illustration sensors in the front bumper To function properly senso
403. sounding There are items placed on the front passenger seat and therefore the system senses the front passenger seat as being occupied gt Remove the items from the front passenger seat and put them in a safe place The seat belt telltale goes out and the warning chime stops sounding After 60 seconds with an unfastened seat belt the warning chime stops sounding and the seat belt telltale illuminates continuously The seat belt telltale will only go out if both the driver and front passenger s seat belt are fastened or the vehicle is standing still and a front door is opened Problem srs The red SRS indicator lamp comes on while Possible causes consequences and Solutions There is a malfunction in the restraint systems The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs could deploy unexpectedly or fail to activate in an accident driving gt Drive with added caution to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center A Warning For your safety we strongly recommend that In the event a malfunction of the SRS is you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz indicated as outlined above the SRS may not Center immediately to have the system be operational checked Otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an accident which could result in serious or fatal injury or it 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 255 Version 2 11 8 1 What to do if might deploy unexp
404. ss of your vehicle s driving safety systems such as the ABS and the ESP in winter operation For safe handling make sure all mounted winter tires are of the same make and have the same tread design For information on winter tires for your vehicle model see the Technical data section gt page 291 Always observe the speed rating of the winter tires installed on your vehicle Snow chains H When driving with snow chains always select the raised level of the vehicle level control Other settings may result in damage to your vehicle H Some tire sizes do not leave adequate clearance for snow chains To help avoid serious damage to your vehicle or tires make sure the use of snow chains is permissible as specified in the Technical data section of this Operator s Manual Snow chains should only be driven on snow covered roads at speeds not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h Remove chains as soon as possible when driving on roads without snow 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Observe the following guidelines when using snow chains e Use of snow chains is not permissible with all wheel tire combinations gt page 291 e Use snow chains in pairs and on rear wheels only Follow the manufacturer s mounting instructions H If snow chains are mounted to the front wheels they may scrape against the body or axle components The tires or the vehicle could be damaged as a result e Only use snow chains that
405. ss warning system is malfunctioning gt Have the tire pressure loss warning system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center DD Practical hints 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 236 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and Solutions Tire Check The tire pressure loss warning system indicates that the tire Pressure Tires inflation pressure is too low in at least one tire gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers Observe the traffic situation around you gt Check the tires and if necessary change the wheel gt page 271 gt Check and adjust tire inflation pressure as required gt page 185 gt Restart the tire pressure loss warning system after adjusting the tire inflation pressure values gt page 186 Practical hints Tire is only Vehicles with Advanced TPMS Canada only The tire inflation pressure displayed pressure is being checked after gt Drive the vehicle for a few minutes driving for a few minutes Tire Inoperativ The TPMS USA only or Advanced TPMS Canada only is Pressure e malfunctioning Monitor Have the TPMS or Advanced TPMS checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Tire Inoperativ Thereare wheels without appropriate wheel sensors mounted Pressure e No e g winter tires Monitor Wheel gt Have the TPMS
406. ssage interference appears in gt Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so red Engage the parking brake gt Operate the vehicle with the SmartKey in the starter switch Key Not The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is momentarily not detected Practical hints Fi Detected gt Change the position of the SmartKey in the vehicle ee gt Operate the vehicle with the SmartKey in the starter switch ne if necessary Bluetooth The telephone has not yet been connected to the COMAND Ready system via Bluetooth gt Connect the telephone to the COMAND system via Bluetooth Top Up The fluid level has dropped to approximately of total Washer reservoir capacity Fluid gt Add washer fluid gt page 181 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 243 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Engine Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Engine There may be a malfunction in USA only service e the fuel management system e the ignition system Canada e the exhaust system only e the fuel system gt Have the engine checkedas soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center el Display Certain electronic systems are unable to relay information to Malfunctio the control system The coolant temperature display or the n tachometer may have failed Service gt Have the electronic systems checked at an authorized Required Mercedes Be
407. stomer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 The system performs a self test after you have switched on the ignition N Warning USA only or 1 888 923 8367 Canada A malfunction in the system has been only detected if any or all of the following An emergency call is initiated automatically conditions occur following an accident in which the Emergency e The indicator lamp in the SOS button does Tensioning Devices ETDs or air bags have I not come on during the system self test deployed T e The indicator lamp in Roadside Assistance An automatically initiated Tele Aid button a does not come on during the emergency call cannot be canceled a system self test an y An emergency call can also be initiated 2 e The indicator lamp in Information button manually gt page 166 does not come on during the system Once the emergency call is in progress the 8 self test indicator lamp in the SOS button will begin to e The indicator lamp in the SOS button flash The message Connecting Call Roadside Assistance button 3 or appears in the multifunction display and the Information button remains COMAND system is muted When the illuminated constantly in red after the connection is established the message system self test Call Connected appears in the e The message Tele Aid Inoperative multifunction display appears in the multifunction display after All inf
408. stop and go city traffic the coolant temperature may rise close to 248 F 120 C N Warning Driving when your engine is overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Stop the vehicle in a safe location away from other traffic Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down Practical hints H The engine should not be operated with the coolant temperature above 248 F 120 C Doing so may cause serious damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 245 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and P Solutions DER Coolant The poly V belt could be broken o i gt Stop the vehicle immediately as soon as it is safe to do so n 2 gt Turn off the engine immediately engine Check the poly V belt off gt If it is broken Do not continue to drive Otherwise the engine will overheat due to an inoperative water pump which may result in damage to the engine Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt If it is intact Do not continue to drive the
409. submenus see Settings menu A to move within a menu gt page 118 X within Audio DVD menu to The number of menus available in the system select previous or next track depends on which optional equipment is scene or stored station installed in your vehicle Within Telephone menu to switch to the phone book and select a name or number Multifunction display Press and hold button 4 Within Audio DVD menu to X select previous or next track with quick search or to select previous or next station in station list or wave band Within Telephone menu to start the quick search in the phone book Outside temperature indicator Trip odometer Automatic transmission program mode Depending on the selected menu pressing the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel will alter what appears in the multifunction display oe u The information available in the multifunction Ae position gear range display is arranged in menus and accompanying functions and submenus The individual functions are then found within For more information on menus displayed in the relevant menu radio or CD operations the multifunction display see Menus and under Audio DVD menu for example submenus gt page 112 These functions serve to call up relevant information or to customize the settings for your vehicle Main odometer 8 Function only available in telephone menu 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2
410. sult To prevent smears on the windshield or noisy chattering wiper blades wipe with washer fluid every now and then even when it is raining 5 Rain sensor operation with low sensitivity 6 Rain sensor operation with high sensitivity 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail FE Power windows For information on filling up the washer reservoir see Washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 181 For information on cleaning the headlamps with washer fluid see Headlamp cleaning system gt page 90 Problems with wipers H if anything blocks the windshield wipers leaves snow etc switch them off immediately For safety reasons do the following before attempting to remove any blockage e Stop the vehicle in a safe location e Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or e Turn off the engine by pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button and open the driver s door with the driver s door open starter switch is in position 0 same as with SmartKey removed from starter switch e Engage the parking brake e Remove blockage e Turn the windshield wipers on again If the windshield wipers fail to function at all with the combination switch in position or e set the combination switch to the next higher wiper speed e have the windshield wipers checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Power windows Opening and clos
411. surface shows signs of embedded dirt i e loss of gloss Do not apply any of these products or wax if your vehicle is parked in the sun or if the hood is still hot gt Use the appropriate MB Touch Up Stick for quick and provisional repairs of minor paint Vehicle care damage i e chips from stones vehicle doors etc Vehicles with mat paint Your vehicle is painted with mat clear coat paint Observe the following notes to avoid paint damage caused by improper treatment Only use insect remover and car shampoo approved by Mercedes Benz H Do not polish the vehicle Polishing will brighten the paintwork Do not use paintwork cleaning agents abrasives polishing compounds or wax for paintwork care Such products are intended for use on high polish surfaces Using such products on mat paint causes severe damage such as bright spotted areas on the respective surface Have paintwork repairs performed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Have stone chipping repairs as soon as possible Remove the following immediately if possible Do not apply strong force e Soak insect remains with insect remover and rinse them of with water afterwards Use a soft bristle toothbrush for remains that have not come off e Soak bird droppings with water and rinse them of with water afterwards Use a soft bristle toothbrush for remains that have not come off e Remove tree resins grease oil and gasoline with silicone remover
412. switch comes on Indicator lamp comes on gt Switch off the ignition gt Switching on Press Parktronic switch Q Clean the Parktronic system sensors again gt page 219 gt Switch on the ignition Parktronic system malfunction or There is a malfunction in the Parktronic gt Check the Parktronic system operation at system if only the red distance segments another location to rule out interference illuminate and an acoustic warning sounds from outside radio or ultrasonic signals The Parktronic system will switch off automatically after 20 seconds and indicator lamp 2 in Parktronic switch Q comes on 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 143 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Climate control system Climate control system Control panels 4 zone automatic climate control Controls in detail P 3 40 4272 31 Function Recommendation Notes Front climate control panel Air distribution gt page 149 driver s side Front defroster i Keep this setting selected only until the gt page 149 windshield or the side windows are clear again Temperature Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C gt page 147 control driver s side raising _ Display Temperature Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C gt page 147 control passenger side raising Rear window gt page 151 defroster Air distribution gt page 149 passenger side DD 21
413. t gt Pull the head restraint forward until it locks into position The multicontour seat has a movable seat cushion and inflatable air cushions built into the seat backrest to provide additional lumbar and side support 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe gt Switch on the ignition gt Seat cushion depth Adjust the seat cushion depth to the length of your upper leg using switch gt Seat backrest contour Adjust the contour of the seat backrest to the desired position using or gt Move the seat backrest support cushion to the bottom with button or to the center with button 2 gt Seat backrest side bolsters Adjust the side bolsters so that they provide good lateral support using switch If aftera period of time the seat no longer provides the desired contour then repeat the adjustment procedure The blue indicator lamps in seat ventilation switch Q come on to show which ventilation level you have selected 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 81 Version 2 11 8 1 The seat ventilation for the driver s seat can be activated using the summer opening feature gt page 96 gt Switch on the ignition gt Switching on Press seat ventilation switch Three blue indicator lamps in seat ventilation switch 1 come on gt Press seat ventilation switch 1 repeatedly until the desired ventilation level is set gt Switching off Pres
414. t Tighten strap by pulling at the loose end arrow until the skis in the ski bag are gt Pull ski bag into passenger tightly secured compartment and unfold gt Remove the cup holder in the rear center console gt page 161 gt Open the trunk gt With insert or cup holder removed fold cover 6 upward in direction of arrow B gt Press button The flap opens in direction of arrow 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 157 Version 2 11 8 1 gt Connect hook 7 to eye 8 located in the front storage compartment in the rear center console gt Tighten strap by pulling at the loose end arrow Unloading and folding gt Loosen both straps gt Disconnect hook 7 from eye 8 gt Unload skis gt Close flap in trunk gt Fold and flatten ski bag lengthwise Place folded ski bag inside recess of seat backrest gt Close ski bag compartment cover Removing the ski bag For ski bag removal we recommend that you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center N Warning Never drive a vehicle with trunk open while the ski bag is removed Deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death To prevent unauthorized persons from access to the trunk always close the cover Loading and storing A Warning Parcel nets are intended for storing light weight items only such as ro
415. t least one tire correct or the tire The tire inflation pressure of the individual tires differ from pressure each other significantly gt Check and correct tire inflation pressure as required gt page 185 Tire At least one tire is deflating Pressure gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt Caution steering and braking maneuvers UNE gt If necessary change the wheel gt page 271 Defect Tire The tire inflation pressure in at least one tire is significantly Pressure below the reference value Check gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt res steering and braking maneuvers gt Check and adjust tire inflation pressure as required gt If necessary change the wheel gt page 271 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 251 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 What to do if N Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire N Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly incre
416. t of the Mercedes Benz literature pouch gt Guide reset tool 1 into rectangular opening 8 between head restraint cushion 2 and head restraint cover gt Press reset tool 1 downward in direction of arrow until you hear the head restraint release mechanism audibly engage gt Pull out reset tool Q gt Firmly press the head restraint cushion backward towards the head restraint cover in direction of arrow until it engages gt Repeat this procedure for the second front seat gt After resetting the NECK PRO active front head restraints store reset tool 1 in the Mercedes Benz literature pouch For information on NECK PRO active front head restraints see NECK PRO active front head restraints gt page 50 For information on head restraint adjustment see Seats gt page 77 Replacing SmartKey batteries If the batteries in the SmartKey are discharged the vehicle can no longer be locked or unlocked It is recommended to have the batteries replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe N Warning Batteries contain poisonous and corrosive substances Therefore keep the batteries out of reach of children If a battery is swallowed seek medical help immediately N Warning SmartKey batteries contain perchlorate material which may require special handling and regard for the environment Check with your local government s disposal guidelines
417. t transported goods in the event of an accident Storage bags are located on the back of the front seats Useful features A Warning In order to help prevent spilling liquids on vehicle occupants and or vehicle equipment only use containers that fit into the cup holder Use lids on open containers and do not fill containers to a height where the contents especially hot liquids could spill during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an accident Liquids spilled on vehicle occupants may cause serious personal injury Liquids spilled on vehicle equipment may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty The cup holder must be extended when in use with bottles 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 160 Version 2 11 8 1 When not in use keep the cup holder closed An open cup holder may cause injury to you or others when contacted during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an accident Keep in mind that objects placed in the cup holder may come loose during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an accident and be thrown around in the vehicle interior Objects thrown around in the vehicle interior may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Cup holder in front center console The cup holder can be removed for cleaning purposes gt Extending Briefly press mark on cup holder The cup holder automatically extends upward gt Removing Extend cup holder Press mark on cup holder and remo
418. tained damage replace them Check the tire inflation pressure at least once a month For more information on checking tire inflation pressure see Recommended tire inflation pressure gt page 183 Tire inspection Every time you check the tire inflation pressure you should also inspect your tires for the following e excessive treadwear gt page 198 e cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber e bumps bulges cuts cracks or splits in the tread or side of the tire Replace the tire if you find any of the above conditions Make sure you also inspect the spare tire periodically for condition and inflation Spare 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 198 Version 2 11 8 1 tires will age and become worn over time even if never used and thus should be inspected and replaced when necessary Life of tire A Warning Tires and spare tire should be replaced after 6 years regardless of the remaining tread The service life of a tire is dependent upon varying factors including but not limited to e Driving style e Tire inflation pressure e Distance driven Tread depth N Warning Although the applicable federal motor vehicle safety laws consider a tire to be worn when the treadwear indicators TWI become visible at approximately in 1 6 mm we recommend that you do not allow your tires to wear down to that level As tread depth approaches in 3 mm the adhesion properties on a w
419. technical data 291 Rotation sesetan orse Service life uneeneneeeenene SIZE EAEE TE ETE SNOW CHAINS nassen Speed tating sssini StOrINg uun ensnsseneiesein Temperature Terminology Tire Identification Number Tire pressure loss warning system 186 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TIPS iseset cesses eeri 188 TPMS low tire pressure malfunction telltale 259 199 207 ee abet 207 198 208 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe TrGddWwe ar ws icsshesivacsesreceaxsacvestaasie Treadwear indicators i Vehicle maximum load on 208 Wear patternai 200 Winter tires eeeeeeeeneeneneneenennen 208 291 Tire speed rating 203 207 Top tether see Children in the vehicle Total load limit eee eens 207 Towing Towing eye bolt neseser 282 O E EE EAA 281 Towing eye bolt n 282 Traclion a 199 207 Transmission see Automatic transmission Transmission fluid level 180 Transmission gear selector lever see Gear selector lever Transmission positions 103 Traveling abroad 213 Tread tires 2404 444 207 Tread depth tires 198 208 Treadwear us ie 199 Treadwear indicators tires 198 208 Trip computer menu eee 124 Trip odometer resetting 110 Trunk GIOSINg 2 ern 72 FUSE DOR ee 285 Mess
420. ted in the jack take up bracket The jack must always be vertical when in use especially on inclines or declines The jack is intended only for lifting the vehicle briefly for wheel changes It is not suited for performing maintenance work under the vehicle To help avoid personal injury use the jack only to lift the vehicle during a wheel change Never get beneath the vehicle while it is supported by the jack Keep hands and feet away from the area under the lifted vehicle Always lower the vehicle onto sufficient capacity jackstands before working under the vehicle Always engage the parking brake firmly and block the wheels with wheel chocks or other sizeable objects before raising the vehicle 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe with the jack Do not disengage the parking brake while the vehicle is raised Make sure that the ground on which the vehicle is standing and where you place the jack is solid level and not slippery If necessary use a large underlay On slippery surfaces such as tiled floors you should use a non slip underlay for example a rubber mat Do not use wooden blocks or similar objects to support the jack Otherwise the jack may not be able to achieve its load bearing capacity if it is not at its full height Never start the engine when the vehicle is raised Also observe the notes on the jack gt Prevent the vehicle from rolling away by blocking wheels with wheel chocks or other sizeable objects
421. tely 2 1 US qt 2 0 I Warranty CLS 63 AMG The filling quantity between the upper and lower marks on the oil dipstick is approximately 1 6 US qt 1 5 For further information contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Notes on checking engine oil level gt If necessary add engine oil For more information on engine oil see Fuels coolants lubricants etc e with the engine at operating temperature gt page 296 the vehicle must have been stationary for When checking the oil level e the vehicle must be parked on level ground DD 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Operation Engine compartment For information on messages in the multifunction display concerning engine oil see the Practical hints section D page 246 Adding engine oil H Only use approved engine oils and oil filters required for vehicles with Maintenance System For a listing of approved engine oils and oil filters contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only The following will result in engine or emission control system damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty e Using engine oils and oil filters of specification other than those expressly required for the Maintenance System e Changing of oil and oil filter at change intervals longer than those called for by the Maintenance System e Using any oil additives CLS 550 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite
422. th these standards can be found on the instruction label on the restraint and in the instruction manual provided with the restraint When using any infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat make sure to carefully read and follow all manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Please read and observe warning labels affixed to the inside of the vehicle and to infant or child restraints A Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriate infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child The infant or child restraint must be properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt the seat belt and top tether strap or lower anchors and top tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions Occupants especially children should always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child DD Safety and security u 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Safety and security Occupant
423. the head restraints N Warning For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust the head restraint in such a way that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation With a rear seat occupied make sure to move the respective head restraint up from the lowest non use position and have the occupant adjust the head restraint properly Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints installed when the rear seats are occupied Head restraints are intended to help reduce injuries during an accident A Warning Make sure the rear seat head restraints engage when placing them upright manually Otherwise their protective function cannot be ensured The back of the head will not be supported in the event of a collision That could cause serious or even fatal injuries Rear seat occupants can be seriously injured or killed Folding rear seat head restraints back The rear seat head restraints can be folded backward for increased visibility 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 80 Version 2 11 8 1 gt Switch on the ignition gt Press the symbol side on head restraint release switch 1 to release the head restraints The head restraints will fold backward Placing rear seat head restraints uprigh
424. the maximum speed capability of the tire as being above 186 mph 300 km h Consult the tire manufacturer for the actual maximum permissible speed of the tire All season and winter tires Index Speed rating QM S up to 100 mph 160 km h TM S upto 118 mph 190 km h 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Operation Tires and wheels Index Speed rating HM S up to 130 mph 210 km h V M S up to 149 mph 240 km h Not all M S rated tires provide special winter performance Make sure the tires you use show M S and the mountain snowflake marking on the tire sidewall These tires meet specific snow traction performance requirements of the Rubber Manufacturers Association RMA and the Rubber Association of Canada RAC and have been designed specifically for use in snow conditions An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding a speed of e 130 mph 210 km h CLS 550 CLS 550 Sport Package e 155 mph 250 km h CLS 63 AMG e 186 mph 300 km h CLS 63 AMG Performance Package The factory equipped tires on your vehicle may have a tire speed rating above the maximum speed permitted by the electronic speed limiter Make sure your tires have the required tire speed rating as specified for your vehicle in the Technical data section gt page 291 for example when purchasing new tires If you are uncertain about the correct reading of the information given on a tire s sidewall any
425. the multifunction display Example illustration The respective tire is indicated by a red rectangle 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Operation Tires and wheels Restarting Advanced TPMS N Warning It is the driver s responsibility to set the tire inflation pressure to the recommended cold tire inflation pressure Underinflated tires affect the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You might lose control over the vehicle When you restart the TPMS the system sets new reference values for each tire The TPMS must be restarted when you have adjusted the tire inflation pressure to a new level e g because of different load or driving conditions The TPMS is then recalibrated to the current tire inflation pressures Restart the TPMS after adjusting the tire inflation pressure to the inflation pressure recommended for the vehicle operating condition Tire inflation pressure should only be adjusted on cold tires Observe the recommended tire inflation pressure on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Some vehiclesmay have supplemental tire inflation pressure information for driving at high speeds or for vehicle loads less than the maximum loaded vehicle condition If such information is provided it can be found on the inside of the fuel filler flap Canada only The TPMS usually recognizes tire pressure adjustments and sets new reference value
426. the rear mounted side impact air bags deactivated then deactivation can be carried out upon your written request at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center at an additional cost Please contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call the Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 for details Air bags are designed to deploy only in certain e frontal impacts front air bags and driver s side knee bag e side impacts side impact and window curtain air bags if the system determines the need for air bag deployment e rollovers window curtain air bags Only in the event of such a situation will they provide their supplemental protection The driver and passengers should always wear their seat belts Otherwise it is not possible for the air bags to provide their supplemental protection 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe In case of other types of impacts and impacts below air bag deployment thresholds air bags will not deploy The driver and passengers will then be protected to the extent possible by a properly fastened seat belt A properly fastened seat belt is also needed to provide the best possible protection in a rollover Air bags are not a substitute for seat belts Always wear your seat belt regardless of whether or not your vehicle is equipped with air bags It is important to your safety and that of your passengers to have dep
427. the seat bottom as this may result in the OCS being unable to correctly approximate the occupant s weight category e Read and observe all warnings in this chapter OCS Self test After turning the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or 2 or pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button once or twice the passairsacorr amp indicator lamp illuminates If an adult occupant is properly sitting on the front passenger seat and the system classifies the occupant as an adult indicator lamp will illuminate and go out after approximately 6 seconds If the seat is not occupied and the system classifies the front passenger seat as being empty the Pass areacorr amp indicator lamp will illuminate and not go out N Warning If the pass aim eas orr X indicator lamp does not illuminate the system is not functioning You must contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center before seating any child on the front passenger seat the pass air Bac oFF Xh For more information see the Practical hints section gt page 260 N Warning Never place anything between seat cushion and child seat e g pillow since it reduces the effectiveness of the OCS The bottom and back of the child seat must make full contact 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 45 Version 2 11 8 1 Occupant safety with the passenger seat cushion and backrest If
428. the timer is running The intermediate time will be shown for 5 seconds gt Press button within 5 seconds The intermediate time shown will be saved as a lap time The RACETIMER begins timing the new lap The new lap begins to be timed as soon as the intermediate time is called up 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 115 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Control system oN F RT 00 54 Fr ona ee Fao oa Sa Do 20 9a To 140 1 ces indicator Overall analysis of RACETIMER RACETIMER Overall driving time Best lap time Maximum speed Lap number Overall distance driven Resetting current lap Average speed Controls in detail L gt Press button while the timer is Lap analysis running The timer stops This function is only available if you have gt Press button saved at least two laps and have stopped the The lap time is er to 0 RACETIMER gt Press button or CF repeatedly until Deleting all laps the AMG menu appears in the It is not possible to delete a single saved lap multifunction display When you turn off the engine the RACETIMER gt Press button 4 repeatedly until the lap will be reset to O after 30 seconds All laps analysis appears in the multifunction are deleted display gt Press button while the timer is Each lap is shown in its own sub
429. the trunk closing switch e Press the KEYLESS GO locking closing switch e Pull the trunk lid handle Even with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the vehicle the remote DD 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Locking and unlocking trunk opening closing switch can be operated Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to avehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury In vehicles with trunk opening closing system you can close the trunk separately from the outside using the trunk closing switch Vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Press trunk closing switch Q briefly If the trunk lid comes into contact with an object while closing the closing procedure is stopped and the trunk lid reopens slightly This will happen only while the trunk is in its upper motion sequence Check if luggage has been piled too high for example Closing the trunk and locking vehicle from outside In vehicles with trunk opening closing system and KEYLESS GO you can close the 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 74 Version 2 11 8 1 trunk and lock the vehicle simultaneously from the outside using the KEYLESS GO locking closing switch gt Make sure you have the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you Press KEYLESS GO locking closing swit
430. the wheel gt page 271 N Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Practical hints A Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Symbol messages Brake Display messages Possible causes consequences and P Solutions Brake Wear The brake pads have reached their wear limit gt Have the brake pads replaced as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center H Brake pad thickness must be visually inspected by a qualified technician at the intervals specified in the Maintenance Booklet 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 239 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and P Solutions EBV ABS The brake system is still functioning normally but due to a ESP malfunction the ABS the
431. this mode only second gear and reverse gear R can be selected gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P gt Turn off the engine gt Wait at least 10 seconds before restarting gt Restart the engine gt Shift the automatic transmission into drive position D for second gear or reverse gear R gt Have the automatic transmission checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Introduction For a full view illustration of the instrument cluster see Instrument cluster gt page 28 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe N Warning No messages will be displayed if either the instrument cluster or the multifunction display is inoperative As a result you will not be able to see information about your driving conditions such as e speed e outside temperature e warning indicator lamps e malfunction warning messages e failure of any systems Driving characteristics may be impaired If you must continue to drive do so with added caution Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Reset button For information on changing the instrument cluster settings e g the language see gt page 119 bs The instrument cluster is activated when you e open a front door e switch on the ignition e press reset button 1 e switch on the exterior lamps 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Se
432. tic transmission Effect Park position Shift the automatic transmission into park position P only when the vehicle is stopped The park position is not intended to serve as a brake when the vehicle is parked Rather the driver should always engage the parking brake in addition to shifting the automatic transmission into park position P to secure the vehicle The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter switch with the gear selector lever in park position P With the SmartKey removed from the starter switch the gear selector lever is locked in park position P If the vehicle s electrical system is malfunctioning the gear selector lever could remain locked in park position P To unlock the gear selector lever manually see Manually unlocking the gear selector lever gt page 263 Reverse gear Shift the automatic transmission into reverse gear R only when the vehicle is stopped DD Controls in detail 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail WE Automatic transmission Effect Neutral position No power is transmitted from the engine to the drive axle When the brakes are released the vehicle can be moved freely pushed or towed To avoid damage to the transmission never shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N while driving Exception If the ESP is switched off or malfunctioning shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N if the ve
433. tion in Owner s Online at www mbusa com USA only The My Tele Aid section will give you access to account information remote door unlock and more The Tele Aid system is available if e it has been activated and is operational Activation requires a subscription for monitoring services connection and cellular air time e vehicle battery power is available e the relevant cellular phone network and GPS signals are available and pass the information on to the Customer Assistance Center Location of the vehicle on a map is only possible if the vehicle is able to receive signals from the GPS satellite network and pass the information on to the Customer Assistance Center The Tele Aid system Telematic Alarm Identification on Demand The Tele Aid system consists of three types of response e Automatic and manual emergency e Roadside Assistance e Information To adjust the speaker volume during a Tele Aid call do the following gt Press button or on the multifunction steering wheel or gt Use the adjustment button on your COMAND system Be sure to check Owner s Online at www mbusa com USA only for more information and a description of all available features 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 165 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Useful features System self test If you have any questions regarding activation please call the Cu
434. tion to a satellite radio service provider are required for satellite radio operation Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for details and availability for your vehicle For more information refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions Switch on the COMAND system and select radio Refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions gt Press button or EP repeatedly until the currently tuned station appears in the multifunction display 120 Fan 140 j 10 FM 20 32 6722 31 Example illustration Wave band setting Station frequency 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 116 Version 2 11 8 1 gt Selecting next or previous stored station Press button or to select a stored station gt Selecting next or previous station inthe station list Press and hold button X or A to select a station gt Selecting next or previous station in wave band Only if no station list is available Press and hold button lt 7 amp to select a station You can only store new stations using the corresponding feature on the radio Refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions You can also operate the radio in the usual manner briefly or Operating audio devices audio media gt Switch on the COMAND system and select the audio device or audio media Refer to sepa
435. tional information refer to the Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program brochure in the USA or the Roadside Assistance section of the Service and Warranty Information Booklet in Canada in your vehicle literature portfolio Change of address or ownership If you change your address be sure to send in the Change of Address Notice found in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet or simply call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 This will assist us in 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe contacting you in a timely manner should the need arise If you sell your Mercedes please leave all literature with the vehicle to make it available to the next operator If you bought this vehicle used be sure to send in the Notice of Purchase of Used Car found in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet or call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada If you plan to operate your vehicle in foreign countries please be aware that e Service facilities or replacement parts may not be readily available e Unleaded gasoline for vehicles with catalytic converters may not be available the use of leaded fuels will damage the catalysts e Gasoline may have a conside
436. trol lever is pulled in direction of arrow 4 gt page 133 you will see the message in the multifunction display In the following cases you cannot activate the Distronic e up to 2 minutes after starting the engine e when you brake e when you have engaged the parking brake Driving systems e when the automatic transmission is in park position P reverse gear R or neutral position N e when the ESP is switched off or has switched off due to a malfunction The vehicle speed displayed on the speedometer can briefly vary from the speed setting on the Distronic system Setting the current speed Accelerate or decelerate to the desired speed gt Briefly lift the cruise control lever in direction of arrow Q or depress in direction of arrow 2 gt page 133 gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal If you do not take your foot off of the accelerator pedal and continue to accelerate pastthe set speed the following message will appear in the multifunction display DISTRONIC Override The distance to a slower moving vehicle in front of you will not be set Your vehicle speed will then be determined only by the accelerator pedal position Setting a higher speed Z Warning Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has made the necessary adjustments Increase the set vehicle speed to a value that the prevailingroad conditions and legal speed limits permit Otherwise sud
437. trunk sill gt Press the fastening clips onto the fastening bolts until they lock into place j a Failure to repair the condition noted may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Vehicle status messages in the a eees Dies u RIOR EU multifunction display SSR In Notes A Warning No messages will be displayed if either the instrument cluster or the multifunction display is inoperative As a result you will not be able to see information about your driving conditions Practical hints a Warning and malfunction messages appear in the multifunction display located in the instrument cluster Certain warning and malfunction messages are accompanied by an audible signal such as Address these messages accordingly and speed follow the additional instructions given in this Operator s Manual e outside temperature Selecting the Vehicle status message e warning indicator lamps memory menu in the control system gt page 117 displays both cleared and uncleared messages High priority messages appear in the Driving characteristics may be impaired multifunction display in red color If you must continue to drive do so with added Certain messages of high priority cannot be caution Contact an authorized Mercedes cleared from the multifunction display using Benz Center as soon as possible the reset button gt page 109 or button 4 LX EB or EH on the multifunction steering wheel Other messages of high prio
438. u open the driver s door after an accident has occurred the steering column moves up The position of the SmartKey in the starter switch is insignificant This function facilitates exiting as well as rescue of vehicle k 3 ini occupants and or senious personallinjtury The crash responsive exit aid can only be With the easy entry exit feature activated triggered when the easy entry exit feature is the steering wheel will return to its last set activated via the control system position when you close the driver s door with the ignition switched on The steering wheel will also return to its last set position when Heated steering wheel you insert the SmartKey into the starter switch or press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once with the driver s door closed The steering wheel heating warms up the leather area of the steering wheel The last set steering wheel position is stored when the ignition is switched off or the position is stored in memory gt page 86 With the easy entry exit feature activated the steering wheel tilts upwards when you remove the SmartKey from the starter switch The steering wheel also tilts upwards when you open the driver s door with the SmartKey 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Switch on the ignition gt Switching on Turn switch at the tip of the stalk in direction of arrow Q Indicator lamp 8 comes on The steering wheel heating may be
439. ui aueh 229 239 Active headlamps r 247 Advanced TPMS neeeeeee 236 250 Airbags ine ei 230 ea a E E E E A T 246 AIRMATIC DC Dual Control 240 Alternatdtasnessunee tere 245 Automatic transmission s 235 Battery 245 Brake fluid u sresenanee 239 Brake pads i ssescssscsestessecesctoescis 238 Check engine 243 Cool it resistent 243 Corner illuminating front fog lamps Cruise control Distronic Doors EBP ae Engineoll 4 0 246 Engine Service 243 Eh una Fog lamps Front passenger front air bag 230 GAS GAD essen Gear selector lever High beam lamp 2 22 Hood nungen 241 License plate lamps ucc gt 248 Light sensor uu enenenei Low beam lamps a Parking Drake 5 scesscessesesssaseesass Parking lamps mirisi PRE SAFE nennen 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 12 Version 2 11 8 1 Reserve TUL cessssestssuscesseeeateetecesens 246 Reverse lamp s2 ccseessseresoonseeses 247 Side marker lamps 2 nssee 248 SmartKey ereere 241 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 241 SRS unse ken 240 Tail lamps necesites 249 Tele Aid 240 Tire inflation pressure 235 250 Tire pressure monitor Tresusassisusessensnsse TPMS samen AOI al A E Turn signals Washer fluid Multifunction steering wheel AdjusStMENT seieren 82 BUHlonsa nenne 110 Cleaning sera 220 Easy entry exit feature 83 124 Gearshift control
440. uired inflation volume and the material of the air bags there is the possibility of abrasions or other potentially more serious injuries resulting from air bag deployment If you sell your vehicle we strongly recommend that you inform the subsequent owner that the vehicle is equipped with SRS Also refer them to the applicable section in the Operator s Manual Front air bags N Observe Safety notes see page 37 Driver s front air bag 1 and front passenger front air bag 2 are designed to provide increased protection for the driver and front passenger against the risk of injuries to the head and thorax Driver and front passenger front air bag and driver s side knee bag are deployed e in the event of certain frontal impacts e if the system determines that air bag deployment can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt e depending on whether the respective seat belt is in use e independently of the side impact air bags and or the window curtain air bags 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 40 Version 2 11 8 1 The front air bags in this vehicle have been designed to inflate in two stages This allows the air bags to have different rates of inflation The rate of inflation is based on the vehicle deceleration rate as assessed by the air bag control unit The front passenger front air bag deployment is additionally influenced by the passenger s weight category as identified by the
441. ulb or repair the lamp and its components We recommend that you have such work done by a qualified technician A Warning The bulbs in the tail lamps cannot be replaced individually The tail lamp bulbs are under pressure and could explode during an attempt to replace them If the tail lamps are malfunctioning have them replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Since replacing bulbs is a technically highly demanding process we recommend to have them replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the headlamps or front fog lamps are fogged up on the inside as a result of high 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 267 Version 2 11 8 1 Replacing bulbs humidity drivingthe vehicle a distance with the lights on should clear up the fogging Bulbs Ss You can replace the following bulbs yourself Halogen headlamps Type Turn signal lamp 3457AK High beam lamp H7 55 W Parking and standing lamp W 5 W Low beam lamp H7 55 W Practical hints E Bi Xenon headlamps Type Turn signal lamp 3457AK High beam lamp H7 55 W License plate lamps Type License plate lamps C 5 W 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Practical hints Replacing bulbs Notes on bulb replacement H Do not replace LEDs or bulbs not described in this section You could otherwise damage the LEDs the bulbs or parts of the vehicle Only have the LEDs and bu
442. ultifunction display 220er 243 Warning lamp er 257 Corner illuminating front fog lamps iire isese 91 Cruise Control uu2u ee 127 Activating Canceling Changing the set speed Last stored speed Levante anne Messages in the multifunction diSpl yi 3 2202 ten Resume function sesser Setting current speed Cup holders Curb weight 4 42444s 520 225 02000 Customer Assistance Center CAC 22 Customer Relations Department 22 C Dashboard see Instrument cluster Data recording 44 22 Daytime running lamp mode 88 Switching on Or Off uenneersesseeennenn 121 Deep water see Standing water Defogging windshield 150 Defroster Front Climate control system 149 Rear window aeseneeennenennen 151 Delayed shut off Exterior lamps 0 000 122 Interior lighting 123 Department of Transportation see DOT Difficulties Whllediivingsesssesseneseisstee 99 With starting sense kt 98 Digital speedometer 113 Dimensions vehicle see Vehicle specification 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Direction of rotation tires 197 Displays Digital speedometer seeen 113 DISHHOMIC s 24ssxhesesssscareisstasnetdvausnaders 131 Maintenance service indicator 214 Messages in the multifunction CIS DIAY runs 228 Multifunction display
443. unction or button X to move to the previous function De u within that submenu Access the Instr Cluster submenu via Convenience submenu e Activating easy entry exit feature gt page 124 Instrument cluster submenu gt Use button or to change the the Settings menu Use the Instr settings of the respective function Cluster submenu to change the instrument The following lists show what settings can be cluster display settings changed within the various menus Detailed The following functions are available instructions on making individual settingscan Selecting speedometer display mode be found on the following pages gt page 120 Instrument cluster submenu e Selecting language gt page 120 e Selecting speedometer display mode e Selecting display speed or outside page 120 temperature for status line gt page 120 e Selecting language gt page 120 e Selecting display speed or outside temperature for standard display page 120 DD 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Control system Selecting speedometer display mode gt Press button or EP repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button 4 Move the selection marker with button Jor tothe Instr Cluster submenu Press button lt slor YV r
444. ure so that the wheels do not lock during braking This allows you to maintain the ability to steer your vehicle The ABS is functional above a speed of approximately 5 mph 8 km h independent of road surface conditions On slippery road surfaces the ABS will respond even to light brake pressure The ABS indicator lamp in the instrument cluster comes on when you switch on the ignition It goes out when the engine is running Braking At the instant one of the wheels is about to lock up a slight pulsation can be felt in the brake pedal The pulsation indicates that the ABS is in the regulating mode gt Keep firm and steady pressure on the brake pedal while you feel the pulsation Continuous steady brake pedal pressure yields the advantages provided by the ABS namely braking power and the ability to steer the vehicle The pulsating brake pedal can be an indication of hazardous road conditions and functions as a reminder to take extra care while driving Emergency brake maneuver gt Keep continuous full pressure on the brake pedal N Warning If the ABS malfunctions other driving safety systems such as the BAS or the ESP are also switched off Observe indicator and warning lamps that may come on as well as messages in the multifunction display that may appear 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 59 Version 2 11 8 1 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe If the ABS malfunctions the wheels may lo
445. ureepe Controls in detail E Control system Menus and submenus 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 112 Version 2 11 8 1 Velike sista mesosge DISTRONIG The headings used in the menus table are designed to facilitate navigation within the system and are not necessarily identical to those shown in the multifunction display The first function displayed in each menu will automatically show you which part of the system you are in Function Standard display menu gt page 112 AMG menu gt page 113 Audio DVD menu gt page 116 Navigation menu gt page 117 Distronic menu gt page 117 Vehicle status message memory menu gt page 117 SIE SOSE OO Settings menu gt page 118 9 AMG vehicles only Function Trip computer menu gt page 124 Telephone menu gt page 125 Standard display menu You can select whether the digital speedometer or the outside temperature appears in the standard display gt page 120 40 a 1207 A 140 ON A mad Standard display Basic display with outside temperature Trip odometer 10 The vehicle status message memory menu is only displayed if there is a message stored 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 113 Version 2 11 8 1 If you see another display press button or CP repeatedly until the standard display appears gt Press button 4 or X7 to select the functions in the Standar
446. urn housing cover Q counterclockwise and remove it gt Turn bulb socket 6 with the bulb counterclockwise and remove it gt Pull the bulb out of bulb socket gt Gently press the new bulb into bulb socket 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 269 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Replacing bulbs gt Place bulb socket back into the housing Bi Xenon headlamps and turn it clockwise until it engages In vehicles with Bi Xenon headlamps the gt Align housing cover Q and turn it bulbs of the parking and standing lamps are clockwise until it engages LEDs H Do not replace the LEDs yourself You High beam and high beam flasher bulb could otherwise damage the LEDs or parts halogen headlamps only high beam of the vehicle Only have the LEDs replaced flasher bulb Bi Xenon headlamps only at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Turn housing cover 2 counterclockwise Snel Replacing bulbs for rear lamps gt Turn bulb socket withthe bulb j counterclockwise and remove it Tail lamp unit o a gt Pull the bulb out of bulb socket The tail lamps are equipped with HiP bulbs S gt Gently press the new bulb into bulb and LEDs Have them replaced at an an socket authorized Mercedes Benz Center g gt Place bulb socket back into the housing N Observe Safety notes see page 266 and turn it clockwise until it engages gt Align housing cover 2 and turn it License plate l
447. ury if the vehicle is driven that defect or malfunction has been subject to repair two or more times and you have directly notified Mercedes Benz USA LLC in writing of the need for its repair 2 the same substantial defect or malfunction of a less serious nature than category 1 has been subject to repair four or more times and you have directly notified us in writing of the need for its repair or 3 the vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of the same or different substantial defects or malfunctions for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days Written notification should not be sent to a dealer it should be addressed to Mercedes Benz USA LLC Customer Assistance Center One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 Maintenance The Maintenance Booklet describes all the necessary maintenance work which should be performed at regular intervals Always have the Maintenance Booklet with you when you take the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for service The service advisor will record each service in the booklet for you Roadside Assistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program provides factory trained technical help in the event of a breakdown Calls to the toll free Roadside Assistance number 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 in the USA 1 800 387 0100 in Canada will be answered by Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Representatives 24 hours a day 365 days a year For addi
448. using the electric air pump before lowering the vehicle Z Warning Observe safety instructions on air pump label H Do not lower the vehicle before inflating the collapsible tire Otherwise the rim may be damaged Your vehicle may be equipped with either of two versions of the electric air pump e Version 1 The air hose with pressure gauge and the electrical plug are located behind a flap e Version 2 The pressure gauge is located in the pump housing The air hose and electrical plug are located at the bottom of the pump housing 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 275 Version 2 11 8 1 The following description applies to both versions Differences in usage are expressly declared P40 10 6366 31 Version 1 P40 10 5369 31 Version 2 gt Version 1 only Open flap 1 on electric air pump gt Version 1 only Pull out electrical plug and air hose with pressure gauge and vent screw gt Version 2 only Pull electrical plug and the air hose out of the pump housing bottom gt Version 1 only Close vent screw on air hose 4 gt Remove the valve cap from the collapsible tire valve gt Screw union nut onto the collapsible tire valve gt Make sure air pump switch is set to 0 gt Insert electrical plug into the cigarette lighter socket gt page 163 or a power outlet gt page 163 Practical hints F 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe 2009 05 11T16 21 02 0
449. ut off feature on or off gt page 122 e Switching interior lighting delayed shut off on or off gt page 123 Switching daytime running lamp mode on or off USA only gt Press button or CP repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button 4 gt Move the selection marker with button or to the Lighting submenu gt Press button Z or 7 repeatedly until the message Headlamp Mode appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 121 Version 2 11 8 1 Control system gt Press button or to select manual operation Manual or daytime running lamp mode Constant With daytime running lamp mode switched on and the exterior lamp switch in position 0 or auto the low beam headlamps are switched on when the engine is running In low ambient light conditions the following lamps will come on additionally e Parking lamps e Tail lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps For more information on the daytime running lamp mode see gt page 88 For safety reasons resetting all the functions of all submenus to the factory settings while driving gt page 118 will not deactivate the daytime running lamp mode The following message appears in the multifu
450. ve cup holder by pulling it upward gt Reinstalling Insert cup holder into opening gt Retracting Press mark on cup holder and push cup holder in until it engages H Make sure that the cup holder is correctly positioned in the guide while you are reinstalling it Otherwise the cup holder can be damaged Press mark on cup holder and press cup holder downward until it engages 219_AKB 4 54 en US 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 161 d2ureepe Version 2 11 8 1 Useful features Cup holder in rear center console Cup holder in rear armrest The cup holder can be removed for cleaning purposes gt Opening Briefly press the front of the rear Controls in detail u armrest gt Opening closing Slide cover forward Closing Slide cup holder back until it or rearward engages H Do not sit on or lean your body weight against the armrest when it is folded down as you could otherwise damage it H Close the cup holder before folding the armrest upwards Otherwise you could damage the cup holder N Warning Do not use the vanity mirror while driving Keep the vanity mirrors in the sun visors gt With the cup holder unlocked take cup closed while vehicle is in motion Reflected holder 8 out upwards glare can endanger you and others gt Reinstalling Insert cup holder gt Move pin 2 against direction of arrow to lock the cup holder gt Removing Move pin 2 in direction of
451. ve the loaded vehicle including driver passengers and all cargo and if applicable trailer fully loaded weighed on a suitable commercial scale Trailer tongue load The tongue load of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the load you can Carry in your vehicle If a trailer is towed the tongue load must be added to the weight of all occupants riding and any cargo you are carrying in the vehicle The tongue load typically is 10 of the trailer weight and everything loaded in it Your Mercedes Benz has been designed primarily to carry passengers and their cargo Mercedes Benz does not recommend trailer towing with your vehicle _ Maximum tire load N Warning Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result Tires and wheels in handling or steering problems or brake failure For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration The maximum tire load rating 1 is the maximum weight the tires are designed to support For more information on tire load rating see gt page 202 Forinformation on calculating total and cargo load capacities see gt page 194 Direction of rotation Unidi
452. vere injuries to you or other occupants If you sell your vehicle it is important that you make the buyer aware of this safety information Be sure to give the buyer this Operator s Manual A Warning Accident research shows that the safest place for children in an automobile is in a rear seat There is a possibility for a side impact air bag related injury if occupants especially children are not properly seated or restrained when next to a side impact air bag which needs to deploy rapidly in a side impact in order to do its job To help avoid the possibility of injury please follow these guidelines 1 Occupants especially children should never place their bodies or 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 38 Version 2 11 8 1 lean their heads in the area of the door where the side impact air bag inflates This could result in serious injuries or death should the side impact air bag be deployed 2 Always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child and for children 12 years old and under use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child 3 Always wear seat belts properly If you believe that even with the use of these guidelines it would be safer for your rear seat occupants to have
453. wer outlets can be used to A Warning accommodate 12V DC electrical accessories Never touch the heating element or sides of e g auxiliary lamps mobile phone chargers the lighter they are extremely hot Hold the up to a maximum of 15 A 180 W knob only If the engine is off and the power outlets are being used extensively the vehicle battery Make sure any children traveling with you do 5 may become discharged not injure themselves or start a fire with the hot cigarette lighter gt Switch on the ignition 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Useful features Power outlet in rear center console Open the cover in the rear center console gt page 159 gt Power outlet in trunk H In order to activate the Tele Aid system a subscriber agreement must be completed To ensure your system is activated and operational please press Information e button to perform the acquaintance call Failure to complete either of these steps may result in a system that is not activated If you have any questions regarding activation please call the Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 USA only or 1 888 923 8367 Canada only 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 164 Version 2 11 8 1 Shortly after the completion of your Tele Aid acquaintance call you will receive a user ID and password in the mail You may use this password to access the Tele Aid sec
454. wheel AX Warning a O l Only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts Other wheel bolts may come loose Do not tighten the wheel bolts when the vehicle is raised Otherwise the vehicle could fall off the jack Clean contact surfaces of wheel and wheel hub H To avoid paint damage place wheel flat P40 10 5400 31 against hub and hold it there while installing first wheel bolt gt Unscrew the uppermost wheel bolt and remove it gt Replace this wheel bolt with alignment bolt gt Remove the remaining bolts H Do not place wheel bolts in sand or dirt This could result in damage to the wheel bolts and wheel hub threads Remove the wheel 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe gt Guide the spare wheel onto the alignment bolt and push it on gt Insert the wheel bolts and tighten them slightly gt Unscrew the alignment bolt gt Install the last wheel bolt and tighten it slightly gt Vehicles with spare wheel with collapsible tire Continue the procedure by following the instructions under Inflating the collapsible tire gt page 275 and then Lowering the vehicle gt page 276 or gt Vehicles with Minispare wheel Continue the procedure by following the instructions under Lowering the vehicle gt page 276 Inflating the collapsible tire N Warning Inflate collapsible tire only after the wheel is properly attached Inflate the collapsible tire
455. witch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could release the parking brake and or shift the automatic transmission out of park position P either of which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury gt Releasing Pull on release handle Q When the ignition is switched on or the engine is running the brake warning lamp erake USA only or Canada only in the instrument cluster goes out gt Engaging Step on parking brake pedal 2 firmly When the engine is running the brake warning lamp erae USA only or O Canada only in the instrument cluster comes on N Warning Do not turn off the engine before the vehicle has come to a complete stop With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the vehicle 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 101 Version 2 11 8 1 Automatic transmission gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P gt Engage the parking brake Always engage the parking brake in addition to shifting the automatic transmission into park position P With SmartKey gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 Remove th
456. with your back against the seat backrest e Move the driver s seat as far back as possible still permitting proper operation of vehicle controls The distance from the center of the driver s chest to the center of the air bag cover on the steering wheel must be at least 10 inches 25 cm or more You should be able to accomplish this by DD Safety and security u 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Safety and security 5 Occupant safety adjusting the seat and steering wheel If you have any difficulties please contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Do not lean your head or chest close to the steering wheel or dashboard e Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel rim Placing hands and arms inside the rim can increase the risk and potential severity of hand arm injury when the driver front air bag inflates e Adjust the front passenger seat as far as possible rearward from the dashboard when the seat is occupied e Occupants especially children should never place their bodies or lean their heads in the area of the door where the side impact air bag inflates This could result in serious injuries or death should the side impact air bag be deployed Always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Failure to follow these instructions can result in se
457. without automatic reversal function If the movement of the tilt sliding sunroof is blocked during the closing procedure e g by ice or pollution the tilt sliding sunroof will stop and open slightly gt Immediately after the tilt sliding sunroof has stopped and opened because it was blocked pull and hold the sunroof switch DD Controls in detail 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Loading and storing 2009 05 11T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 154 Version 2 11 8 1 in direction of arrow 8 until the tilt sliding sunroof is fully closed The tilt sliding sunroof closes with greater force If the tilt sliding sunroof is blocked again and opens slightly gt Immediately after the tilt sliding sunroof was blocked and has opened pull and hold the sunroof switch in direction of arrow until the tilt sliding sunroof is fully closed The tilt sliding sunroof closes without automatic reversal function Z Warning Pulling and holding the sunroof switch to close the tilt sliding sunroof immediately after it had been blocked two times will cause the tilt sliding sunroof to close without any reversal function for as long as you hold the sunroof switch Controls in detail W Synchronizing The tilt sliding sunroof must be synchronized e after the battery has been disconnected or discharged e after a malfunction e if the tilt sliding sunroof does not open smoothly H If the tilt sliding sunroof cannot be clos
458. wo figures represent the year For example 3208 represents the 32nd week of 2008 The TIN is a unique identifier The TIN facilitates efforts by tire manufactures to notify purchasers in recall situations or other safety matters concerning tires It gives purchasers the means to easily identify such tires Operation E The TIN is comprised of Manufacturers identification mark Tire size Tire type code and Date of manufacture For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration DOT Department of Transportation Tire branding symbol 1 denotes that the tire meets requirements of the U S Department of Transportation For illustration purposes only Actual data Manufacturer s identification mark on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above Manufacturer s identification mark 2 iin tation denotes the tire manufacturer New tires have a mark with two symbols Retreaded tires have a mark with four symbols For more information on retreaded tires see gt page 182 This marking tells you about the type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall I and under the tread 2 Tire size Accessory weight Code 8 indicates the tire size The combined weight in excess of those standard items which may be replaced of automatic transmission
459. y tires marked with MOExtended are mounted in the size specified for your vehicle gt page 29 1 Practical hints 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Practical hints Battery Safety notes A battery should always be sufficiently charged in order to achieve its rated service life Refer to Maintenance Booklet for battery maintenance intervals If you use your vehicle mostly for short distance trips you will need to have the battery charge checked more frequently When replacing a battery always use a battery approved by Mercedes Benz If you do not intend to operate your vehicle for an extended period of time contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center about steps you need to observe A Warning Observe all safety instructions and precautions when handling automotive batteries Risk of explosion Fire open flames and smoking are prohibited when handling batteries Avoid creating sparks Battery acid is caustic Do not allow it to come into contact with skin eyes or clothing Wear suitable protective clothing especially gloves apron and faceguard Wear eye protection A Rinse any acid spills immediately with clear water Contact a physician if necessary 2009 05 11T16 21 02 02 00 Seite 278 Version 2 11 8 1 Keep children away Follow the instructions in this Operator s Manual A battery contains materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly A
460. ynchronized 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Controls in detail Driving and parking Summer opening feature When the weather is warm you can ventilate the vehicle before driving off by simultaneously e opening the door windows e opening the tilt sliding sunroof e switching on the seat ventilation for the driver s seat The summer opening feature can only be activated via the remote control of the SmartKey The SmartKey must be in close proximity to the driver s outside door handle gt Aim the transmitter eye of the SmartKey at the driver s outside door handle gt Press and hold button a on the SmartKey until the door windows and the tilt sliding sunroof have reached the desired position The vehicle unlocks gt Release button a on the SmartKey to interrupt the opening procedure Convenience closing feature When locking the vehicle you can simultaneously close the door windows and the tilt sliding sunroof A Warning When closing the door windows and the tilt sliding sunroof make sure there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure If potential danger exists proceed as follows e Release button to stop the closing procedure To open press and hold button u To continue the closing procedure after making sure that there is no danger of 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 96 Version 2 11 8 1 a
461. your vehicle being equipped with the PRE SAFE system the possibility of personal injuries occurring as a result of an accident cannot be eliminated Therefore always drive carefully and adjust your driving to the prevailing road weather and traffic conditions Safety and security ie 219_AKB 4 54 en US d2ureepe Safety and security Occupant safety The PRE SAFE system takes preventive measures to better protect the occupants from the possibility of personal injuries in the following hazardous situations e emergency braking situations e g if the Brake Assist System BAS gt page 59 is activated e critical dynamic driving situations e g when the vehicle has been caused to understeer or oversteer because it has exceeded its physical limitations or in case of evasive steering maneuvers at speeds above approximately 85 mph 140 km h The PRE SAFE system takes the following measures when it is activated e The front seat belts are pre tensioned automatically e If the front passenger seat is in an unfavorable position the seat will be adjusted to a position that seeks to better protect the occupant e If the vehicle is in a critical dynamic driving situation the door windows and the tilt sliding sunroof also closes except for a minimal gap that remains open If the closing procedure of any of these elements is blocked it will stop and open slightly Once the hazardous situation no l
462. zard warning flashers carefully slow down and drive with caution to an area which is a safe distance from the road Inspect the tires and the vehicle underbody for possible damage If the vehicle or tires appear unsafe have the vehicle towed to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or tire dealer for repairs N Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You could lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire or driving at high speed with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire Important guidelines e Only use sets of tires and rims of the same type and make e Tires must be of the correct size for the rim e Break in new tires for approximately 60 miles 100 km at moderate speeds e Regularly check the tires and rims for damage Dented or bent rims can cause tire inflation pressure loss and damage to the tire beads e If the vehicle is heavily loaded check tire inflation pressure and correct as required e Do not allow your tires to wear down too far Adhesion properties on wet roads are sharply reduced at tread depths of less than in 3 mm e When replacing individual tires you should mount new tires on the front wheels first on vehicles with same sized wheels all around 2009 05 1 1T 16 2 1 02 02 00 Seite 183 Version 2 11 8 1 Tires and wheels Recommended tire inflation pressure A War

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

エビモンゴナイロンプラグ エビモンゴナイロンプラグ取扱説明書  www.philips.com/welcome  BOOM EVOLUTION 2.1 SOUND SYSTEM  Brake Module - train-O  Consulter le programme détaillé  Incipio SA-484  eSWIS User Manual - Proposed Project Summary  Hobart HFB6 User's Manual  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file